null  null
1 UTC Fire & Security
Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Content
2 Ziton Fire Panel
Intelligent Conventional (ZP1)
2A1 ZP1 Brochures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2A2 ZP1 Datasheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3 Ziton Fire Panel
Intelligent Addressable (ZP2 & ZP3)
3A1 ZP2 Brochures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
3A2 ZP2 Datasheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
3A3 Field Devices Datasheets . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
3A4 ZP3 Datasheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
3A5 ZP3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
4 Fire Alarm Detection Accessories
4A1 Beam Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
4A2 Flame Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
4A3 Linear Heat Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
4A4 Aspiration Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
4A5 Intrinsically Safe & EExd Devices ..345
4A6 Door Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
4A7 Extinguishing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
4A8 Duct Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
4A9 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
4A10 Test Service Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
5 Contact
Index
.........................................................
473
.........................................................
477
Ziton Product CD
........................................
481
As a company of innovation, UTC Fire & Security reserves the right to change product specifications without
notice. For the latest product specifications, visit UTC Fire & Security online or contact your sales representative.
Corporate Profile
2
Ziton Fire Panel
Intelligent
Conventional
(ZP1)
17
18
2A1
ZP1
Brochures
19
20
www.utcfssecurityproducts.eu
Intuitive
ZP1 Series
Intelligent Conventional Life Safety Systems
An overview of the system components and key features
ZP1
series
Ziton’s ZP1 life safety control panels
offer the speed of high-end intelligent
processing in configurations that
deliver an uncomplicated solution
for small to mid-sized conventional
applications. They feature an attractive
contemporary design that fits with
any decor. The gently curved door
front offers a distinctive flair with the
available finishes. Controls are inset in
a striking blue lexan.
With conventional detection and a full
line of easily configured option cards
and modules, these quick-to-configure
systems offer versatility that benefits
building owners and life safety system
suppliers alike.
Standard Features
• Modern, elegant design
• Easy removable parts for quick and clean installation
• Default regional setup modes
• Normal, head-out & intrinsically safe zone support
• Supervised alarm notification & fire protection* outputs
• EN54 compliant potential free fire & fault relays
• Class change, day/night, remote reset, extended fire routing*
delay & fire routing* inhibit delay facilities
• Auxiliary 24VDC supply output with reset support
• Default support for special functions such as:
– EN54 compliant user access levels
– mixed zones
– full front panel diagnostics
– one-man walk test
• Auxiliary standard & supervised relay output boards
• Versions with Scandinavian key support
• Networkable up to 64 zones
* Not available on 2 zone variants
Configuration Possibilities
2 Supervised Relays
S
2 Fire Detection Zones
Y
DMN700 Series
S
ZP1-F2
Mai Input
Mains
110 to 240 VAC
Battery Charger
T
Internal bus
2010-1-RB
2010-1-SB
2010-1-NB
E
4 Fire Detection Zones
M
4 Supervised Relays
ZP1-F4
Detector
Zones
2 Relays
Re
Common
Com
Fire
Common
Fault
Com
S
I
Z
MCP Zones
Z600 series
Aux. Supply
24 V
VDC
Mixed Zones
2 In
Inputs
User
configurable
conf
8 Fire Detection Zones
ZP1-F8
E
Battery Charger
Internal bus
2010-1-RB
2010-1-SB
2010-1-NB
AS360 Series
www.utcfssecurityproducts.eu
System options
• Fire zones configurable for automatic detector, manual call point or mixed (MCP and detector) modes
• Zones supervision configurable for standard or active end-of-line (head out) support
• Z600 detector support
• Inputs configurable for remote reset, class change (school bells), day/night mode delay control, and others
• Supervised relays on the panel configurable for fire routing or alarm notification
• Mains input selectable for 110/240 VAC 50/60 Hz support
• Auxiliary supply configurable for standard or reset mode
• Internal auxiliary cards outputs configurable for standard alarm, or combination alarms
with AND and OR functionality
ZP2
ZP1
series
series
www.utcfssecurityproducts.eu
ZP1 Series
Intelligent Conventional
Life Safety Systems
A practical overview of product highlights
and competitive advantages
ZP1
series
The ZP Family
Developed to meet your expectation...
... the intelligent way
The ZP1 Series life safety control systems are part
of the ZP family.
The ZP family consists of a range of next generation
conventional and addressable fire panels that will
support you from small standalone applications such as
a small shop or bank, all the way to multi-floor building
applications where reliable networking capabilities with
central monitoring may be required.
The ZP family will give you all the flexibility to meet your
customer’s expectations and more. From new projects to
expansions to retrofit, everything is possible.
Further in this document we will highlight these benefits as
it applies to the ZP1. For the ZP2 Series life safety control
systems, a separate sales guide is available.
Life Safety Systems
Designed for building owners
Engineered for life safety system suppliers
Ziton’s ZP1 life safety control panels offer the speed of
high-end intelligent processing in configurations that deliver
an uncomplicated solution for small to mid-sized conventional
applications. They feature an attractive contemporary design
that fits with any decor. The gently curved door front offers a
distinctive flair with the available finishes. Controls are inset
in a striking blue lexan.
With conventional detection and a full line of easily configured
option cards and modules, these quick-to-configure systems offer
versatility that benefits building owners and life safety system
suppliers alike.
This guide was developed to highlight the strengths of the ZP1
and give those engaged in sales functions an understanding of the
many competitive advantages these systems bring to sales calls.
Amongst the strongest selling points that the ZP1 offers, is the
confidence customers gain by dealing with an identity they’ve
known and trusted all their lives. Ziton represents a solid
foundation for technology and innovations that’s been respected
for generations. ZP1 life safety systems are designed for building
owners upon this legacy of innovation, and engineered for
life safety system installers to exceed the expectations of
their customers.
ZP1
series
Engineered
for life safety system installers
Quick installation and easy maintenance gives the ZP1
a competitive edge that’s good for your bottom line
As a life safety system supplier, time and money are your
primary concerns. You need to know up front what it will
take to get the system up and running so you can present
an accurate and competitive bid to your customer, the
building owner. A system that proves difficult to install
or that takes more time than anticipated to get a green
light from the local authorities, costs you money, risks
your business reputation, and can land you in trouble with
your customer.
Time-Saving highlights for Installers...
• Easy system setup and configuration
• Easy-to-configure option cards and modules
• Zone-level fault identification
Benefits for your Installers
ZP1 life safety systems are easy to install and quick
and easy to service. They work in your favour, keeping
installation costs predictable, while contributing to your
bottom line – not being a burden on it. With timesaving
features not found amongst competing products, these
systems will give you the edge you need to stay ahead of
the game every step of the way.
Quick, easy setup and configuration are vital for your people on
the road. Two programming methods are available – basic setup
and advanced setup. While ZP1 systems are 100 percent front
panel programmable, each method allows the installer to select
a programming method that suits the complexity of the tasks
at hand. This lets them minimize the amount of time they
spend tinkering with the control panel, and focus on getting it
up and running in the most efficient way and in the shortest
time possible.
What you do with that edge is your business. You can
use it to win more bids and land more work, or simply
pocket the savings and call it a day. Both outcomes boost
revenue, even though moving more systems by passing the
savings on to your customer is probably a better long-term
business strategy.
Basic programming gets the system up and running quickly
and efficiently. With a few easy front panel commands, the
ZP1 automatically sets system options for factory default
operation for the applicable region – this important feature
saves time and dramatically simplifies installation and setup.
Front panel programming with the ZP1’s intuitive on-board user
interface allows the installer to quickly adjust default settings to
accommodate the needs of typical installations.
Advanced programming permits fast incremental changes to
settings for site-specific needs. The advanced menus put the
power of configuration and diagnostics to work so that installer
can easily take full advantage of the ZP1’s well-organized
programming engine. Here installers can quickly and
efficiently set up the panel, run through programmed settings
and configure option cards and modules.
Installers also benefit from exclusive zone-level fault
identification, which takes the guesswork out of
troubleshooting. The ZP1’s quick-install cabinet allows the
wall box to be mounted during building construction while the
electronics remain safe and out of harm’s way, and the oneperson walk test speeds the pace of installation.
ZP1
series
Service and maintenance contracts also represent a
significant part of your revenue stream. Frequently the
contract is negotiated for a fixed cost over a fixed period,
so you want a system that is quick and easy to service.
The short and infrequent service calls that the ZP1
requires allows you to maintain more systems at more
sites with the same number of service technicians and
vehicles on the road.
The ZP1’s programming and diagnostic features are a big
advantage in this respect and provide opportunities for
boosting service revenue while forging good relationships
with your customers. This innovation in system
communications permits valuable programming and
diagnostic operations to be performed whilst on site.
It also offers you the opportunity to provide more
responsive service to your customers. Advanced
warning gives your service department the opportunity
to anticipate problems before your customer’s system
operation is affected.
The ZP1 fosters a positive relationship between you and
the building owner. A good relationship with the building
owner not only bodes well when the service contract
comes up for renewal, but also gives you an edge when
it’s time to install, expand, upgrade, or retrofit life safety
systems at other properties owned by the same customer.
Time-Saving highlights for
Service Technicians...
•
•
•
•
Full front panel programming
Easy diagnostic reporting
Zone-level fault identification
Incremental programming
Benefits for your Service Technicians
Timesaving programming and diagnostics will keep your
service revenues up and your labour costs down. With
onboard maintenance menus, ZP1 systems can communicate
essential fault diagnostic information to the service personnel.
This valuable ZP1 innovation allows your technician to do
the required maintenance actions on the spot and make
programming changes as required – all without needing
additional tools or equipment on site.
When a service call is required, your technician can obtain
important information such as which zones are in an abnormal
state and even what the cause of this abnormal state is.
Having this information dramatically shortens the length of
the maintenance call: something both you and your customer
will appreciate.
The simplicity built into ZP1 systems makes adding devices
or commissioning new zones a breeze for your maintenance
personnel. The innovative advanced programming features
allow setting up new zones whilst preserving the programming
for existing ones. This means that incremental programming is
no longer a juggling act – the system takes care of the details,
shortening the length of the visit so that more sites can be
serviced with the same number of technicians and service
vehicles. That makes for a healthier bottom line.
Designed
for building
owners
ZP1 systems blends seamlessly into the background,
providing compliant, trouble-free service long into
the future
Building owners and facility managers share your interest
in saving installation and maintenance costs. For the
owner, the system is a fixture of their building that merits
little attention until things go wrong. They fear a system
that will be a source of trouble. Amongst their greatest
fears is a building constantly being evacuated for no
reason. They don’t want occupants to be bothered and
desensitized to danger by a temperamental alarm system,
and they don’t want their local authorities on their backs
or their fire department imposing fines for unnecessary
emergency calls. Revenue and productivity are at stake.
ZP1 systems address these concerns through easy
operation and easy service.
It’s important to stress with building owners the
breakthrough in system efficiency that ZP1 systems
represent. Intelligent life safety technology enhances
the invisibility of the system from a building owner’s
perspective. It is more efficient, more reliable and more
stable than other conventional systems. It offers greater
flexibility and is less prone to nuisance alarms.
Until now this technology was out of range for most small
building applications. This had to do with cost and the
complexity of installation and maintenance required by
intelligent systems in the past. The ZP1 system offers
small building owners a highly efficient means of bringing
the advantages of intelligent conventional technology to
their properties, helping them manage safer environments
with more confidence than ever before.
Quick installation and short service calls for their ZP1
equipment are definite advantages that building owners
will appreciate. The fact that this technology virtually
eliminates nuisance alarms will frequently tip the
balance in favour of intelligent conventional technology
over standard conventional systems. The timesaving
advantages of the ZP1 over the competition will tip that
balance even further.
On top of that we can add the peace of mind that full
system certification brings. Third party tested and
certified to the stringest requirements of EN54:2, EN54:4
and CPD not withstanding, ZP1 systems carry with it the
benefit of EN54:13, allowing overall approval of panels
and field devices for complete system compatibility.
Benefits for Building Owners
Building owners and facility managers want to focus on their
buildings, not the life safety system. The worry-free operation
of ZP1 systems is a key selling feature for them. The quick
setup enjoyed by installers, coupled with the high efficiency
gained by service and maintenance personnel makes ZP1 the
best choice for small to mid sized building owners today.
Easy and intuitive front panel operation keeps building
personnel in control of their ZP1 system. They won’t find
themselves scrambling for the manual as the system counts
down to alarm, and they won’t have to call you every time an
electrical storm causes a power outage.
ZP1 systems represent life safety intelligence geared expressly
for smaller applications that is the exclusive domain of
conventional systems. With ZP1, building owners now have
access to intelligent technology that a short time ago was
beyond the reach of most small building budgets.
These intelligent systems offer the building owner a fast and
easy way to upgrade from their old cumbersome conventional
control panel. In fact, ZP1 control panels can use device
wiring from most legacy systems with no adverse effect on
performance. This means that the building owner doesn’t have
to bear the expense of rewiring the building, or endure the
disruption it would cause among building occupants.
Building owners also gain the benefit of the ZP1’s ability to
provide default alarm operation for detectors installed before
the control panel is fully programmed and trouble-free. This
valuable ZP1 feature eliminates the expense of a fire watch
during building construction.
Intelligent conventional detectors adjust sensitivity to
compensate for environmental conditions such as dirt
and humidity. Meanwhile, programmable sounder outputs
eliminate the potential for disruption by providing only a local
audible alarm until an event is verified. This feature further
reduces the risk of nuisance alarms, avoiding the disruption
to building occupants as well as fire department fines that
normally result.
The ZP1 makes annual testing easy and quick. Building
occupants are not overrun with technicians, and sensitive
building areas remain secure.
The clean and easy design approach is carried all the way
through to the aesthetics of ZP1 control panels. Their
attractive appearance means that they will not be a blemish
on an expensive architectural design. Their gently curved door
fronts offer a distinctive flair. Controls are discreetly inset on a
striking blue lexan.
A line of sleek, low profile detectors complement the overall
design appeal of the ZP1, and that makes the ZP1 system an
even more attractive choice for building owners.
The inherent reliability of conventional detection and the
proven track record among UTC Fire & Security life safety
systems are an assurance to the building owner that their ZP1
control panel will slip quietly into the background the moment
the installer leaves the site, and provide fully-compliant,
trouble-free service for years to come.
Life Simplifying highlights
for Building Owners...
•
•
•
•
•
•
Easy and intuitive front panel control
Reduced nuisance alarms
No need for a fire watch during construction
Easy maintenance
Straightforward annual inspections
Architecturally pleasing panel and device design
ZP1
series
Applications
Conventional technology for:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Schools
Dormitories
Nursing homes
Assisted living
Hospitals
Clinics
Shops and malls
Restaurants
Retail facilities
Cinemas
Department stores
Grocery stores
Office buildings
Banks
Child care centres
Light manufacturing
Warehousing
Apartment buildings
Hotels and motels
Utilities
Etc.
Multi-story
Third Floor
Second Floor
First Floor
Ground Floor
Selling Point Summary
Available Innovation
Selling Point
Primary Audience
Default alarm operation
No need for an expensive fire watch during building
construction. Connect and protect.
Programmable sounder outputs
Provides delayed audible alarm capability when required,
reducing building occupant disruption until the event is verified
End Users, Facility
Managers & Building
Owners
Uses existing wiring
Low-cost retrofits without disruptive rewiring
Up to 256 conventional device
points per panel
Large “small system” capacity with room for expansion
Up to 64 zones networked
Large conventional system applications
Networking with ZP2
Integration of conventional and addressable systems
Class B wiring for detectors
Flexible device configuration for added fault protection
Multisensor detection
Reduced chance of nuisance alarms, greater sensitivity to fire
Detector testing
Simplified annual maintenance requirements
Intelligent detection
Fast alarm response, reduced nuisance alarms, lower
maintenance costs, automatic sensitivity adjustment
Supervised sounder controls
Built-in synchronised sounder/beacon outputs with front panel
controls
Up to 2 km cable lengths
Cost-effective life safety protection for small and medium
protected areas and multi-story buildings
One-person walk test
Quick verification of system operation
Quick-install component housing
Easily removable electronics prevents electronics from
becoming damaged during installation
Electronic configuration
No dipswitches to set: faster installation
Automatic operation mode
configuration
Fast setup by operating mode requires no further configuration
and reduces the possibility of errors. Quick panel configuration
for newly-added devices
Earth fault detection
Reduces the risk of power supply failures due to faulty wiring
Front panel programming
Choice of configuration method saves time, simplifies setup
Fault diagnostics & reporting
Quick service calls
Installers
Service Technicians
ZP1
series
Competitive advantages
Basic and Incremental Programming
Panel configuration using regional defaults
Quick panel configuration for newly added devices
Instant Default Alarm Operation
No need for an expensive fire watch during building construction
Support for Sounders/Beacons
Built-in sounder/beacon synchronization
Front panel sounder controls
Up to 256 Device Points per Panel
Large “small system” capacity with room for expansion
One-man Walk Test
Quick verification of system operation
Earth Fault Detection
Reducing troubleshooting time onsite
ZP1-F2: Two zones that
support up to 64 conventional
devices of any type.
ZP1-F8: Eight zones that support
up to 256 conventional devices of
any type.
ZP1-F4: Four zones that
support up to 128 conventional
devices of any type.
Can be expanded with 16 standard
or supervised relay outputs.
Both can be expanded with
8 standard or supervised
relay outputs.
All may have up to 2 km of
wiring per circuit.
2 x Input Circuits
2/4 x Supervised Sounder Circuits
Common Fire and Fault outputs
Class-A networked up to 64 zones
Product summary
ZP1-F2 Fire Control Panel
ZP1-F8 Fire Control Panel
Supplied in the local language with 2 zones that support up
to 64 devices of any type, as well as and 2 supervised relay
outputs dedicated to sounder control. In addition it includes
2 conventional relay outputs dedicated to common fire and
fault conditions, as well as two user configurable inputs for
monitoring and control. With option cards the panel outputs may
be expanded with an additional 8 supervised or unsupervised
relay outputs.
Supplied in the local language with 8 zones that support
up to 256 devices of any type, as well as and 4 supervised
relay outputs dedicated to sounder control. In addition it
has 2 conventional relay outputs dedicated to common fire
and fault conditions, as well as two user configurable inputs
for monitoring and control. With option cards the panel
outputs may be expanded with an additional 16 supervised
or unsupervised relay outputs.
Fire Control Panel Networking
ZP1-F4 Fire Control Panel
Supplied in the local language with 4 zones that support
up to 128 devices of any type, as well as and 4 supervised
relay outputs dedicated to sounder control. In addition it has
2 conventional relay outputs dedicated to common fire and
fault conditions, as well as two user configurable inputs for
monitoring and control. With option cards the panel outputs may
be expanded with an additional 8 supervised or unsupervised
relay outputs.
Related Literature
• ZP1-UM User Manual
• ZP1-IM Installation and Commissioning Manual
• ZP1-LF Product Datasheet
The ZP1 allows for up to 64 fire zones to be networked in
both panel and repeater configurations
Available Option Cards
2010-1-RB
2010-1-SB
2010-1-NB
4 way conventional relay card. Provides 4 C/NO/NC unsupervised relay outputs.
4 way supervised relay card. Provides 4 24 VDC supervised relay outputs.
Network interface for up to 32 nodes.
Compatible Detectors & Bases
Z600 Series
Base
Smoke
Temperature
Standard and diode bases
Ionisation and optical smoke detectors
Class A2S, A2R, B heat detectors
Compatible Peripheral Products
Compatible Manual Call Points
DMN700 Series
Weatherproof
Indoor
Red, surface mount with resetable element or glass
Red or yellow, flush or surfase mount, with or without LED, with resetable element or glass
DM800 Series
Indoor
Red, metal or plastic call point
Compatible Sounders, Sounder/Beacons and Beacons
Sounder
Sounder with tamper
Sounder/Beacon
Base Sounder
Outdoor
High Output Sounder
High Output Sounder/Beacon
Xenon Beacon
LED Beacon
High Output Xenon Beacon
Red or white, fire sounders, multi tone, shallow or deep base
White sounder, multi tone, deep base with anti-tamper
Red or white sounder/beacons, multi tone, shallow or deep base
Red or white base sounder, multi tone
Red outdoor fire sounder-beacon, high output
Red fire sounder, multi-tone, high output
Red fire sounder/beacon, multi tone, high output
White base, red, yellow or clear lens
Red or white, shallow or deep base, red, yellow or clear lens
Red or white, shallow base, red, blue, green, yellow and clear lens
Bells
Alarm Bell
6“ or 8“, indoor or outdoor
Hazardous Areas
Galvanic barriers
IS Sounder
HA Sounder
IS LED Beacon
HA Xenon Beacon
For use with: AS370/FA370 Series
Red multi tone
Red multi tone
Red or clear lens
Red and yellow lens
Doors Holders and Magnets
FE200
FE260
FE500
400N, surface, flush, floor or wall mount, square base, with or without release button
400N, universal adjustable tube, 175mm, 325mm or 475mm
VdS certified, flush, floor or wall mount, square base, standard, weatherproof or explosion-proof
www.utcfssecurityproducts.eu
ZP1
series
2A2
ZP1
Datasheets
37
38
Product Data Sheet
ZP1-F Series
Conventional Fire Panels with User Interface 2, 4 and 8 Zone
Overview
ZP1
ZP1-F fire control panels offer state of the art
architecture in configurations that deliver an
uncomplicated solution for small to mid-sized
conventional applications. They feature an attractive
contemporary design that fits with any decor. The
gently curved door front offers a distinctive flair.
Operator controls are inset in a striking blue lexan.
With support for multiple lines of conventional
detectors and accessories, these quick-to-configure
systems offer versatility that benefits building owners
and installation/maintenance companies alike.
The Range
Supplied in local language with 2, 4 or 8 zones that
support up to 32 devices per zone, as well as up to 4
supervised relay outputs dedicated to sounder
control and fire routing. In addition 2 conventional
relay outputs dedicated to common fire and fault
conditions, as well as two user configurable inputs
for monitoring and control are available.
Options
The panels support 2 types of auxiliary relay boards,
one with 4 standard relays, and one with 4
supervised relays. With these boards the panel
outputs may be expanded with up to 16 additional
outputs.
Standard panel variants are also available with a
Scandinavian key or an alarm counter option.
Approvals & Compliance
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
• WEEE compliant
• RoHS compliant
Type class conditions: 3K5 of IEC 60721-3-3
Easy removable parts for quick and clean installation
Default regional setup modes
Normal, head-out & intrinsically safe zone support
Supervised alarm notification & fire protection* outputs
EN54 compliant potential free fire & fault relays
change, day/night, remote reset, extended fire
E Class
routing* delay & fire routing* inhibit delay facilities
E Auxiliary 24VDC supply output with reset support
E Default support for special functions such as:
- EN54 compliant user access levels
- mixed zones
- full front panel diagnostics
- one-man walk test
The product line carries the following accreditations:
• EN54:2, EN54:4, EN54:13 and CE approved
• CPD certified
• NBNS21-100 and BS5839-1 compliant
Modern, elegant design
E
E
E
E
Auxiliary standard & supervised relay output boards
Versions with Scandinavian key support
Networkable up to 64 zones
* Not available on 2 zone variants
39
ZP1-F Series
Conventional Fire Panels with User Interface
- 2, 4 and 8 Zone
Specifications
Input Supply
4 Zone
8 Zone
110 VAC/60 Hz or 240 VAC/50 Hz
110 VAC/60 Hz or 240 VAC/50 Hz
110 VAC/60 Hz or 240 VAC/50 Hz
Tolerance
+10% / -15%
+10% / -15%
+10% / -15%
Current consumption (max)
2A @ 110/240 VAC
2A @ 110/240 VAC
3.15 A @ 110/< 1.5 A @ 240 VAC
Cable specification
3 x 1.5 mm² (live, neutral, earth)
3 x 1.5 mm² (live, neutral, earth)
3 x 1.5 mm² (live, neutral, earth)
Batteries
2 x 12V - 7.2 Ah (SLA)
2 x 12V - 7.2 Ah (SLA)
2 x 12V - 7.2 or 12 Ah (SLA)
Panel Supply
2A @ 24 VDC
2A @ 24 VDC
4A @ 24 VDC
Quiescent current (no devices)
50 mA
60 mA
80 mA
Alarm current (no devices)
130 mA
140 mA
160 mA
2
4
8
22 VDC (18-24 VDC)
22 VDC (18-24 VDC)
22 VDC (18-24 VDC)
Zones
Output voltage
ZP1
2 Zone
Load (max)
65 mA
65 mA
65 mA
Cable resistance (max)
40 ohm
40 ohm
40 ohm
Cable capacitance (max)
500 nF
500 nF
500 nF
Devices per zone (max)
32
32
32
2
2
2
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
Inputs
Cable resistance (max)
Supervised Outputs
2
4
4
Output voltage
-15 to +28 VDC
-15 to +28 VDC
-15 to +28 VDC
Load (max)
250 mA
250 mA
500 mA
2
2
2
2 A @ 30 VDC
2 A @ 30 VDC
2 A @ 30 VDC
Output voltage
24 VDC (21 to 28 VDC)
24 VDC (21 to 28 VDC)
24 VDC (21 to 28 VDC)
Load (max)
250 mA @ 25°C / 195 mA @ 40°C
250 mA @ 25°C / 195 mA @ 40°C
250 mA @ 25°C / 195 mA @ 40°C
-20 to +70°C
Non Supervised Outputs
Load
Auxilliary Supply Output
Environmental
Storage temperature
-20 to +70°C
-20 to +70°C
Operating temperature
-5 to +40°C
-5 to +40°C
-5 to +40°C
Relative humidity (noncondensing)
10 to 95%
10 to 95%
10 to 95%
IP Rating
IP30
IP30
IP30
Size (h x w x d)
435 x 320 x 134 mm
435 x 320 x 134 mm
480 x 440 x 140 mm
Weight (without batteries)
2.8 kg
2.8 kg
3.9 kg
Colour
RAL7035
RAL7035
RAL7035
Cable entry (top / bottom / rear)
Ø 20 mm - 14 / 2 / 12
Ø 20 mm - 14 / 2 / 12
Ø 20 mm - 20 / 2 / 26
Mechanical
Ordering Information
Part No.
ZP1
1X-F2-xx
ZP1
1X-F4-xx
1X-F8-xx
ZP1
-xx
40
Description
Conventional Fire Panel with User Interface - 2 Zone
Conventional Fire Panel with User Interface - 4 Zone
Conventional Fire Panel with User Interface - 8 Zone
Replace by the applicable language code (check with your local UTC Fire &
Security equipment supplier)
Product Data Sheet
2010-1-SB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory Relay Board - Supervised
Overview
ZP1
2010-1 fire control panels offer state of the art
architecture in configurations that deliver an
uncomplicated solution for small to mid-sized
conventional applications. They feature an
attractive contemporary design that fits with any
decor. The gently curved door front offers a
distinctive flair. Operator controls are inset in a
striking black lexan.
With support for multiple lines of conventional
detectors and accessories, these
quick-to-configure systems offer versatility that
benefits building owners and
installation/maintenance companies alike.
The Output Board
The 2010-1-SB is a programmable, supervised
relay board. It provides 4 auxiliary outputs for the
2010-1 conventional fire alarm control panel.
These outputs may be allocated to activate on
various alarm statuses of the panel, or to activate
on the status of any, all or combinations of the
individual fire detection zones in the panel. Up to
4* of these modules may be installed on the
2010-1 panel line.
* Quantity depends on the size of the fire panel
cabinet.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
4 Reversed polarity, supervised outputs
Bus type, easy cable free panel installation
Powered from panel bus
"AND" and "OR" programming functionality
Output delay setting per output
Applications
The 2010-1-SB may be used to expand
notification applications and functionality, control
building management or access control
applications in case of a fire event, or simply
where any alarm condition of the panel needs to
be repeated, monitored or indicated on a third
party system. Typical applications are things such
as:
• Notification
Allocating notification devices to zones, or
groups of zones
• Building Management
Fire curtain release
Emergency lighting or indicators
• Access control
Unlocking emergency escape doors
• Remote reporting and notification
Mimic panels and LED repeaters
41
2010-1-SB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory Relay Board - Supervised
Specifications
Electrical
Operating voltage
24 VDC
Current (quiescent)
30 mA
Current (active)
1A
Relay rating
Powered from panel
250 mA (max) per output / 300 mA shared for all outputs
Powered externally
250 mA (max) per output
Environmental
ZP1
Operating temperature
-5°C to +40°C
Storage temperature
-5°C to +70°C
Relative humidity (noncondensing)
10 to 95%
Physical
Number of outputs
4
Dimensions
127 × 76 mm
Weight
48 g
Ordering Information
42
Part No.
Description
2010-1-SB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory - Relay Board - Supervised
Product Data Sheet
2010-1-RB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory Relay Board - Unsupervised
Overview
ZP1
2010-1 fire control panels offer state of the art
architecture in configurations that deliver an
uncomplicated solution for small to mid-sized
conventional applications. They feature an
attractive contemporary design that fits with any
decor. The gently curved door front offers a
distinctive flair. Operator controls are inset in a
striking black lexan.
With support for multiple lines of conventional
detectors and accessories, these
quick-to-configure systems offer versatility that
benefits building owners and
installation/maintenance companies alike.
The Output Board
The 2010-1-RB is a programmable, voltage free
relay board. It provides 4 auxiliary outputs for the
2010-1 conventional fire alarm control panel.
These outputs may be allocated to activate on
various alarm statuses of the panel, or to activate
on the status of any, all or combinations of the
individual fire detection zones in the panel. Up to
4* of these modules may be installed on the
2010-1 panel line.
* Quantity depends on the size of the fire panel
cabinet.
Standard Features
E 4 Potential free, COM-NO-NC, changeover relay
outputs
E
E
E
E
Bus type, easy cable free panel installation
Powered from panel bus
"AND" and "OR" programming functionality
Output delay setting per output
Applications
The 2010-1-RB may be used to control building
management or access control applications in
case of a fire event, or simply where any alarm
condition of the panel needs to be repeated,
monitored or indicated on a third party system.
Typical applications are things such as:
• Building Management
Air conditioning control
Extraction & pressurisation fan control
Fire curtain release
Emergency lighting or indicators
• Access control
Unlocking emergency escape doors
Door holder and fire door release
• Remote reporting and notification
Mimic panels and LED repeaters
43
2010-1-RB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory Relay Board - Unsupervised
Specifications
Electrical
Operating voltage
24 VDC
Current (quiescent)
30 mA
Current (active)
1A
2 A @ 30 VDC
Relay contact rating
Environmental
Operating temperature
-5°C to +40°C
Storage temperature
-5°C to +70°C
Relative humidity (noncondensing)
10 to 95%
ZP1
Physical
Number of outputs
4
Dimensions
127 × 76 mm
Weight
46 g
Ordering Information
44
Part No.
Description
2010-1-RB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory - Relay Board - Unsupervised
Product Data Sheet
2010-1-NB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory Network Interface
Overview
ZP1
The 2010-1-NB RS485 FireNet network board
allows for the creation of a bus mode class-B, or
redundant class-A, 32 node network, supporting
up to 64 zones. Each node may be a fire panel or
a fire panel repeater. When optical fibre is
preferred, when cable lengths above 1500 m
between nodes are required, or in cases where
high levels of EMC are expected, a standard
RS485 to fibre converter may be used.
The Application
Networking makes it possible to repeat the user
interface of any panel as required. There could be
various reasons for using a network e.g.
i) if there are multiple exit doors in a building and
at each exit door the status of the fire system is
required
ii) where the load of the system needs to be
spread to safeguard against failure of a single
panel
iii) to minimise cabling and installation costs
iv) for larger installations where multiple panels
are required but yet central control is required at a
single location.
Networking is also useful when an existing
system needs to be expanded. Instead of
replacing a perfectly good panel with a larger one,
simply install and additional panel and connect
them together in a network. This makes it ideal for
cost effective, future expansion.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Class A or B network support
Up to 1500 m between nodes
May be used for panels and repeaters
Up to 32 nodes / 64 zones
Plugable connectors
E Connects directly to the main board
E Allows networking between conventional and
addressable panels
Installation
The 2010-1-NB is connected directly to the main
board of the panel. No cabling needs to be done
beteen the network board and the main board.
45
2010-1-NB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory Network Interface
Specifications
Proprietary
Copper RS485
Class A or B
1500 m
Protocol
Medium
Operating mode
Distance between nodes (max)
Environmental conditions
Storage temperature
-10°C to +50°C
Operating temperature
-8°C to +42°C
Relative humidity (max)
95 % (non-condencing)
Mechanical
ZP1
Weight
46
0.04 kg
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
2010-1-NB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory - Network Interface
Product Data Sheet
Z630
Conventional optical smoke detector
Response to slow burning fires
ZP1
Designed to provide an early response to a wide
range of slow burning, smouldering fires the
Z630-3 optical smoke detector, provides reliable
sensing for most conventional fire alarm applications.
The detectors aesthetic design and proven stability
in air movements associated with air conditioning
systems, have made it an ideal selection for modern
building interiors.
The Z630-3 meets fully the sensitivity requirements
of European Standard EN 54 Pt 7 and is approved
by several international approval bodies.
The detector operates on the light scatter principle,
making it effective in applications where fires
producing large particle smoke can be expected.
Universal plug in base
Great care has been taken to provide a detector that
whilst reliable in operation is unobtrusive when
installed. The low profile moulding and options of
either surface or recessed bases makes the unit
ideal for both modern commercial and industrial
interiors, featuring solid or suspended ceilings. A
high intensity, red LED indicator situated on the
detector moulding provides clear indication when the
unit is in alarm.
For ease of removal, Z630-3 detectors plug into a
range of base units by a simple twist and lock action.
In order to prevent unauthorised removal, a site
selectable option is provided to lock the detector into
its base. Once applied the unit can only be removed
by means of a special tool.
All Z630-3 detectors can be monitored for detector
removal by any conventional Ziton control panel.
When a detector (or detectors) is removed from its
base, in addition to giving a fault signal, all devices
down line of the removed unit (or units) continue to
function normally.
Standard Features
E Complies with EN 54 Part 7 (BS1 base)
E Low profile conventional design
out continuity - all connected devices remain
E Head
operational even with heads removed (BS5 base)
E Range of surface and recessed bases
E Plug in base with automatic locking
High operational reliability
To ensure operational reliability all Z630-3 detectors
have mouldings constructed of ABS plastic, feature
surface mount technology with all components
conformally coated, to seal against dust and
moisture.
The Z630-3 optical smoke detector is part of the
Ziton Z600 range of conventional trigger devices.
47
Z630
Conventional optical smoke detector
Specifications
Z630-3
EN54 Pt7
Optical smoke detector
0.1 dB/m
All ZC conventional systems
Plugs into surface or semi recessed base
100m², subject to local codes
2 wire zonal
Z6-BS1/BR1 Open and short circuit by EOL resistor
Z6-BS5/BR5 Open
and short circuit and head out by active EOL unit
Alarm LED (red)
Photo electric light scatter
15 - 30 volts DC
<60uA quiecent, Max 50mA alarm (limited by panel)
Indoor installation
IP32
-20ºC to +70ºC
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
106mm (dia) x 52mm (h) (excluding base)
BS1/BS5 surface base - 60mm, BR1/BR5 recessed base - 38mm
White
100g (without base)
PS1220
ZP1
Model No
Specification
Description
Sensitivity
Compatibility
Mounting
Area Coverage
Wiring
Monitoring
Indication
Detection principle
Operating voltage
Current
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Height
Colour
Weight
Publication No
Ordering Information
48
Part No.
Description
Z630
Conventional optical smoke detector
Product Data Sheet
Z620
Conventional heat detector
Advanced thermistor design
ZP1
Based on advanced thermistor technology, the Z620
series of heat detectors, provides a reliable response
to fires in areas where environmental conditions
prohibit the use of smoke detection.
Z620-581 is a fixed temperature model, operating at
58ºC. It is intended for applications where
fluctuations of ambient temperature may be
expected for example, over machinery in laundries,
or factory locations where industrial processes may
cause sharp temperature increases.
Z620-582 operates on the rate of rise of its ambient
temperature. To increase response time, without
compromising reliability, a rate compensation
element enables the detector to become more
sensitive to higher rates of temperature rise.
High temperature version
Z620-771 is a high temperature detector suitable for
use where ambient temperatures may consistently
be greater than normal, for example boiler rooms
and certain food processing installations. The
detector is set to operate at 77ºC
The Z620-581 and Z620-582 detectors meet the
requirements of EN 54 Part 5 with sensitivity to
grade 2 and grade 1 respectively. The high
temperature version complies with EN 54 part 8 with
range 1 sensitivity.
Low profile moulding and options of either surface or
recessed bases make the units ideal for both modern
commercial and industrial interiors, featuring solid or
suspended ceilings. A high intensity, red LED
indicator on the detector moulding provides clear
indication when the unit is in alarm.
Standard Features
E Complies with EN 54 Parts 5 and 8
E (BS1 base)
E Low profile conventional design
out continuity - all connected devices remain
E Head
operational even with heads removed (BS5 base)
E Range of bases
E Plug in base with automatic locking
Twist and lock base
For ease of removal, Z620 detectors plug into a
range of base units. In order to prevent unauthorised
removal, a site selectable option is provided to lock
the detector into its base. Once applied the unit can
only be removed by means of a special tool.
All Z620 detectors feature head out monitoring.
Should a detector remain removed from its base, in
addition to giving a fault signal, all devices down line
of the removed unit continue to function normally.
49
Z620
Conventional heat detector
Specifications
Specification EN54 Pt5 Grade 2 - fixed temperature
Specification EN54 Pt5 Grade 1 - rate of rise
Specification EN54 Pt5 Range 1 - fixed temperature
Conventional heat detectors
All ZC conventional systems
Plugs into surface or semi recessed base
50m², subject to local codes
2 wire zonal
Z6-BS1 base, open and short circuit by EOL resistor. Z6-BS5 base, open and
short circuit and head out by active EOL unit
Alarm LED (red)
Z620-581 - 58ºC, Z620-582 - 58ºC, Z620-771 - 77ºC
15 - 30 volts DC
<60uA quiescent, max 50mA alarm (limited by panel)
Indoor installation
IP32, IP55 Z620-582-1 only
-20ºC to +15ºC below temp rating
20% to 95% RH (non condensing), 20% to 100% RH (Z620-582-1 only)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
106mm (dia) x 52mm (h) (excluding base)
BS1/BS5 surface - 60mm BR1/BR5 recessed - 38mm
White
82g (without base)
PS1226
ZP1
Z620-581-3
Z620-582-3
Z620-771-3
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Area Coverage
Wiring
Monitoring
Indication
Operating threshold
Operating voltage
Current
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Height (from ceiling with base)
Colour
Weight
Publication No
Ordering Information
50
Part No.
Description
Z620
Conventional heat detector
Product Data Sheet
Z610
Conventional ionization smoke detector
Early response
ZP1
Designed to provide an early response to fast
burning fires, the Z610 ionization detector features
reliable sensing of both visible and invisible products
of combustion, for a range of conventional fire alarm
applications. The detectors advanced design and
proven response make it effective in risk areas
where materials such as oil, spirits, wood or paper
may be stored.
The Z610 meets fully the sensitivity requirements of
European Standard EN 54 Part 7 and is approved by
several international approval bodies.
Advanced dual chamber
Featuring an advanced dual chamber, single source
design, the detectors chamber arrangement
automatically compensates for environmental
changes such as atmospheric pressure, humidity
and ambient temperature.
Great care has been taken to provide a detector that
whilst effective in operation is unobtrusive when
installed. The low profile moulding and options of
either surface or recessed bases makes the unit
ideal for both modern commercial and industrial
interiors, featuring solid or suspended ceilings. A
high intensity, red LED indicator situated on the
detector moulding provides clear indication when the
unit is in alarm.
For ease of removal, Z610-1 detectors plug into a
range of base units by a simple twist and lock action.
In order to prevent unauthorised removal, a site
selectable option is provided to lock the detector into
its base. Once applied the unit can only be removed
by means of a special tool.
Standard Features
E Complies with EN 54 Part 7 (BS1 base)
E Low profile conventional design
out continuity - all connected devices remain
E Head
operational even with heads removed (BS5 base)
E Range of surface and recessed bases
E Plug in base with automatic locking
Detector removal monitoring
All Z610 detectors can be monitored for detector
removal by any conventional ZC control panel. When
a detector (or detectors) is removed from its base,
the panel gives a fault signal.
To ensure operational reliability all Z610-1 detectors
have mouldings constructed of ABS plastic, feature
surface mount technology with all components
conformally coated, to seal against dust and
moisture.
The Z610 optical smoke detector is part of the Ziton
Z600 range of conventional trigger devices.
51
Z610
Conventional ionization smoke detector
Specifications
Z610-3
EN54 Pt7
Ionization smoke detector
0.9Y (normal level)
All ZC conventional systems
Plugs into surface or semi recessed base
100m², subject to local codes
2 wire zonal
Z6-BS1/BR1 Open and short circuit by EOL resistor, Z6-BS5/BR5 Open and
short circuit and head out by active EOL unit
Alarm LED (red)
Dual chamber ionization, source <1 microC Am241
15 - 30 volts DC
<50uA quiescent, Max 50mA alarm (limited by panel)
Indoor installation
IP32
-20ºC to +70ºC
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
106mm (dia) x 52mm (h) (excluding base)
BS1/BS5 surface - 60mm, BR1/BR5 recessed - 38mm
White
105g (without base)
PS1221
ZP1
Model No
Specification
Description
Sensitivity
Compatibility
Mounting
Area Coverage
Wiring
Monitoring
Indication
Detection principle
Operating voltage
Current
Application
EN60529 rating
Temp range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Height (from ceiling with base)
Colour
Weight
Publication No
Ordering Information
Part No.
Z610-3
52
Description
Product Data Sheet
Z6-BS1
Conventional surface mounting detector
base
Simple twist and lock action
ZP1
Z6-BS1 detector base allows any Z600 conventional
detector to be removed or replaced without
disconnecting wiring from detector terminals.
Detectors plug into the base units with a simple twist
and lock action, allowing quick and easy removal for
cleaning and servicing, or reselection of detector
type should the usage of the protected area change.
Designed for systems where head out continuity is
not a requirement, detector line monitoring is
provided by a suitable end of line resistor, connected
across the out terminals of the final device in the
circuit.
Robust wiring terminals
Forming an integral part of the overall detector
assembly, the base is provided with slots for screw
fixing to either surface wiring plates, or conduit boxes
with screw fixing centres between 50mm and 90 mm.
Bases feature robust wiring terminals with captive
clamping washers to ensure secure wiring
termination. The bases are of shallow design with
ample space to accommodate cables of all types.
Terminals are provided inside the moulding for the
connection of a remote LED when required.
Standard Features
E Common to all Z600 series detectors
E Automatic locking option
E Ease of installation
Automatic locking
In order to prevent unauthorised removal of a
detector from its base, an automatic locking breakout
is incorporated into the interior of all detector
mouldings. If the breakout is removed, detectors can
then only be released from their bases by use of a
Ziton detector head picker (Z-PH-2). The locking
facility is an easily applied option, often taken on site,
at the system commissioning stage.
For systems complying with the recomendations of
BS5839 Pt1, where the removal of a detector from
it's base must not effect the operation of devices
wired further down the line, the Z6-BS5 base should
be installed.
53
Z6-BS1
Conventional surface mounting detector
base
ZP1
Specifications
Z6-BS1
EN54 (with relevant detector)
Conventional detector base
All ZC conventional systems
Conduit box or surface wiring plate
Slot for 50mm to 90mm fixing centres
2 wire zonal - open circuit monitored. Terminals for remote LED
Open and short circuit by end of line resistor.
-10ºC to +75ºC
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
108mm (Dia) x 18mm (H)
60mm (with detector)
White
52g
PS1223
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Fixing holes
Wiring
Monitoring
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Height
Colour
Weight
Publication No
Ordering Information
54
Part No.
Description
Z6-BS1
Conventional surface mounting detector base
Product Data Sheet
Z6-BS5
Conventional surface mounting detector
base
Simple twist and lock action
Robust wiring terminals
Forming an integral part of the overall detector
assembly, the base is provided with slots for screw
fixing to either surface wiring plates, or conduit boxes
with screw fixing centres between 50mm and 90 mm.
Bases feature robust wiring terminals with captive
clamping washers to ensure secure wiring
termination. The bases are of shallow design with
ample space to accommodate cables of all types.
Terminals are provided inside the moulding for the
connection of a remote LED when required.
ZP1
Z6-BS5 detector base allows any Z600 conventional
detector to be removed or replaced without
disconnecting wiring from detector terminals.
Detectors plug into the base units with a simple twist
and lock action, allowing quick and easy removal for
cleaning and servicing, or reselection of detector
type should the usage of the protected area change.
Designed for systems complying with the
recommendations of BS 5839 Pt1, where the
removal of a detector from its base must not effect
the operation of devices wired further down the line,
the Z6-BS5 base includes a diode arrangement,
providing line continuity. When using the Z6-BS5
with any ZC conventional control panel, for head out
monitoring, the line must be terminated with a active
end of line device.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Common to all Z600 series detectors
Automatic locking option
Head out continuity monitoring
Ease of installation
Automatic locking
In order to prevent unauthorised removal of a
detector from its base, an automatic locking breakout
is incorporated into the interior of all detector
mouldings. If the breakout is removed, detectors can
then only be released from their bases by use of a
Ziton detector head picker (Z-PH-2). The locking
facility is an easily applied option, often taken on site,
at the system commissioning stage.
For systems where head out continuity is not a
requirement the Z6-BS1 base should be installed.
55
Z6-BS5
Conventional diode surface mounting detector
base
ZP1
Specifications
Z6-BS1
EN54 (with relevant detector)
Conventional detector base
All ZC conventional systems
Conduit box or surface wiring plate
Slot for 50mm to 90mm fixing centres
2 wire zonal - open circuit monitored. Terminals for remote LED
Open and short circuit by end of line resistor.
-10ºC to +75ºC
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
108mm (Dia) x 18mm (H)
60mm (with detector)
White
52g
PS1223
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Fixing holes
Wiring
Monitoring
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Height
Colour
Weight
Publication No
Ordering Information
56
Part No.
Description
Z6-BS1
Conventional surface mounting detector base
Product Data Sheet
DMN700R100-KITR
Manual callpoint, surface mount, red,
100 ohm and free contact, resetable
General
ZP1
DMN700Y is a yellow manual call point for flush
mount applications. It offers a single pole,
changeover contact with common, normally open
and normally closed connections. It is supplied
with a EN54 breakable glass and test key.
Surface mount applications require the addition of
the DM788Y or DMN787Y.
Installation
Installation time and ultimately cost, are of
paramount importance. The MCP range directly
reflects this need by providing a unique ‘plug
and play’ concept designed specifically to
reduce installation time. All new MCP products
utilise a special terminal block, where all initial
installation cabling is terminated. This terminal
block is then simply connected to the back of the
MCP. Simple, but effective, with no re-termination
required and no time wasted.
Options and approvals
Through new standards and legislation, both
break glass and re-settable operating elements
may now be used. To provide the greatest
‘flex-ability’, the new MCP range can be
configured as either a break glass or re-settable
unit by simply changing from one element to
another. No other additional parts or alternative
products are required.
Full compliance with the latest standards is
essential and the new MCP indoor call point
range is fully approved to the latest EN54-11
standard
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Enhanced aesthetics
E
E
E
E
E
Key test facility
Easy to install (plug and play)
Surface mount options
Protection hinged cover with Anti-Tamper facility
Backward compatibale
May be used with glass or resettable element
Easy to replace glass
High quality micro switch
Fully approved to the latest standards
57
DMN700R100-KITR
Manual callpoint, surface mount, red,
100 ohm and free contact, resetable
Specifications
0.5 - 2.5 mm²
2A @ 30 VDC
100
Cable Termination
Max. contact rating (resistive load)
Series resistor
Mechanical
Material
PC/ABS
Weight
110g
Dimensions (W x H x D)
89 x 88 x 58 mm
Colour
Red
ZP1
Environmental
Operating temperature
-10°C to +55°C
Storage temperature
-10°C to +55°C
0-95%
IP24D
Relative humidity (non-condensing)
IP Rating
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
DMN700R100-KITR
Manual callpoint, surface mount, red, 100 ohm and free contact, with
resetable element
EN54 universal glass ARITECH branded
EN54 Universal MCP Glass (without branding)
Hinged transparent MCP protection cover
Call Point Test Key
Breakable Seal for DM2010, DMN700, DMN900 and KAL455 Series
Manual Call Points
Resettable Element for DM2010, DMN700, DMN900 and KAL450
Series MCPs
DM711
DM715
DMN782
DMN784
DMN798
DMN800
58
Product Data Sheet
DMN700L
Manual callpoint, flush mount, red, 560
ohm and free contact, break glass, LED
General
ZP1
Installation efficiency, flexibility and full
compliance with the latest standards are at the
heart of the new MCP indoor call point range.
Installation
Installation time and ultimately cost, are of
paramount importance. The MCP range directly
reflects this need by providing a unique ‘plug
and play’ concept designed specifically to
reduce installation time. All new MCP products
utilise a special terminal block, where all initial
installation cabling is terminated. This terminal
block is then simply connected to the back of the
MCP. Simple, but effective, with no re-termination
required and no time wasted.
Options and approvals
Through new standards and legislation, both
break glass and re-settable operating elements
may now be used. To provide the greatest
‘flex-ability’, the new MCP range can be
configured as either a break glass or re-settable
unit by simply changing from one element to
another. No other additional parts or alternative
products are required.
Full compliance with the latest standards is
essential and the new MCP indoor call point
range is fully approved to the latest EN54-11
standard
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Enhanced aesthetics
E
E
E
E
E
Key test facility
Easy to install (plug and play)
Surface mount options
Protection hinged cover with Anti-Tamper facility
Backward compatibale
May be used with glass or resettable element
Easy to replace glass
High quality micro switch
Fully approved to the latest standards
59
DMN700L
Manual callpoint, flush mount, red, 560
ohm and free contact, break glass, LED
Specifications
0.5 - 2.5 mm²
2A @ 30 VDC
560
Cable Termination
Max. contact rating (resistive load)
Series resistor
Mechanical
Material
PC/ABS
Weight
110g
Colour
Red
ZP1
Environmental
Operating temperature
-10°C to +55°C
Storage temperature
-10°C to +55°C
0-95%
IP24D
Relative humidity (non-condensing)
IP Rating
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
DMN700L
Manual callpoint, flush mount, red, 560 ohm and free contact, break
glass, LED
DMN787
DM711
DM715
DMN782
Surface mounting box with earth connector, red
EN54 universal glass ARITECH branded
EN54 Universal MCP Glass (without branding)
Hinged transparent MCP protection cover
Breakable Seal for DM2010, DMN700, DMN900 and KAL455 Series
Manual Call Points
Resettable Element for DM2010, DMN700, DMN900 and KAL450
Series MCPs
DMN798
DMN800
60
Product Data Sheet
DMN700E100
Manual Callpoint, Red, 100 ohm, Free Contact,
Outdoor, Surface Mount, Resetable
General
ZP1
The DMN700E100 is a weather proof MCP,
designed for outdoor application with an IP67
ingress protection rating. It comes with snap on
connections, which ensure ease of installation
and maintenance. Assembly of the unit is also
made easy with a simple snap on fit, and 4
screws to secure the unit.
Installation
Installation time and ultimately cost, are of
paramount importance. The MCP range directly
reflects this need by providing a unique ‘plug
and play’ concept designed specifically to
reduce installation time. All new MCP products
utilise a special terminal block, where all initial
installation cabling is terminated. This terminal
block is then simply connected to the back of the
MCP. Simple,but effective, with no re-termination
required and no time wasted.
Options and Approvals
Through new standards and legislation, both
glass and re-settable operating elements may be
used. To provide the greatest ‘flex-ability’,
the new MCP range can be configured as either
break glass or re-settable unit by simply changing
from one element to another. No other additional
parts or alternative products are required. Full
compliance with the latest standards is essential
and the new MCP outdoor call point range is
approved to the latest EN54-11 standard
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Easy to install
With break glass or resettable element
Easy to replace glass
High quality micro switch
IP67 rated
E EN54-11 & CPD approved
61
DMN700E100
Manual Callpoint, Red, 100 ohm, Free Contact,
Outdoor, Surface Mount, Resetable
Specifications
0.5 - 2.5 mm²
2A @ 30 VDC
560
Cable Termination
Max. contact rating (resistive load)
Series resistor
Mechanical
Material
PC/ABS
Weight
110g
Colour
Red
ZP1
Environmental
Operating temperature
-10°C to +55°C
Storage temperature
-10°C to +55°C
0-95%
IP24D
Relative humidity (non-condensing)
IP Rating
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
DMN700L
Manual callpoint, flush mount, red, 560 ohm and free contact, break
glass, LED
DMN787
DM711
DM715
DMN782
Surface mounting box with earth connector, red
EN54 universal glass ARITECH branded
EN54 Universal MCP Glass (without branding)
Hinged transparent MCP protection cover
Breakable Seal for DM2010, DMN700, DMN900 and KAL455 Series
Manual Call Points
Resettable Element for DM2010, DMN700, DMN900 and KAL450
Series MCPs
DMN798
DMN800
62
Product Data Sheet
DMN700-EVAC
Manual callpoint, flush mount, red, free contact,
break glass
General
ZP1
The DMN700-EVAC is a red manual call point for
flush mount applications. It offers a single pole,
changeover contact with common, normally open
and normally closed connections. It is supplied
with a EN54 breakable glass and test key.
Surface mount applications require the addition of
the DM788 or DMN787.
Installation
Installation time and ultimately cost, are of
paramount importance. The MCP range directly
reflects this need by providing a unique ‘plug
and play’ concept designed specifically to
reduce installation time. All new MCP products
utilise a special terminal block, where all initial
installation cabling is terminated. This terminal
block is then simply connected to the back of the
MCP. Simple, but effective, with no re-termination
required and no time wasted.
Options
Through new standards and legislation, both
break glass and re-settable operating elements
may now be used. To provide the greatest
‘flex-ability’, the new MCP range can be
configured as either a break glass or re-settable
unit by simply changing from one element to
another. No other additional parts or alternative
products are required.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Enhanced aesthetics
E
E
E
E
Key test facility
Easy to install (plug and play)
Surface mount options
Protection hinged cover with Anti-Tamper facility
Backward compatibale
May be used with glass or resettable element
Easy to replace glass
High quality micro switch
63
DMN700-EVAC
Manual callpoint, flush mount, red, free
contact, break glass
Specifications
0.5 - 2.5 mm²
2A @ 30 VDC
Cable Termination
Max. contact rating (resistive load)
Mechanical
Material
PC/ABS
Weight
110g
Colour
Red
Environmental
Operating temperature
-10°C to +55°C
Storage temperature
-10°C to +55°C
0-95%
IP24D
ZP1
Relative humidity (non-condensing)
IP Rating
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
DMN700-EVAC
Manual callpoint, flush mount, red, free contact, break glass
DMN787
DM788
DM711
DM715
DMN782
DMN784
Surface mounting box with earth connector, red
Surface mount box without connectors, red
EN54 universal glass ARITECH branded
EN54 Universal MCP Glass (without branding)
Hinged transparent MCP protection cover
Call Point Test Key
Breakable Seal for DM2010, DMN700, DMN900 and KAL455 Series
Manual Call Points
Resettable Element for DM2010, DMN700, DMN900 and KAL450
Series MCPs
DMN798
DMN800
64
Product Data Sheet
DMN700Y
Manual callpoint, flush mount, yellow, free
contact, break glass
General
ZP1
DMN700Y is a yellow manual call point for flush
mount applications. It offers a single pole,
changeover contact with common, normally open
and normally closed connections. It is supplied
with a EN54 breakable glass and test key.
Surface mount applications require the addition of
the DM788Y or DMN787Y.
Installation
Installation time and ultimately cost, are of
paramount importance. The MCP range directly
reflects this need by providing a unique ‘plug
and play’ concept designed specifically to
reduce installation time. All new MCP products
utilise a special terminal block, where all initial
installation cabling is terminated. This terminal
block is then simply connected to the back of the
MCP. Simple, but effective, with no re-termination
required and no time wasted.
Options and approvals
Through new standards and legislation, both
break glass and re-settable operating elements
may now be used. To provide the greatest
‘flex-ability’, the new MCP range can be
configured as either a break glass or re-settable
unit by simply changing from one element to
another. No other additional parts or alternative
products are required.
Full compliance with the latest standards is
essential and the new MCP indoor call point
range is fully approved to the latest EN54-11
standard
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Enhanced aesthetics
E
E
E
E
E
Key test facility
Easy to install (plug and play)
Surface mount options
Protection hinged cover with Anti-Tamper facility
Backward compatibale
May be used with glass or resettable element
Easy to replace glass
High quality micro switch
Fully approved to the latest standards
65
DMN700Y
Manual callpoint, flush mount, yellow, free
contact, break glass
Specifications
0.5 - 2.5 mm²
2A @ 30 VDC
NA
Cable Termination
Max. contact rating (resistive load)
Series resistor
Mechanical
Material
PC/ABS
Weight
110g
Colour
Yellow
ZP1
Environmental
Operating temperature
-10°C to +55°C
Storage temperature
-10°C to +55°C
0-95%
IP24D
Relative humidity (non-condensing)
IP Rating
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
DMN700Y
Manual callpoint, flush mount, yellow, free contact, break glass
DMN787Y
DM788Y
DM711
DM715
DMN782
DMN784
Surface mounting box with earth connector, yellow
Surface mount box without connectors, yellow
EN54 universal glass ARITECH branded
EN54 Universal MCP Glass (without branding)
Hinged transparent MCP protection cover
Call Point Test Key
Breakable Seal for DM2010, DMN700, DMN900 and KAL455 Series
Manual Call Points
Resettable Element for DM2010, DMN700, DMN900 and KAL450
Series MCPs
DMN798
DMN800
66
Product Data Sheet
DM880
880 Series Push-button-activated Manual Call
Point in Plastic Housing (RED)
General
ZP1
The DM880 is a RED, push-button-activated
manual call point. It is supplied in a robust ABS
housing and is suitable for indoor surface
mounting. The door features a replaceable break
glass and allows for an automatic reset when
opening and closing the door.
It is supplied with the “House on Fire”
functional marking, is EN54-11 certified and
conforms to DIN14655.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
EN54-11 approved, push-button-activated MCP
Robust ABS housing
"House-on-Fire" functional indicator
Automatic reset when opening/closing the door
VdS approved
67
DM880
880 Series Push-button-activated Manual
Call Point in Plastic Housing (RED)
Specifications
12 to 24 VDC
7 mA
-40°C to 80°C
IP42
>180°
PA6 + 30%GF
125 x 125 x 36 mm
Red, RAL3001
225g
Power supply
Current consumption
Operating temperature
IP rating
Door opening angle
Material
Size (w x h x d)
Colour
Weight
ZP1
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
DM880
880 Series Push-button-activated Manual Call Point in Plastic Housing
(RED) with EN54-11Functional Indicator, VdS No.: G208074
DM900KEY
Replacement Key for DM880/980 Series Manual Call Points
Replacement CLEAR Windows for Push-button-activated Manual Call
Points
DM966
68
Product Data Sheet
AS363
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base
General
ZP1
The AS363 is a general purpose electronic
sounder for fire alarm applications. Which
features a special base containing all wiring
connections and allow for easy
removal/placement of the sounder.
Easy and Fast Installation
The AS363 alarm sounder allows faster
installation and maintenance thanks to an
innovative mounting base. Dispensing with the
need for locking screws, these sounders use
TimeSaver™ bases from the 630 series
detectors. Heads are simply locked onto the base
with a “twist and click” action, allowing
fitting or removal at any time because the base is
the only component that needs to be wired. As
the cabling requirement is reduced,
commissioning time and costs are naturally
reduced as well.
Efficient and versatile
The AS363 provide high sound output at a low
current, thus reducing power requirements and
system cost. The AS363 sounder is supplied with
a volume control as standard, allowing final audio
adjustments to be made during installation.
With a choice of 32 different tones (see tones
table in manual), which are switch selectable, the
required tone can be selected during installation.
A second tone, is available if extra wires are
installed in the sounder circuit.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
High sound output
E
E
E
E
E
Anti-Tamper locking mechanism
Low current consumption
32 Tones user selectable
Automatic syncronisation
Volume control
Shallow mouting base
Wiring directly to base
Two stage alarm
VdS Approved
The mechanism for locking the sounder to the
base, can be activated if required. Once
activated, a special tool is required to remove the
sounder from the base.
69
AS363
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base
Specifications
Continuous
Operation
Supply voltage
EN54-3 / fire applications
17 - 60 VDC
non-fire applications
9 - 60 VDC
Current consumption
(see tone table in manual)
4 - 41mA @ 24 VDC
Sound output @ 1 metre
ZP1
(see tone table in manual)
94 to 106dB(A)
32
Phased start
Polarised input
High impact polycarbonate
IP21
-25°C to +70°C
Number of tones
Automatic synchronisation
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Shallow base
100 x 81 mm
215g
Red
Weight
Color
Ordering Information
70
Part No.
Description
AS363
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base
AS363W
AS363M
AS364
AS364W
AS364M
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder, multi tone, shallow base, mains powered
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base, white
Sounder, multi tone, deep base, mains powered
AS366
AS366W
AS367
AS367W
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base, white
AS368
AS368W
Base sounder, multi tone, red
Base sounder, multi tone, white
Product Data Sheet
AS363W
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base, white
General
ZP1
The AS363W is a general purpose electronic
sounder for fire alarm applications. Which
features a special base containing all wiring
connections and allow for easy
removal/placement of the sounder.
Easy and Fast Installation
The AS363W alarm sounder allows faster
installation and maintenance thanks to an
innovative mounting base. Dispensing with the
need for locking screws, these sounders use
TimeSaver™ bases from the 630 series
detectors. Heads are simply locked onto the base
with a “twist and click” action, allowing
fitting or removal at any time because the base is
the only component that needs to be wired. As
the cabling requirement is reduced,
commissioning time and costs are naturally
reduced as well.
Efficient and versatile
The AS363W provide high sound output at a low
current, thus reducing power requirements and
system cost. The AS363W sounder is supplied
with a volume control as standard, allowing final
audio adjustments to be made during installation.
With a choice of 32 different tones (see tones
table in manual), which are switch selectable, the
required tone can be selected during installation.
A second tone, is available if extra wires are
installed in the sounder circuit.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
High sound output
E
E
E
E
E
Anti-Tamper locking mechanism
Low current consumption
32 Tones user selectable
Automatic syncronisation
Volume control
Shallow mouting base
Wiring directly to base
Two stage alarm
VdS Approved
The mechanism for locking the sounder to the
base, can be activated if required. Once
activated, a special tool is required to remove the
sounder from the base.
71
AS363W
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base, white
Specifications
Continuous
Operation
Supply voltage
EN54-3 / fire applications
17 - 60 VDC
non-fire applications
9 - 60 VDC
Current consumption
(see tone table in manual)
4 - 41mA @ 24 VDC
Sound output @ 1 metre
ZP1
(see tone table in manual)
94 to 106dB(A)
32
Phased start
Polarised input
High impact polycarbonate
IP21
-25°C to +70°C
Number of tones
Automatic synchronisation
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Shallow base
100 x 81 mm
215g
White
Weight
Color
Ordering Information
72
Part No.
Description
AS363W
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base, white
AS363
AS363M
AS364
AS364W
AS364M
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base
Sounder, multi tone, shallow base, mains powered
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base, white
Sounder, multi tone, deep base, mains powered
AS366
AS366W
AS367
AS367W
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base, white
AS368
AS368W
Base sounder, multi tone, red
Base sounder, multi tone, white
Product Data Sheet
AS364
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base
General
ZP1
The AS364 is a general purpose electronic
sounder for fire alarm applications. Which
features a special base containing all wiring
connections and allow for easy
removal/placement of the sounder.
Easy and Fast Installation
The AS364 alarm sounder allows faster
installation and maintenance thanks to an
innovative mounting base. Dispensing with the
need for locking screws, these sounders use a
deep base version of the TimeSaver™ base
from the 630 series detectors. Heads are simply
locked onto the base with a “twist and
click” action, allowing fitting or removal at any
time because the base is the only component that
needs to be wired. As the cabling requirement is
reduced, commissioning time and costs are
naturally reduced as well.
Efficient and versatile
The AS364 provide high sound output at a low
current, thus reducing power requirements and
system cost. The AS364 sounder is supplied with
a volume control as standard, allowing final audio
adjustments to be made during installation.
With a choice of 32 different tones (see tones
table in manual), which are switch selectable, the
required tone can be selected during installation.
A second tone, is available if extra wires are
installed in the sounder circuit.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
High sound output
E
E
E
E
E
Anti-Tamper locking mechanism
Low current consumption
32 Tones user selectable
Automatic syncronisation
Volume control
Deep mouting base
Wiring directly to base
Two stage alarm
VdS Approved
The mechanism for locking the sounder to the
base, can be activated if required. Once
activated, a special tool is required to remove the
sounder from the base.
73
AS364
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base
Specifications
Continuous
Operation
Supply voltage
EN54-3 / fire applications
17 - 60 VDC
non-fire applications
9 - 60 VDC
Current consumption
(see tone table in manual)
4 - 41mA @ 24 VDC
Sound output @ 1 metre
ZP1
(see tone table in manual)
94 to 106dB(A)
32
Phased start
Polarised input
High impact polycarbonate
IP65
-25°C to +70°C
Number of tones
Automatic synchronisation
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Deep base
100 x 104 mm
250g
Red
Weight
Color
Ordering Information
74
Part No.
Description
AS364
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base
AS363
AS363W
AS363M
AS364W
AS364M
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder, multi tone, shallow base, mains powered
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base, white
Sounder, multi tone, deep base, mains powered
AS366
AS366W
AS367
AS367W
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base, white
AS368
AS368W
Base sounder, multi tone, red
Base sounder, multi tone, white
Product Data Sheet
AS364W
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base, white
General
ZP1
The AS364W is a general purpose electronic
sounder for fire alarm applications. Which
features a special base containing all wiring
connections and allow for easy
removal/placement of the sounder.
Easy and Fast Installation
The AS364W alarm sounder allows faster
installation and maintenance thanks to an
innovative mounting base. Dispensing with the
need for locking screws, these sounders use a
deep base version of the TimeSaver™ base
from the 630 series detectors. Heads are simply
locked onto the base with a “twist and
click” action, allowing fitting or removal at any
time because the base is the only component that
needs to be wired. As the cabling requirement is
reduced, commissioning time and costs are
naturally reduced as well.
Efficient and versatile
The AS364W provide high sound output at a low
current, thus reducing power requirements and
system cost. The AS364W sounder is supplied
with a volume control as standard, allowing final
audio adjustments to be made during installation.
With a choice of 32 different tones (see tones
table in manual), which are switch selectable, the
required tone can be selected during installation.
A second tone, is available if extra wires are
installed in the sounder circuit.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
High sound output
E
E
E
E
E
Anti-Tamper locking mechanism
Low current consumption
32 Tones user selectable
Automatic syncronisation
Volume control
Deep mouting base
Wiring directly to base
Two stage alarm
VdS Approved
The mechanism for locking the sounder to the
base, can be activated if required. Once
activated, a special tool is required to remove the
sounder from the base.
75
AS364W
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base, white
Specifications
Continuous
Operation
Supply voltage
EN54-3 / fire applications
17 - 60 VDC
non-fire applications
9 - 60 VDC
Current consumption
(see tone table in manual)
4 - 41mA @ 24 VDC
Sound output @ 1 metre
ZP1
(see tone table in manual)
94 to 106dB(A)
32
Phased start
Polarised input
High impact polycarbonate
IP65
-25°C to +70°C
Number of tones
Automatic synchronisation
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Deep base
100 x 104 mm
250g
White
Weight
Color
Ordering Information
76
Part No.
Description
AS364W
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base, white
AS363
AS363W
AS363M
AS364
AS364M
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder, multi tone, shallow base, mains powered
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base
Sounder, multi tone, deep base, mains powered
AS366
AS366W
AS367
AS367W
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base, white
AS368
AS368W
Base sounder, multi tone, red
Base sounder, multi tone, white
Product Data Sheet
AS366
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base
General
ZP1
The AS366 is a general purpose electronic
sounder and LED beacon for fire alarm
applications. Which features a special base
containing all wiring connections and allow for
easy removal/placement of the sounder/beacon.
Easy and Fast Installation
The AS366 alarm sounder/beacon allows faster
installation and maintenance thanks to an
innovative mounting base. Dispensing with the
need for locking screws, these sounders use
TimeSaver™ bases from the 630 series
detectors. Heads are simply locked onto the base
with a “twist and click” action, allowing
fitting or removal at any time because the base is
the only component that needs to be wired. As
the cabling requirement is reduced,
commissioning time and costs are naturally
reduced as well.
Efficient and versatile
The AS366 provide high sound output at a low
current, thus reducing power requirements and
system cost. The AS366 sounder/beacon is
supplied with a volume control as standard,
allowing final audio adjustments to be made
during installation.
With a choice of 32 different tones (see tones
table in manual), which are switch selectable, the
required tone can be selected during installation.
The mechanism for locking the sounder/beacon to
the base, can be activated if required. Once
activated, a special tool is required to remove the
sounder from the base.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
High sound output
E
E
E
E
E
Anti-Tamper locking mechanism
Low current consumption
32 Tones user selectable
Automatic syncronisation
Volume control
Shallow mouting base
Wiring directly to base
Seperate sounder and beacon connections
VdS Approved
The AS366 sounder/beacon utilises a full faced
translucent sounder case, giving a much larger
lens area and a greater spread of light.
77
AS366
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base
Specifications
Continuous
17 - 60 VDC
Operation
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Sounder (see tone table in manual)
4 - 41mA @ 24 VDC
Beacon
5mA
Sound output @ 1 metre
ZP1
(see tone table in manual)
94 to 106dB(A)
60/min.
32
Phased start
Polarised input
High impact polycarbonate
IP21
-25°C to +70°C
Flash rate
Number of tones
Automatic synchronisation
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Shallow base
100 x 81 mm
215g
Red
Red
Weight
Color base
Color lens
Ordering Information
78
Part No.
Description
AS366
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base
AS363
AS363W
AS363M
AS364
AS364W
AS364M
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder, multi tone, shallow base, mains powered
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base, white
Sounder, multi tone, deep base, mains powered
AS366W
AS367
AS367W
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base, white
AS368
AS368W
Base sounder, multi tone, red
Base sounder, multi tone, white
Product Data Sheet
AS366W
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base,
white
General
ZP1
The AS366W is a general purpose electronic
sounder and LED beacon for fire alarm
applications. Which features a special base
containing all wiring connections and allow for
easy removal/placement of the sounder/beacon.
Easy and Fast Installation
The AS366W alarm sounder/beacon allows faster
installation and maintenance thanks to an
innovative mounting base. Dispensing with the
need for locking screws, these sounders use
TimeSaver™ bases from the 630 series
detectors. Heads are simply locked onto the base
with a “twist and click” action, allowing
fitting or removal at any time because the base is
the only component that needs to be wired. As
the cabling requirement is reduced,
commissioning time and costs are naturally
reduced as well.
Efficient and versatile
The AS366W provide high sound output at a low
current, thus reducing power requirements and
system cost. The AS366W sounder/beacon is
supplied with a volume control as standard,
allowing final audio adjustments to be made
during installation.
With a choice of 32 different tones (see tones
table in manual), which are switch selectable, the
required tone can be selected during installation.
The mechanism for locking the sounder/beacon to
the base, can be activated if required. Once
activated, a special tool is required to remove the
sounder from the base.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
High sound output
E
E
E
E
E
Anti-Tamper locking mechanism
Low current consumption
32 Tones user selectable
Automatic syncronisation
Volume control
Shallow mouting base
Wiring directly to base
Seperate sounder and beacon connections
VdS Approved
The AS366W sounder/beacon utilises a full faced
translucent sounder case, giving a much larger
lens area and a greater spread of light.
79
AS366W
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base,
white
Specifications
Continuous
17 - 60 VDC
Operation
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Sounder (see tone table in manual)
4 - 41mA @ 24 VDC
Beacon
5mA
Sound output @ 1 metre
ZP1
(see tone table in manual)
94 to 106dB(A)
60/min.
32
Phased start
Polarised input
High impact polycarbonate
IP21
-25°C to +70°C
Flash rate
Number of tones
Automatic synchronisation
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Shallow base
100 x 81 mm
215g
White
Red
Weight
Color base
Color lens
Ordering Information
80
Part No.
Description
AS366W
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base, white
AS363
AS363W
AS363M
AS364
AS364W
AS364M
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder, multi tone, shallow base, mains powered
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base, white
Sounder, multi tone, deep base, mains powered
AS366
AS367
AS367W
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base, white
AS368
AS368W
Base sounder, multi tone, red
Base sounder, multi tone, white
Product Data Sheet
AS367
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base
ZP1
The AS367 is a general purpose electronic
sounder and LED beacon for fire alarm
applications. Which features a special base
containing all wiring connections and allow for
easy removal/placement of the sounder/beacon.
Easy and Fast Installation
The AS367 alarm sounder/beacon allows faster
installation and maintenance thanks to an
innovative mounting base. Dispensing with the
need for locking screws, these sounders use a
deep base version of the TimeSaver™ base
from the 630 series detectors. Heads are simply
locked onto the base with a “twist and
click” action, allowing fitting or removal at any
time because the base is the only component that
needs to be wired. As the cabling requirement is
reduced, commissioning time and costs are
naturally reduced as well.
Efficient and versatile
The AS367 provide high sound output at a low
current, thus reducing power requirements and
system cost. The AS367 sounder/beacon is
supplied with a volume control as standard,
allowing final audio adjustments to be made
during installation.
With a choice of 32 different tones (see tones
table in manual), which are switch selectable, the
required tone can be selected during installation.
The mechanism for locking the sounder/beacon to
the base, can be activated if required. Once
activated, a special tool is required to remove the
sounder from the base.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
High sound output
E
E
E
E
E
Anti-Tamper locking mechanism
Low current consumption
32 Tones user selectable
Automatic syncronisation
Volume control
Deep mouting base
Wiring directly to base
Seperate sounder and beacon connections
VdS Approved
The AS367 sounder/beacon utilises a full faced
translucent sounder case, giving a much larger
lens area and a greater spread of light.
81
AS367
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base
Specifications
Continuous
17 - 60 VDC
Operation
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Sounder (see tone table in manual)
4 - 41mA @ 24 VDC
Beacon
5mA @ 24VDC
Sound output @ 1 metre
ZP1
(see tone table in manual)
94 to 106dB(A)
60/min.
32
Phased start
Polarised input
High impact polycarbonate
IP65
-25°C to +70°C
Flash rate
Number of tones
Automatic synchronisation
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Deep base
100 x 104 mm
250g
Red
Red
Weight
Color base
Color lens
Ordering Information
82
Part No.
Description
AS367
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base
AS363
AS363W
AS363M
AS364
AS364W
AS364M
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder, multi tone, shallow base, mains powered
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base, white
Sounder, multi tone, deep base, mains powered
AS366
AS366W
AS367W
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base, white
AS368
AS368W
Base sounder, multi tone, red
Base sounder, multi tone, white
Product Data Sheet
AS367W
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base,
white
General
ZP1
The AS367W is a general purpose electronic
sounder and LED beacon for fire alarm
applications. Which features a special base
containing all wiring connections and allow for
easy removal/placement of the sounder/beacon.
Easy and Fast Installation
The AS367W alarm sounder/beacon allows faster
installation and maintenance thanks to an
innovative mounting base. Dispensing with the
need for locking screws, these sounders use a
deep base version of the TimeSaver™ base
from the 630 series detectors. Heads are simply
locked onto the base with a “twist and
click” action, allowing fitting or removal at any
time because the base is the only component that
needs to be wired. As the cabling requirement is
reduced, commissioning time and costs are
naturally reduced as well.
Efficient and versatile
The AS367W provide high sound output at a low
current, thus reducing power requirements and
system cost. The AS367W sounder/beacon is
supplied with a volume control as standard,
allowing final audio adjustments to be made
during installation.
With a choice of 32 different tones (see tones
table in manual), which are switch selectable, the
required tone can be selected during installation.
The mechanism for locking the sounder/beacon to
the base, can be activated if required. Once
activated, a special tool is required to remove the
sounder from the base.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
High sound output
E
E
E
E
E
Anti-Tamper locking mechanism
Low current consumption
32 Tones user selectable
Automatic syncronisation
Volume control
Deep mouting base
Wiring directly to base
Seperate sounder and beacon connections
VdS Approved
The AS367W sounder/beacon utilises a full faced
translucent sounder case, giving a much larger
lens area and a greater spread of light.
83
AS367W
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base,
white
Specifications
Continuous
17 - 60 VDC
Operation
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Sounder (see tone table in manual)
4 - 41mA @ 24 VDC
Beacon
5mA @ 24VDC
Sound output @ 1 metre
ZP1
(see tone table in manual)
94 to 106dB(A)
60/min.
32
Phased start
Polarised input
High impact polycarbonate
IP65
-25°C to +70°C
Flash rate
Number of tones
Automatic synchronisation
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Deep base
100 x 104 mm
250g
White
Red
Weight
Color base
Color lens
Ordering Information
84
Part No.
Description
AS367W
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base, white
AS363
AS363W
AS363M
AS364
AS364W
AS364M
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder, multi tone, shallow base, mains powered
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base, white
Sounder, multi tone, deep base, mains powered
AS366
AS366W
AS367
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base
AS368
AS368W
Base sounder, multi tone, red
Base sounder, multi tone, white
Product Data Sheet
AS368
Base sounder, multi tone, red
General
ZP1
The AS368 is an extremely efficient base sounder
that offers ultra-low power consumption. It offers a
universal detector mounting platform for
installation underneath any detector, but also
allows the optional fitment of a blanking cover, to
turn the unit into a slim and unobtrusive stand
alone sounder.
Efficient and versatile
The AS368 provide high sound output at a low
current, thus reducing power requirements and
system cost. The AS368 sounder is supplied with
a volume control as standard, allowing final audio
adjustments to be made during installation.
With a choice of 32 different tones (see tones
table in manual), which are switch selectable, the
required tone can be selected during installation.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Universal fixing platform for detector bases
Low current consumption
Blank cover for use as a stand alone sounder
Reduced installation costs
Two large cable entries
E High sound output
E Automatic synchronisation
E 32 Tones user selectable
85
AS368
Base sounder, multi tone, red
Specifications
Supply voltage
EN54-3 / fire applications
17 - 60 VDC
non-fire applications
9 - 60 VDC
Current consumption
(see tone table in manual)
3 - 7 mA @ 24 VDC
Sound output @ 1 meter
ZP1
(see tone table in manual)
up to 95 dB(A)
32
Reverse polarity
-10°C to +55°C
High impact polycarbonate
100g
Red
IP21C
114 x 35 mm
Tones
Monitoring
Temperature
Construction
Weight
Colour
Ingress protection
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Ordering Information
86
Part No.
Description
AS368
Base sounder, multi tone, red
AS363
AS363W
AS363M
AS364
AS364W
AS364M
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder, multi tone, shallow base, mains powered
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base, white
Sounder, multi tone, deep base, mains powered
AS366
AS366W
AS367
AS367W
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base, white
AS368W
Base sounder, multi tone, white
Product Data Sheet
AS368W
Base sounder, multi tone, white
General
ZP1
The AS368W is an extremely efficient base
sounder that offers ultra-low power consumption.
It offers a universal detector mounting platform for
installation underneath any detector, but also
allows the optional fitment of a blanking cover, to
turn the unit into a slim and unobtrusive stand
alone sounder.
Efficient and versatile
The AS368W provide high sound output at a low
current, thus reducing power requirements and
system cost. The AS368W sounder is supplied
with a volume control as standard, allowing final
audio adjustments to be made during installation.
With a choice of 32 different tones (see tones
table in manual), which are switch selectable, the
required tone can be selected during installation.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Universal fixing platform for detector bases
Low current consumption
Blank cover for use as a stand alone sounder
Reduced installation costs
Two large cable entries
E High sound output
E Automatic synchronisation
E 32 Tones user selectable
87
AS368W
Base sounder, multi tone, white
Specifications
Supply voltage
EN54-3 / fire applications
17 - 60 VDC
non-fire applications
9 - 60 VDC
Current consumption
(see tone table in manual)
3 - 7 mA @ 24 VDC
Sound output @ 1 meter
ZP1
(see tone table in manual)
up to 95 dB(A)
32
Reverse polarity
-10°C to +55°C
High impact polycarbonate
0.1 kg
White
IP21C
114 x 35 mm
Tones
Monitoring
Temperature
Construction
Weight
Colour
Ingress protection
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Ordering Information
88
Part No.
Description
AS368W
Base sounder, multi tone, white
AS363
AS363W
AS363M
AS364
AS364W
AS364M
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base
Fire sounder, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder, multi tone, shallow base, mains powered
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base
Fire sounder, multi tone, deep base, white
Sounder, multi tone, deep base, mains powered
AS366
AS366W
AS367
AS367W
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, shallow base, white
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base
Sounder-beacon, multi tone, deep base, white
AS368
Base sounder, multi tone, red
Product Data Sheet
AS371
Fire sounder-beacon, high output,
outdoor
General
ZP1
The AS371 is a fire sounder with xenon beacon,
which has been designed specifically for outdoor
use. It's main function is to warn people outside a
building of the detection of a fire alarm inside the
building. The AS371 combines acoustic and
visual warning in a single housing, and offers the
installer the choice between separate or
combined sounder and beacon control.
Application
The AS371 is mostly used on the outside of
buildings for indication in open areas where safety
personnel may not always be present. When used
in enclosed areas, care needs to be taken that the
acoustic output of this siren does not damage the
hearing of people in the the area.
Options
Standard Features
The sounder and beacon are normally activated
together, the moment 24V is applied to the
connection terminals of the unit. It is however
possible to separately activate the sounder or
beacon, by using the separate connection
terminals. This allows the installer to custom
configure the unit on site, according to the
requirements.
E
E
E
E
High sound output
Exterior operation
Seperate sounder & beacon control
Xenon beacon
89
AS371
Fire sounder-beacon, high output,
outdoor
Specifications
17 to 30 VDC
ZP1
Supply Voltage
Current consumption
Sounder
220 mA
Beacon
80 mA
110 dB(A)
1 flash /s
Polarised input
High impact polycarbonate
IP55
-25°C to +75°C
380 x 220 x 650 mm
1.4 Kg
Red
Sound output @ 1 meter
Flash Rate
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress Protection
Operating Temperature
Dimentions (h x w x d)
Weight
Color
Ordering Information
90
Part No.
Description
AS371
Fire sounder-beacon, high output, outdoor
Product Data Sheet
AS376
Fire sounder, multi tone, high output, IP66
General
ZP1
The AS376 is a high output electronic sounder for
fire alarm applications. It offers a IP66 rating,
which makes it ideal for outdoor applications. It
also features a special base containing all wiring
connections and allow for easy
removal/placement of the sounder. To allow for
even more flexibility, the user can select between
64 tones and also have the option of a 3rd stage
tone.
Easy and Fast Installation
The AS376 sounder allows faster installation and
maintenance thanks to an innovative mounting
base. Connections are made to the base during
the initial wiring phase, which results in faster and
more reliable installation. In addition, the head
clicks into place and is fixed by four quarter turn
fasteners, avoiding the need to screw up four
individual screws thus enabling faster installation
and accurate seal compression for
weatherproofing.
Efficient and versatile
The AS376 provide high sound output at a low
current, thus reducing power requirements and
system cost. The AS376 sounder is supplied with
a volume control as standard, allowing final audio
adjustments to be made during installation.
With a choice of 64 different tones (see tones
table in manual), which are switch selectable, the
required tone can be selected during installation.
A second and third tone, is available if extra wires
are installed in the sounder circuit.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
High sound output
Low current consumption
64 Tones user selectable
Automatic syncronisation
Volume control
E Wiring directly to base
E Three stage alarm
E IP66
IP66 as standard, means that the AS376 can be
installed in almost any location.
91
AS376
Fire sounder, multi tone, high output, IP66
Specifications
Continuous
Operation
Supply voltage
EN54-3 / fire applications
17 - 60 VDC
non-fire applications
10 - 60 VDC
Current consumption
(see tone table in manual)
10 - 50mA @ 24 VDC
Sound output @ 1 metre
ZP1
(see tone table in manual)
104 to 116dB(A) @ 24 VDC
64
Phased start
Polarised input
High impact polycarbonate
IP66
-25°C to +70°C
Number of tones
Automatic synchronisation
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions
(WxHxD)
166 x 166 x 149 mm
1100g
Red
Weight
Color
Ordering Information
92
Part No.
Description
AS376
Fire sounder, multi tone, high output, IP66
AS377
Fire sounder-beacon, multi tone, high output, IP66
Product Data Sheet
AS377
Fire sounder-beacon, multi tone, high output,
IP66
General
ZP1
The AS377 is a high output electronic sounder,
with led beacon, for fire alarm applications. It
offers a IP66 rating, which makes it ideal for
outdoor applications. It also features a special
base containing all wiring connections and allow
for easy removal/placement of the sounder. To
allow for even more flexibility, the user can select
between 64 tones, have the option of a 3rd stage
tone and can select between 4 different flash
modes.
Easy and Fast Installation
The AS377 sounder-beacon allows faster
installation and maintenance thanks to an
innovative mounting base. Connections are made
to the base during the initial wiring phase, which
results in faster and more reliable installation. In
addition, the head clicks into place and is fixed by
four quarter turn fasteners, avoiding the need to
screw up four individual screws thus enabling
faster installation and accurate seal compression
for weatherproofing.
Efficient and versatile
The AS377 provide high sound output at a low
current, thus reducing power requirements and
system cost. The AS377 sounder is supplied with
a volume control as standard, allowing final audio
adjustments to be made during installation.
With a choice of 64 different tones (see tones
table in manual), which are switch selectable, the
required tone can be selected during installation.
A second and third tone, are available if extra
wires are installed in the sounder circuit.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
High sound output
E
E
E
E
Wiring directly to base
Low current consumption
64 Tones user selectable
Automatic syncronisation
Volume control
Three stage alarm
IP66
LED beacon, with 4 flash modes
IP66 as standard, means that the AS377 can be
installed in almost any location.
The led beacon can be configured for either
single flash, double flash, flashing or static.
93
AS377
Fire sounder-beacon, multi tone, high output,
IP66
Specifications
Continuous
Operation
Supply voltage
EN54-3 / fire applications
17 - 60 VDC
non-fire applications
10 - 60 VDC
Current consumption
Sounder (see tone table in manual)
10 - 50 mA @ 24 VDC
Beacon - flashing
18 mA @ 24 VDC
Beacon - static
65 mA @ 24 VDC
Sound output @ 1 metre
ZP1
(see tone table in manual)
104 to 116dB(A) @ 24 VDC
64
60/min.
Phased start
Polarised input
High impact polycarbonate
IP66
-25°C to +70°C
Number of tones
Flash rate
Automatic synchronisation
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions
(WxHxD)
166 x 213 x 149 mm
1200g
Red
Weight
Color
Ordering Information
94
Part No.
Description
AS377
Fire sounder-beacon, multi tone, high output, IP66
AS376
Fire sounder, multi tone, high output, IP66
Product Data Sheet
FA340
Xenon Beacon, White base, Red lens
General
ZP1
The FA340 is a general purpose 1W red xenon
beacon which can be used in various
applications.
Greater visibility
The FA340 beacon is fitted with a diffuser for
greater visibility and spread of light.
Locking mechanism
The mechanism for locking the beacon to the
base is activated by default, but can be disabled if
required. A special tool is required to remove the
beacon from the base, if the locking mechanism is
active.
Standard Features
E Anti-Tamper locking mechanism
E Weather proof / IP65
E 12V or 24V
95
FA340
Xenon Beacon, White base, Red lens
Specifications
Continuous
12 V ± 15% or 24 V ± 15%
ZP1
Operation
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Average
75mA @ 12 V or 45 mA @ 24 V
Peak
95 mA @ 12 V or 50 mA @ 24 V
60/min.
Polarised input
High impact polycarbonate
IP65
-20°C to +40°C
85 x 81 mm
145 g
White
Red
Flash rate
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Weight
Color base
Color lens
Ordering Information
96
Part No.
Description
FA340
Xenon Beacon, White base, Red lens
FA340C
FA340Y
Xenon Beacon, White base, Clear lens
Xenon Beacon, White base, Yellow/Amber lens
Product Data Sheet
FA340C
Xenon Beacon, White base, Clear lens
General
ZP1
The FA340C is a general purpose 1W clear
xenon beacon which can be used in various
applications.
Greater visibility
The FA340C beacon is fitted with a diffuser for
greater visibility and spread of light.
Locking mechanism
The mechanism for locking the beacon to the
base is activated by default, but can be disabled if
required. A special tool is required to remove the
beacon from the base, if the locking mechanism is
active.
Standard Features
E Anti-Tamper locking mechanism
E Weather proof / IP65
E 12V or 24V
97
FA340C
Xenon Beacon, White base, Clear lens
Specifications
Continuous
12 V ± 15% or 24 V ± 15%
ZP1
Operation
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Average
75 mA @ 12 V or 45 mA @ 24 V
Peak
95 mA @ 12 V or 50 mA @ 24 V
60/min.
Polarised input
High impact polycarbonate
IP65
-20°C to +40°C
85 x 81 mm
145 g
White
Clear
Flash rate
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Weight
Color base
Color lens
Ordering Information
98
Part No.
Description
FA340C
Xenon Beacon, White base, Clear lens
FA340
FA340Y
Xenon Beacon, White base, Red lens
Xenon Beacon, White base, Yellow/Amber lens
Product Data Sheet
FA340Y
Xenon Beacon, White base, Yellow/Amber lens
General
ZP1
The FA340Y is a general purpose 1W amber
xenon beacon which can be used in various
applications.
Greater visibility
The FA340Y beacon is fitted with a diffuser for
greater visibility and spread of light.
Locking mechanism
The mechanism for locking the beacon to the
base is activated by default, but can be disabled if
required. A special tool is required to remove the
beacon from the base, if the locking mechanism is
active.
Standard Features
E Anti-Tamper locking mechanism
E Weather proof / IP65
E 12V or 24V
99
FA340Y
Xenon Beacon, White base, Yellow/Amber
lens
Specifications
Continuous
12 V ± 15% or 24 V ± 15%
ZP1
Operation
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Average
75 mA @ 12 V or 45 mA @ 24 V
Peak
95 mA @ 12 V or 50 mA @ 24 V
60/min.
Polarised input
High impact polycarbonate
IP65
-20°C to +40°C
85 x 81 mm
145 g
White
Yellow / Amber
Flash rate
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Weight
Color base
Color lens
Ordering Information
100
Part No.
Description
FA340Y
Xenon Beacon, White base, Yellow/Amber lens
FA340
FA340C
Xenon Beacon, White base, Red lens
Xenon Beacon, White base, Clear lens
3
Ziton Fire Panel
Intelligent
Addressable
(ZP2 & ZP3)
101
102
3A1
ZP2
Brochures
103
104
www.utcfssecurityproducts.eu
Intuitive
ZP2 Series
Intelligent Addressable
Life Safety Systems
ZP2
series
Quick installation and setup, easy maintenance,
and striking good looks makes the ZP2 Series the life
safety system of choice for technicians, installers,
architects and building owners alike.
1 / 2 / 4 loops / 2000 m / 127 devices per loop
Radio hub
20 zones
Easy remote
access over
Ethernet
40 zones
32 nodes
32 loops
Class A
Printer*
Maintenance Programming
24 zones
RS232
Ethernet
Internet
Diagnostics
Conventional
(See 1X brochure)
Diagnostics Maintenance
Programming
Central Monitoring*
Up to 8 supervised outputs
2 supervised inputs
Resettable Aux 24Vdc
Aspiration systems
GUI*
The installer’s
best friend
Quick
removable
door
Quick
removable
chassis
• Fire panels
• Repeaters
Pluggable
connectors
Scandinavian
key lock
ZP2 Series is supported by a full
line of associated equipment,
all working in harmony providing
years of trouble-free operation
with proven technology and easy
maintenance features.
* Future release
www.utcfssecurityproducts.eu
Stylishly Simple
• Simple and intuitive front panel control
• Fast system setup and configuration
• Incremental auto programming
• Undo last changes
• Off-line programming and upload via USB
• Remote maintenance and diagnostics via TCP/IP
• Up to 72 hours standby time
• Graphical EN54 compliant LCD screen with icons
• Change language on the fly
• Surface / recess* / 19” rack* mounting
memory stick
• Easy-to-configure option cards and modules
Unsurpassed performance for standalone up to small/medium size networked applications
ZP2
series
www.utcfssecurityproducts.eu
ZP2 Series
Intelligent Addressable
Life Safety Systems
A practical overview of product highlights
and competitive advantages
ZP2
series
The ZP Family
Developed to meet your expectation...
... the intelligent way
The ZP2 Series life safety control systems are part
of the ZP family.
The ZP family consists of a range of next generation
conventional and addressable fire panels that will
support you from small standalone applications such as
a small shop or bank, all the way to multiple floor building
applications where reliable networking capabilities with
central monitoring are required.
The ZP family will give you all the flexibility to meet your
customer’s expectations and more. From new projects to
expansions to retrofit, everything is possible.
Further in this document we will highlight these benefits as
it applies to the ZP2. For the ZP1 Series life safety control
systems, a separate sales guide is available.
Life Safety Systems
Designed for building owners
Engineered for life safety system suppliers
Ziton ZP2 Series life safety control systems are bringing the
speed and functionality of high-end intelligent processing to
small to mid-sized addressable applications. They feature an
attractive contemporary design that fits with any decor. Special
plastics allows for painting in any color and the easy to remove
electronics will support in this matter. The gently lined door with
the intuitive Ziton blue inset user interface offers a distinctive
flair. The main controls are clearly, but discreetly highlighted with
the focus on the central located Jog Dial.
With the addressable detection and a full line of easily configured
option cards and modules, USB and Ethernet® connectivity,
these quick-to-configure systems offer versatility that benefits
building owners and life safety system installers alike.
This guide was developed to highlight the strengths of the
ZP2 Series and give those engaged in sales functions an
understanding of the many competitive advantages these
systems bring to sales calls.
Amongst the strongest selling points the ZP2 Series offers is
the confidence customers can have by dealing with an identity
they’ve known and trusted all their lives. Ziton represents a
solid foundation for technology and innovations that’s been
respected for generations. ZP2 Series life safety systems have
been designed for building owners upon this legacy of innovation,
and engineered for life safety system installers to exceed the
expectations of their customers.
ZP2
series
Engineered
for life safety system installers
Quick installation and easy maintenance gives the ZP2 Series
a competitive edge that’s good for your bottom line.
As a life safety system installer, time and money are your
primary concerns. You need to know up front what it’s going
to take to get the system up and running so you can present
an accurate and competitive bid to your customer, the building
owner. A system that proves difficult to install or that takes
more time than anticipated to get a green light from the local
authorities, costs you money, risks your business reputation,
and can land you in a deep hole with your customer.
ZP2 Series life safety systems are simple to install and quick
to service. They work in your favor, keeping installation costs
predictable, while contributing to your bottom line – not being
a burden on it. With timesaving features not found among
competing products, these systems will give you the edge you
need to stay ahead of the game every step of the way.
What you do with that edge is your business. You can use it to
win more bids and land more jobs, or pocket the savings and
call it a day. Both outcomes boost revenue, though moving
more systems.
Service and maintenance contracts also represent a significant
part of your revenue stream. Frequently the contract is
negotiated for a fixed cost over a fixed period, so you want
a system that is quick and easy to service. The short and
infrequent service calls the ZP2 Series requires allows you to
maintain more systems at more sites with the same number of
service technicians and vehicles on the road.
The ZP2 Series Ethernet programming and diagnostic
features are a big advantage in this respect and provide
opportunities for boosting service revenue while forging good
relationships with your customers. This innovation in system
communications permits valuable programming and diagnostic
operations to be performed remotely from your office, without
the need to send out a service vehicle and technician. In this
way the technician that goes to site knows what to expect and
what spare parts he needs to take before leaving the office.
It also offers you the opportunity to provide more responsive
service to your customers. Advanced warning of dirty detectors
and remote reporting features give your service department
the opportunity to anticipate problems before your customer’s
system operation is affected.
This heads-off nuisance alarms and emergency service calls,
and fosters a positive relationship between you and the
building owner. A good relationship with the building owner
not only bodes well when the service contract comes up for
renewal, but also gives you an edge when it’s time to install,
expand, upgrade, or retrofit life safety systems at other
properties owned by the same customer.
Benefits for your Installers
Quick, easy setup and configuration are vital for your
people on the roads. Three programming methods
are available. (I) Front panel with help of a wizard
or auto configuration if needed. (II) Via USB stick
remotely configured by PC. (III) With a PC locally or
remotely connected. While the easy to use front panel
programming of the ZP2 Series panel is adequate for
most jobs, each method allows the installer to select a
programming method that suits the complexity of the
tasks at hand. This lets them minimize the amount of
time they spend fiddling with the control panel, and focus
on getting it up and running in the most efficient way and
in the shortest time possible.
• The wizard and auto programming guides the installer
getting the system up and running quickly and
efficiently. With a few simple front panel commands,
the ZP2 Series automatically identifies all connected
devices, put them into a zone and sets country
specific system operation options rapidly. The wizard
recognizes and protects the settings of previously
installed devices so that its subsequent use can be
used for incremental changes to system configuration
– this important feature saves time and dramatically
simplifies installation and setup.
• Front panel programming with the ZP2 Series intuitive
on-board user interface, composed soft keys and Jog
Dial together with the easy-to-read graphical LCD
display allows the installer to quickly tweak the auto
programmed settings to accommodate the needs of
typical installations. This method also permits fast
incremental changes to point and zone settings for
site-specific needs.
• PC programming puts the power of a full-featured
graphical, drag and drop configuration and diagnostic
utility to work so that installers can easily take
full advantage of the ZP2 Series well organized
programming engine. With the ZP2 configuration
utility and a laptop PC connected to the control
panel, installers can quickly and efficiently set up
input / output logic, run through device settings, and
configure option cards and loop modules. The PC
programming can also be done off-line after which
the configuration can be uploaded later on-site into
the panel using a USB memory stick. The panel will
automatically recognize the new configuration.
Installers also benefit from exclusive device-level
fault identification, which takes the guesswork out
of troubleshooting. The ZP2 Series one-person walk
test speeds the pace of installation, and its quickinstall chassis and easy removable door allows the
wall box to be mounted during building construction
while the electronics remain safe and out of harm’s
way. Last but not least using the extensive range of
loop-powered sounders will even further save time and
cost on installation.
ZP2
series
Benefits for your
Service Technicians
Timesaving remote programming and diagnostics will keep
your service revenues up and your labor costs down. With
the onboard Ethernet port, the ZP2 Series systems can
communicate over a standard 10/100 Base T connection
locally over a LAN, or even remotely over WAN across
the Internet. This valuable ZP2 Series innovation allows
your technician to run diagnostic routines and even make
programming changes – all without driving to the system
on site.
When a service call is required, your technician can
generate and download system reports before heading out
the door. These provide important information such as
how many detectors are approaching their dirty thresholds,
or which specific devices are in an off normal state and
require attention. Having this information ahead of time
avoids return trips to the shop for parts, and dramatically
shortens the length of the maintenance call: something
both you and your customer will appreciate.
Installed as part of a ZP2 addressable system, sensor
sensitivity, calibration and self-test are carried out
automatically by the ZP2 system. Sophisticated auto
contamination adjustment compensates for any drift in
performance due to dirt in the sensing chamber.
Time-Saving highlights for Installers...
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Simple system setup and configuration
Easy-to-configure option cards and modules
Incremental auto programming with wizard
Off-line programming and upload via USB memory stick
Undo last update
Device-level fault identification
Loop powered sounders
The simplicity built into ZP2 Series systems makes
adding devices a breeze for your maintenance personnel.
The innovative auto-programming feature identifies new
devices and preserves the programming for existing ones.
This means that incremental programming is no longer
a juggling act – the system takes care of the details,
shortening the length of the visit so that more sites can
be serviced with the same number of technicians and
service vehicles.
Designed
for building owners
ZP2 Series blends seemlessly into the background,
providing compliant, trouble-free service long into
the future.
Building owners and facility managers share your interest
in saving installation and maintenance costs. But for the
owner, the system is a fixture of their building that merits
little attention until things go wrong. They fear a system
that will be a source of trouble. Amongst their greatest
fears is a building constantly being evacuated for no
reason. They don’t want occupants to be bothered and
desensitized to danger by a temperamental alarm system.
And they don’t want their local authorities on their backs
or their fire department imposing fines for unnecessary
emergency calls. Revenue and productivity are at stake.
The ZP2 Series systems address these concerns through
simple operation and easy service.
It’s important to stress with building owners the
breakthrough in system efficiency that ZP2 Series systems
represent. Intelligent life safety technology enhances
the invisibility of the system from a building owner’s
perspective. It is more efficient, more reliable, more
accurate and more stable than conventional systems.
It offers greater flexibility and is less prone to nuisance
alarms. But until now this technology was out of range
for most small building applications. This had to do
with cost and the extensive maintenance required by
complex intelligent systems in the past. The ZP2 Series
offers owners of “smaller” buildings a highly efficient
means of bringing the advantages of high-end intelligent
technology to their properties, helping them manage safer
environments with more confidence than ever before, but
with the ease of use of a simple conventional system,
where practically no training is required.
Quick installation and short service calls for their ZP2
Series equipment are definite advantages that building
owners will appreciate. The fact this technology virtually
eliminates nuisance alarms will frequently tip the balance
in favor of intelligent technology over conventional
systems. The timesaving advantages of the ZP2 Series
over the competition will tip that balance even further.
Detector diagnostics make annual testing simple and
quick. Building occupants aren’t overrun with technicians,
and sensitive building areas remain secure.
The clean and simple design approach is carried right
through to the aesthetics of ZP2 Series control panels.
Their attractive appearance means they won’t be a
blemish on an expensive architectural design. The
gently lined and curved door with the combination of the
intuitive Ziton blue inset user interface and Jog Dial offers
a distinctive flair.
Sleek, low profile devices complement the overall
design appeal of the ZP2 Series, and make the ZP2
Series combination an even more attractive choice for
building owners.
The inherent reliability of intelligent detection and the
proven track record among Ziton life safety systems is
an assurance to the building owner that their ZP2 Series
control panel will slip quietly into the background and
provide fully-compliant trouble-free service for years to
come the moment the installer leaves the site.
Benefits for Building Owners
Building owners and facility managers want to focus on their
buildings, not the life safety system. The worry-free operation
of ZP2 Series systems is a key selling feature for them. The
quick setup enjoyed by installers, coupled with the high
efficiency gained by service and maintenance personnel make
the ZP2 Series the best choice for building owners today.
Simple and intuitive front panel operation keeps building
personnel in control of their ZP2 Series system. They won’t
find themselves scrambling for the manual as the system
counts down to alarm. And they won’t have to call you every
time an electrical storm causes a power outage.
The ZP2 Series also represents life safety intelligence geared
expressly for smaller applications that used to be the exclusive
domain of conventional systems. With the ZP2 Series, building
owners now have access to technology that a short time ago
was beyond the reach of most small building budgets.
These intelligent systems offer the building owner a fast and
simple way to upgrade from their cumbersome conventional
control panel. In fact, the ZP2 Series can use the same
wiring for the detectors and notification devices like sounders
and beacons. Using base sounders will bring this even a
step further by saving on wiring and detector bases. In case
conventional loops need to remain a zone loop monitor can
incorporate them. This means the building owner doesn’t
have to bear the expense of additional wiring and bases, and
keep the disruption it would cause among building occupants
to a minimum and expanding the system in the future or an
existing system can be done in no time.
Building owners also gain an advantage over conventional
systems by being able to identify the specific device or
location of the alarm or abnormal condition. The location
and point details are displayed right on the panel. This
provides fast response for emergency conditions. It also
simplifies maintenance by identifying, which individual
devices require attention.
With automatic drift compensation, the ZP2 Series
continuously tunes detector sensitivity by adjusting for
environmental conditions such as dirt and humidity. These
features further reduce the risk of nuisance alarms, avoiding
the disruption to building occupants and fire department
fines that result.
Life Simplifying highlights
for Building Owners...
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Simple and intuitive front panel control
Reduced nuisance alarms
Pinpoints device location
Identifies detectors requiring cleaning
Replaceable detector chamber
Easy maintenance
Straightforward annual inspections
Architecturally pleasing design
ZP2
series
Applications
An easy alternative to conventional
technology for…
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Multiple Occupancy
Schools
Department Stores
Dormitories
Grocery Stores
Nursing Homes
Office Buildings
Assisted Living
Banks
Hospitals
Child Care Centers
Clinics
Light Manufacturing
Strip Malls
Warehousing
Restaurants
Apartment Buildings
Retail Facilities
Hotels and Motels
Cinemas
Utilities
Etc.
Multi-story/Multiple buildings
Selling Point Summary
Available Innovation
Selling Point
Icons and Symbols
The big and bright graphical LCD shows the events and
notification with recognizable icons. Language independent
Aesthetic pleasing design
Blends in without doing any blemish on the interior
Multi language user interface
If more languages are needed on the fly, they are only away
one push on the button
Main control buttons clearly indicated
Less confusion, less error when fast reaction is required
32 nodes / 32 loops systems
Large system capacity with lots of room for expansion. Up to
16 floors with a panel and a repeater on each floor if required
Networking with the ZP1
Seamless integration of conventional into addressable systems
Soft buttons & Jog Dial
Simple and fast control over events and the menu
Ethernet port standard
No special equipment required for central monitoring
or programming
65Ah battery box in matching design*
Still aesthetic pleasing even when more power is required and
give up to 72 hours standby time for a fully load system with
30 minutes of alarm
18Ah batteries inside
Supports huge systems for 24hour standby time with 30 min
of alarm or still numerous applications for 72 hours with 30 min
of alarm
Spirit level build in
The whole system is build such that minimum tool are required
Sufficient cable entries
No problem getting the wiring inside the panel
Enough cable dressing solutions
Keep also the inside clean and professional looking
Up to 6A power supplies*
You need power you get power
Pluggable connections
In case components need to be removed your cables
can remain on the connectors
All optional EN54 requirements
All optional EN54 requirements in the EN54-2 are included
and certified with CPD making sure your system is reliable and
up to date to the latest standard
Country specific presets
No mistake for error and give you even quicker setup
Quick-install component chassis /
removable door
Prevents electronics from becoming damaged during building
construction
One-man walk test
Quick verification of system operation
Earth fault detection
Reducing troubleshooting time on site
2 + 2 loops
You want to drive 4 loops, just add-in an extra 2 in the 2 loop
panel which gives you the expansion you need
USB
You can download / upload your latest configuration or reports
on a memory stick or connect the PC directly via USB
Company Logo
With the configuration utility you can easily upload your
company logo on the LCD screen
Incremental panel wizard and
auto configuration with undo
For fast upgrade or modifications. You don’t like what you did
just undo to go back to last configuration
Printer build inside*
Have always a hard copy of you events and history log
Ethernet port standard
Generate and download system reports before heading
out the door
Device level fault or warning
identification
Check the dirty level of a detector or investigate the fault
message from your office
4 email accounts
Get notifications of alarms, faults and conditions reported
directly from the panel to your phone or remote PC
Loop, PSU, Output measurements
The panel has a build-in multimeter to measure current
and voltages
Audience
Facility managers
& Building owners
Installers
Service
Technicians
ZP2
series
Competitive advantages
Ethernet
USB with memory stick support
Simple User Interface
Graphical LCD with icons
Intuitive controls
Aesthetic pleasing design
Easy and flexible installation
Intelligent programming
32 nodes / 32 loops
Networkable with ZP1
8 programmable outputs
40 Zone indications for fire
and fault with sufficient text
256 zones per panel
9999 events
18Ah inside
Drag and drop Configuration Utility
Up to 4 loops
Up to 32 nodes
3x USB
TCP/IP
Product summary
ZP2-F1 Addressable Fire Panel with User Interface - 1 loop
available in small and big size cabinet
Fixed one loop fire panel that supports up to 127 addressable devices
of any type and 2 sounder outputs. USB and Ethernet on board.
ZP2-F2 Addressable Fire Panel with User Interface - 2 loop
available in small and big size cabinet
Two loop fire panel (upgradeable to four loops – only big cabinet)
that supports up to 508 addressable devices of any type and up
to 8 sounder outputs. USB and Ethernet on board.
ZP2-FR Addressable Fire Panel Repeater with User Interface
available in small and big size cabinet
Remote repeater with common controls and global functionality.
Related literature
and sales tool
•
•
•
•
Sales Brochure
Datasheets
System Builder
Spec Builder
Available Option Cards
• Loop expansion board (2 extra loops)
• Network board (to connect up to 32 addressable panels
in a network with a maximum of 32 loops)
• 20-zone LED indicator (Fire + Fault / zone)
• 40-zone LED indicator (Fire + Fault / zone)
• 24-zone LED indicator (Fire + Fault / Zone)
System Accessories
•
•
•
•
Build-in printer*
Translucent protection door*
19” rack mount trim*
Flush mount trim*
Available addressable devices and device accessories
Detectors
ZP710-2
ZP720-3
ZP730-2
ZP732-2
ZX832
FDR50-EZ
FDR100-EZ
Ionisation sensor
Heat sensor
Optical sensor
Combination sensor (optical & heat)
Intelligent multisensor (optical & heat)
50 metre loop powered analogue reflective beam detector
100 metre loop powered analogue reflective beam detector
Bases
ZP7-SB1
ZP7-RB1
Z-AUXD-2
Z-AUX-2
Surface mounting sensor base
Recessed sensor base
Deep mounting for Z6 and ZP7 bases
Auxiliary plate for Z6 and ZP7 bases
Call Points
ZP785-3
ZP785-3S-SW
ZP785-3WS
ZP785-3YS
ZP787-3
ZP787-3-SW
Flush mounting red analogue callpoint c/w EN54 marking
Surface Mount Addressable Call Point complete with BRAND-LARM Marking (RED) with Hinged Cover
Surface mount white analogue callpoint c/w EN54 marking
Surface Mount Addressable Call Point complete with “HOUSE ON FIRE” Function Indicator (YELLOW)
Weatherproof surface mounting red analogue callpoint (IP67)
ZP7 Addressable MCP, RED, Surface Mount with glass, IP67, Swedish
Line Isolators
ZP7-IB
A60E-2
Isolator base for seven series sensors
A Series mini isolator unit
IO Units
A45E-2
A50E-2
A51E-1
A70E-2
SMB-DIN1
SMB-DIN2
ZP7-I/O
A Series mini interface unit
A Series mini relay unit
A Series mini relay unit, mains switching
A70 conventional interface
Surface box for A Series modules, IP66 (2 single or 1 double)
Surface box for A Series modules, IP66 (4 single or 2 double)
Enclosure for A series modules (note: will not accommodate A51E-1)
Sounders / Beacons
SPB-2R
SPB-2W
ZP755B-2W
ZP755BV-3
ZP755-COV-R
ZP755-COV-W
ZP755HA-2R
ZP755HA-2W
ZP755HAV-2R
ZP755HAV-2W
ZP755R-2R
ZP755R-2W
ZP755V
ZP755W-R
ZP755WV-2R
ZP7-SBB
* Later release
Red Pluggable base for ZP755 -2 and -3 devices
White Pluggable base for ZP755 -2 and -3 devices
Surface mounting addressable base sounder (90 dBA)
Surface mounting addressable base sounder beacon, white (90 dBA)
Cover for all ZP755B base sounder with no detector, red
Cover for all ZP755B base sounder with no detector, white
Horn sounder with dual front & rear sound paths, red (102 dBA)
Horn sounder with dual front & rear sound paths, white (102 dBA)
Omnidirectional sounder beacon, red (102 dBA)
Omnidirectional sounder beacon, white (102 dBA)
Room sounder c/w cover, red (90dBA)
Room sounder c/w cover, white (90dBA)
Surface mounting beacon, white with clear lens (use ZP7-SBB if remote powered)
Weatherproof horn sounder, red (105 dBA)
Weatherproof horn sounder beacon
Surface mounting base, white (for ZP755V remote power requirement)
www.utcfssecurityproducts.eu
ZP2
series
3A2
ZP2
Datasheets
Product Data
Data Sheet
Sheet
Product
ZP2-F1-S-xx
Addressable Fire Panel with User Interface - 1
Loop small cabinet
Overview
With the addressable detection and a full line of
easily configured option cards and modules, USB
and Ethernet® connectivity, these
quick-to-configure systems offer versatility that
benefits building owners and life safety system
installers alike.
ZP2
The ZP2 Series life safety control systems are
bringing the speed and functionality of high-end
intelligent processing to small to mid-sized
addressable applications. They feature an attractive
contemporary design that fits with any decor. Special
plastics allows for painting in any color and the easy
to remove electronics will support in this matter. The
gently lined door with the intuitive dark inset user
interface and EN54 compliant graphical LCD offers a
distinctive flair. The main controls are clearly, but
discreetly highlighted with the focus on the central
located Jog Dial.
Standard Features
E 1 loops with up to 64 zones
The Panel
The fire panels supplied in local language, with user
interface, with 1 loop that supports up to 254 devices
(127 addresses) in 64 zones, have standard 2
supervised sounder/fire-routing outputs, which can
be used as freely programmable outputs as well. In
addition 2 conventional relay outputs and 2
supervised outputs, working in pair and dedicated to
common fire and fault conditions, as well as 2 user
configurable inputs for monitoring and control are
available.
to 24 LED Zone indicators for Fire and Fault with
E Up
space for a 4 digit number
E Auto configuration and default EN54 setup modes
port with TCP/IP for remote maintenance and
E Ethernet
programming
compliant graphical LCD with icons and symbols for
E EN54
easy recognition of events
Dail with 4 soft buttons for simple and intuitive user
E Jog
control
pleasing design with special paintable synthetic
E Aesthetic
door
Options
The panels supports one auxiliary relay board with 8
outputs - 2 standard fitted with relays and 6 open
collector outputs with the option to add relays
afterwards - and one network board to create a
maximum of 32 nodes / 32 loops network of fire
panels, fire panel repeaters and black-boxes
(including conventional fire panels and fire panel
repeaters up to a maximum of 64 conventional
zones). Last but not least, in case seperate zone
indications are required, a 24 zone fire/fault LED
indicator board can be mounted in the panel or
repeater with space for a 4 digit number.
Approvals & Compliance
•
•
•
•
•
CE / CPD / EN54-2 / EN54-4
NEN2535 / NBNS21-100 compliant
BS5839-1 compliant
VdS and LPCB certified
WEEE / RoHS compliant
removable door and chassis for quick and clean
E Easy
installation
E All pluggable connectors
USB ports with memory stick support and RS232 for
E 3printer
support
notification for events directly from the panel (4 user
E Email
accounts)
E Auxiliary 24VDC supply output with reset support
operator level menu structure with username and
E 3password
E History log memory for 9999 events
E Up to 24 hours standby time and 30 minutes alarm
with the Ziton loop powered
E Compatible
sounders/beacons and base sounders and Ziton series
detectors
123
ZP2-F1-S-xx
Addressable Fire Panel with User Interface 1 Loop small cabinet
Specifications
Mains supply
Voltage
230 / 110 VAC (+10% / -15%)
Frequency
50 / 60 Hz (±5%)
Current
Nom. 0.6 / 1.3 A, Max. 1.5 / 3.15 A
Fuse rating
2/4A
Cable type
3 x 1.5 mm² (live, neutral, earth)
Max. 2 x 12V/18Ah (use supplied cables)
Batteries
Outputs
Programmable supervised
2, 750mA / 19.5-28VDC (24VDC nominal)
General Fire + Fault supervised
2, 350mA / 19.5-28VDC (24 VDC nominal)
General Fire + Fault relay
2
Aux
1 resetable, 500mA / 19.5-28VDC (24VDC nominal)
Cable type
Recommended 2 core 1.5 mm² twisted pair
End of Line resistor
15kohm
Inputs
Programmable
2
Cable type
Recommended 2 core 1.5 mm² twisted pair
End of Line resistor
15kohm
Maximum Load
150 mA
ZP2
Loops
Outputs
1, [email protected] (peak [email protected])
Cable length
max 75ohms / 700nF (max 3.5km with 2mm² and 127 detectors)
Cable type
Recommended 2 core 1.5 mm² twisted pair
Environmental conditions
Storage temperature
-10°C to +50 °C
Operating temperature
-8°C to +42 °C
Relative humidity
max. 95 % (non-condencing)
Mechanical
Size (W x D x H)
410 x 162 x 298 mm
Weight
5.2 kg (without batteries)
Color
RAL7035
Cable entries (Top / Bottom / Back)
18 (20mm) / 2 (20mm) / 2 removable plates
IP rating
IP30: for indoor use only
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
ZP2-F1-S-xx
Addressable Fire Panel with User Interface - 1 Loop small cabinet
Replace by the applicable language code (check with your local UTC Fire &
Security equipment supplier)
Addressable Fire Panel Component - LED indicator - 24 zone
Addressable Fire Panel Accessory - Network Printed Circuit Board
Sealed Lead-Acid Battery - 12V 7.2Ah - VdS approved
Addressable Fire Panel Accessory - Cable FTP CAT5 - 3m
Addressable Fire Panel Accessory - Cable USB A to B - 3m
-xx
ZP2-ZI-24-S
2010-2-NB
BS127N
2010-2-FTP-C30
2010-2-USB-C30
124
Product Data Sheet
ZP2-F2-xx
Addressable Fire Panel with User Interface - 2
Loop
Overview
With the addressable detection and a full line of
easily configured option cards and modules, USB
and Ethernet® connectivity, these
quick-to-configure systems offer versatility that
benefits building owners and life safety system
installers alike.
The Panel
The fire panels supplied in local language, with user
interface, with 2 loops that supports up to 254
devices each (127 addresses) in 128 zones, have
standard 4 supervised sounder/fire-routing outputs,
which can be used as freely programmable outputs
as well. In addition 2 conventional relay outputs and
2 supervised outputs, working in pair and dedicated
to common fire and fault conditions, as well as 2 user
configurable inputs for monitoring and control are
available.
ZP2
The ZP2 Series life safety control systems are
bringing the speed and functionality of high-end
intelligent processing to small to mid-sized
addressable applications. They feature an attractive
contemporary design that fits with any decor. Special
plastics allows for painting in any color and the easy
to remove electronics will support in this matter. The
gently lined door with the intuitive dark inset user
interface and EN54 compliant graphical LCD offers a
distinctive flair. The main controls are clearly, but
discreetly highlighted with the focus on the central
located Jog Dial.
Standard Features
E 2 loops expandable to 4 with up to 256 zones
to 40 LED Zone indicators for Fire and Fault with
E Up
ample text space
E Auto configuration and default EN54 setup modes
port with TCP/IP for remote maintenance and
E Ethernet
programming
compliant graphical LCD with icons and symbols for
E EN54
easy recognition of events
E Jog Dail with 4 soft buttons for simple and intuitive user
control
pleasing design with special paintable synthetic
E Aesthetic
door
Options
The panels supports an extra 2 loop board that
brings the panel to up to 256 zones with 4 additional
programmable outputs, one auxiliary relay board with
8 outputs - 2 standard fitted with relays and 6 open
collector outputs with the option to add relays
afterwards - and one network board to create a
maximum of 32 nodes / 32 loops network of fire
panels, fire panel repeaters and black-boxes
(including conventional fire panels and fire panel
repeaters up to a maximum of 64 conventional
zones). Last but not least, in case seperate zone
indications are required, a 20 or a 40 zone fire/fault
LED indicator board can be mounted in the panel or
repeater with ample space for custom text.
removable door and chassis for quick and clean
E Easy
installation
E All pluggable connectors
USB ports with memory stick support and RS232 for
E 3printer
support
notification for events directly from the panel (4 user
E Email
accounts)
E Auxiliary 24VDC supply output with reset support
operator level menu structure with username and
E 3password
E History log memory for 9999 events
E Up to 72 hours standby time and 30 minutes alarm
E Compatible with the Ziton loop powered
sounders/beacons and base sounders and Ziton series
detectors
125
ZP2-F2-xx
Addressable Fire Panel with User Interface 2 Loop
Specifications
Approvals & Compliance
Mains supply
Voltage
230 / 110 VAC (+10% / -15%)
Frequency
50 / 60 Hz (±5%)
Current
Nom. 0.6 / 1.3 A, Max. 1.5 / 3.15 A
Fuse rating
2/4A
Cable type
3 x 1.5 mm² (live, neutral, earth)
Max. 2 x 12V/18Ah (use supplied cables)
Batteries
Outputs
Programmable supervised
2, 750mA / 19.5-28VDC (24VDC nominal)
General Fire + Fault supervised
2, 350mA / 19.5-28VDC (24 VDC nominal)
General Fire + Fault relay
2
Aux
1 resetable, 500mA / 19.5-28VDC (24VDC nominal)
Cable type
Recommended 2 core 1.5 mm² twisted pair
End of Line resistor
15kohm
Inputs
Programmable
2
Cable type
Recommended 2 core 1.5 mm² twisted pair
End of Line resistor
15kohm
Maximum Load
150 mA
ZP2
Loops
Outputs
2, [email protected] (peak [email protected])
Cable length
max 75ohms / 700nF (max 3.5km with 2mm² and 127 detectors)
Cable type
Recommended 2 core 1.5 mm² twisted pair
Environmental conditions
Storage temperature
-10°C to +50 °C
Operating temperature
-8°C to +42 °C
Relative humidity
max. 95 % (non-condencing)
Mechanical
Size (W x D x H)
449.6 x 171.2 x 550 mm
Weight
7.4 kg (without batteries)
Color
RAL7035
Cable entries (Top / Bottom / Back)
18 (20mm) / 2 (20mm) / 2 removable plates
IP rating
IP30: for indoor use only
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
ZP2-F2-xx
Addressable Fire Panel with User Interface - 2 Loop
Replace by the applicable language code (check with your local UTC Fire &
Security equipment supplier)
Addressable Fire Panel Component - LED indicator - 20 zone
Addressable Fire Panel Component - LED indicator - 40 zone
Addressable Fire Panel Accessory - Loop Expansion Printed Circuit Board 2 loop
Addressable Fire Panel Accessory - Network Printed Circuit Board
Sealed Lead-Acid Battery - 12V 7.2Ah - VdS approved
Sealed Lead-Acid Battery - 12V 12Ah - VdS approved
Sealed Lead-Acid Battery - 12V 18Ah - VdS approved
Addressable Fire Panel Accessory - Cable FTP CAT5 - 3m
Addressable Fire Panel Accessory - Cable USB A to B - 3m
-xx
ZP2-ZI-20
ZP2-ZI-40
ZP2-LB
2010-2-NB
BS127N
BS130N
BS131N
2010-2-FTP-C30
2010-2-USB-C30
126
• CE / CPD / EN54-2 / EN54-4
• NEN2535 / NBNS21-100
compliant
• BS5839-1 compliant
• VdS and LPCB certified
• WEEE / RoHS compliant
Product Data Sheet
ZP2-LB
Addressable Fire Panel Accessory - Loop
Expansion Printed Circuit Board - 2 loop
Overview
The loop board with plugable connectors adds 2
additional loops to your 2-loop low-end addressable
fire panel that doubles the amount of devices to be
supported by one panel and 128 extra zones can be
programmed. Together with the 2 additional loops, 4
supervised sounder/fire-routing outputs, which can
be used as freely programmable outputs, come
along as well.
The Application
In case you need to expand an existing system you
don't need to put another panel in place. You only
have to add the loop board. This makes your system
more flexible and easier to expand.
Please note that only the 2-loop panel has this
capability of adding the additional loop board.
Mounting
ZP2
The loop board allows for bigger single panel
applications. Instead of using two 2-loop panels you
now have only one panel to power and all the loop
wiring is concentrated to one location without having
to use a Firenet network.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
2 loops and adds up to 128 zones
4 programmable outputs
Plugable connectors
Plugs directly on the front of the main board and chassis
The board can be plugged directly on the front of the
main board of the panel on the easy to remove
chassis. No additional cabling needs to be done.
127
ZP2-LB
Addressable Fire Panel Accessory - Loop
Expansion Printed Circuit Board - 2 loop
Specifications
Outputs
Programmable supervised
4, 700mA / 19.5-28VDC (24VDC nominal)
Cable type
Recommended 2 core 1.5 mm² twisted pair
End of Line resistor
15kohm
Loops
Outputs
2, [email protected] (peak [email protected])
Cable length
56ohm / 1microF max. 4 km
Cable type
Recommended 2 core 1.5 mm² twisted pair
Environmental conditions
Storage temperature
-10°C to +50 °C
Operating temperature
-8°C to +42 °C
Relative humidity
max. 95 % (non-condencing)
Mechanical
Weight
0.12 kg
ZP2
Ordering Information
128
Part No.
Description
ZP2-LB
Addressable Fire Panel Accessory - Loop Expansion Printed Circuit Board 2 loop
Product Data Sheet
2010-2-NB
Addressable Fire Panel Accessory Network Printed Circuit Board
Overview
The Firenet network board allows you to create a
robust class A redundant 32 node network, via
RS485, supporting maximum 32 loops. Each
node can be a fire panel with or without user
interface (black box) or a fire panel repeater. In
case optical fiber is required to cover more then
1500m between nodes or in case of EMC issues
we recommend a copper/fiber converter.
The Application
In case you need to spread the load of the
system, or if you have more buildings on one site
that need to get connected togther in one system
or in case a specification requires e.g. that on
each floor of the building a panel is installed that
controls it's own floor a ring network can be
created.
Also if an existing system needs to be expanded
you can either go for the 2010-2-LB if only 1 or 2
loops are required locally or you go for the most
complete solution by connecting another panel in
the network. The choise is yours.
ZP2
It is possible to repeat the user interface of the
panel e.g. if there are more exit doors in the
buildin and on each exit door the visibility of the
fire system is required.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Class A network
1500m between nodes
For panels and repeaters
Up to 32 nodes / 32 loops
Plugable connectors
E Plugs directly on the front of the main board and
chassis
Mounting
The board can be plugged directly on the front of
the main board of the panel on the easy to
remove chassis. No additional cabling needs to
be done.
129
2010-2-NB
Addressable Fire Panel Accessory Network Printed Circuit Board
Specifications
Proprietary based on RS485
Class A
1500m
Protocol
Class
Max. distance between nodes
Environmental conditions
Storage temperature
-10°C to +50 °C
Operating temperature
-8°C to +42 °C
Relative humidity
max. 95 % (non-condencing)
Mechanical
Weight
0.04 kg
ZP2
Ordering Information
130
Part No.
Description
2010-2-NB
Addressable Fire Panel Accessory - Network Printed Circuit Board
3A3
Field Devices
Datasheets
Product Data Sheet
ZP730-2
Analogue optical smoke sensor
Reliable sensing for most fire alarm aplications
Designed for early response to slow burning,
smoldering fires, the ZP730-2 is an analogue smoke
sensor, developed to provide reliable sensing for
most fire alarm applications. The sensors proven
stability in air movement associated with air
conditioning systems has made it a popular selection
for modern building interiors.
Operating on light scatter principles, the ZP730-2
fully meets the sensitivity requirements of European
Standard, EN 54 Pt 7 and is approved by several
international approval bodies.
Automatic self test
Standard Features
E Responds to slow burning fires
E Complies to EN 54 Pt7
E Analogue sensing - reduces false and unwanted alarms
- system knows the status and location of
E Addressable
every sensor
E Alarm verification, self test, auto contamination adjustment
ZP2 & ZP3
False and unwanted alarms are virtually eliminated smoke levels are continuously sensed by the unit
and transmitted via the ZP wiring loop as electronic
signals, which are assessed and verified by the
control panel prior to any alarm decision being taken.
Installed as part of the ZP3 analogue addressable
system, up to 127 sensing devices can be connected
to each of the control panel loops. All loop devices
incorporate switch settings enabling them to be
assigned a unique address, which is polled by the
panel every two seconds.
Sensor sensitivity, calibration and self-test are
carried out automatically by the ZP3 system.
Removal or replacement of an incorrect sensing
device, will be identified by the system and shown as
a fault. Sophisticated auto contamination adjustment,
compensates for any drift in performance due to dirt
in the sensing chamber.
Locking base option
For ease of removal sensors plug into a range of
base units by a simple twist and lock action. A site
selectable option is provided to lock the sensor into
its base. Once applied the unit can only be removed
by means of a special tool.
A red LED indicator situated on the sensor moulding
flashes to indicate when the unit is in alarm. Space
for address labels is provided on sensor and base
mouldings, ensuring units are replaced in their
correct location and address numbers can be
identified from floor level.
133
ZP730-2
Analogue optical smoke sensor
Specifications
ZP730-2
EN54 Pt7
Analogue optical smoke sensor
2.3% OBS / meter
All ZP analogue systems
Plugs into surface or semi recessed base
100m² subject to local codes
2 core loop or spur
Open and short circuit fault. Sensor removal and device type
Alarm LED (red)
Address line pulsed 20V (19.5V to 20.5V). Max line less 4V
600uA quiecent, 700uA alarm
7 way DIL switches in head
Photo electric light scatter
Indoor installation
IP32
-10ºC to +75ºC
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
106mm (dia) x 52mm (h) (excluding base)
60mm ZP7-SB1 surface base, 38mm ZP7-RB1 recessed base
White
105g (excluding) base)
PS1244
Model No
Specification
Description
Sensitivity
Compatibility
Mounting
Area coverage
Wiring
Monitoring
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Addressing method
Detection principle
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Height
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
134
Part No.
Description
ZP730-2
Analogue optical smoke sensor
Product Data Sheet
ZP720-3
Analogue thermal sensor
Reliable response to fire
The ZP720-3 analogue thermal sensor is a
thermistor controlled device that responds to
changes in its ambient temperature. The device
provides a reliable response to fires in areas where
environmental conditions may prohibit the use of
smoke sensors.
Automatic self test
Sensor sensitivity, calibration and self test are
carried out automatically by the ZP3 system.
Removal or replacement of an incorrect sensing
device will be identified by the system and shown as
a fault.
Up to 127 sensing devices can be connected to each
of the control panel loops. All loop devices
incorporate switch settings enabling them to be given
a unique address, which is polled by the panel every
two seconds.
Standard Features
E Analogue sensing - reduces false and unwanted alarms
- system knows the status and location of
E Addressable
every sensor
E Automatic self test
E EN54 Part 5 approved and CPD certified
ZP2 & ZP3
The sensitivity of each sensor is set by the ZP
control panel and can be adjusted between four
levels - from 58ºC to 75ºC - either manually or
automatically on a timed basis. At sensitivity level
two, the ZP720-3 fully meets the requirements of
European Standard EN 54 Pt 5 (grade 1) and is
approved by several international approval bodies.
Temperature levels are continuously sensed by the
unit and transmitted via the ZP wiring loop as
electronic signals, which are assessed and verified
by the control panel prior to any alarm decision being
taken.
Locking base option
The low profile moulding together with either surface
or recessed bases makes the unit ideal for both
commercial and industrial interiors. A red LED
indicator situated on the sensor moulding, flashes to
indicate when the unit is in alarm.
For ease of removal sensors plug into a range of
base units by a simple twist and lock action. A site
selectable option is provided to lock the sensor into
its base. Once applied the unit can only be removed
by means of a special tool.
Space for address labels is provided on sensor and
base mouldings - ensuring units are replaced in their
correct location and address numbers can be
identified from floor level.
135
ZP720-3
Analogue thermal sensor
Specifications
ZP720-3
EN54 Pt5
All ZP analogue systems - running SW71910 version 3.xx software
Level 1 - 58ºC fixed temperature, Level 2 - 58ºC rate compensated, Level 3
- 75ºC rate of rise, Level 4 - 75ºC fixed temperature
Plugs into surface or semi recessed base
50m² - subject to local codes
2 core loop or spur
Open and short circuit fault, sensor removal and device type
Alarm LED (red)
Address line pulsed 20V (19.5V to 20.5V). Max line less 4V
58ºC to 75ºC (4 software settings)
600uA quiecent, 700uA alarm
7 way DIL switches in head
Indoor installation
IP32
-10ºC to +75ºC
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
106mm (dia) x 52mm (h) (excluding base)
60mm ZP7-SB1 surface base, 38mm ZP7-RB1 recessed base
White
85g (excluding base)
Model No
Specification
Compatibility
Sensitivity
Mounting
Area Coverage
Wiring
Monitoring
Indication
Operating voltage
Operating temp
Current
Addressing method
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Height
Colour
Weight
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
136
Part No.
Description
ZP720-3
Analogue thermal sensor
ZP7-RB1
ZP7-SB1
Analogue sensor base - recessed
Analogue sensor base - surface mounting
Product Data Sheet
ZP732-2
Combination smoke and heat sensor
Wide response range
Designed to provide the earliest response to a wide
range of fire types the ZP732-2 sensor combines
optical smoke sensing and thermal monitoring to
provide an accurate warning of fire. Individual
software monitoring of each element measures
actual smoke levels, in addition to temperature rates
of rise. Smoke sensing can be isolated for areas
where ambient smoke may exist at certain times of
the day, or used on a day night basis in premises
where heat only is required whilst the building is
occupied.
Temperature response meets the requirements of
European Standard EN 54 Part 5. (Class A1 and
A2), with smoke sensitivity complying with EN 54
Part 7 and test procedure CEA4021. Several
international approval bodies approve the sensor.
The smoke element is regularly recalibrated by the
panel for contamination and constant sensitivity, self
test and selectable alarm verification are all provided
automatically by the ZP control panel software.
Up to 127 sensing devices can be connected to each
of the control panel loops. All loop devices
incorporate switch settings enabling them to be
assigned a unique address, which is polled by the
panel every two seconds.
Whilst effective in operation the ZP732-2 is
unobtrusive when installed. The low profile moulding
makes the unit ideal for both commercial and
industrial interiors. A red LED indicator, situated on
the sensor moulding, flashes to indicate when the
unit is in alarm.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Senses both smoke and heat
Heat only facility
Smoke element complies with EN54 Part 7 and CEA4021
Heat element complies with EN54 Part 5 Class A1 and A2
Analogue sensing - reduces false and unwanted alarms
E Addressable - system knows the status and location of
every sensor
ZP2 & ZP3
Automatic self test
Locking base option
For ease of removal sensors plug into a range of
base units by a simple twist and lock action. A site
selectable option is provided to lock the sensor into
its base. Once applied the unit can only be removed
by means of a special tool.
Space for address labels is provided on sensor and
base mouldings - ensuring units are replaced in their
correct location and address numbers can be
identified from floor level.
137
ZP732-2
Combination smoke and heat sensor
Specifications
ZP732-2
EN54 Pt5 (Class A1 and A2), EN54 Pt7 and CEA4021
Combination smoke and thermal sensor
All ZP analogue systems
Plugs into surface base
2 core loop or spur
Smoke element - 100m², subject to local codes
Thermal element - 50m², subject to local codes
Open and short circuit fault sensor removal and device type
Smoke - photo electric light scatter, heat - thermistor
7 way DIL switches in head
Alarm LED (red)
19.5 to 20.5 volts pulsed address line
600uA quiescent, 700uA alarm
Indoor installation
IP32
-10ºC to +50ºC
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE compliant
Moulded ABS
106mm (Dia) x 58mm (H) (excluding base)
67mm - from ceiling with ZP7-SB1 surface base
White
105g (excluding base)
PS1245
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Area coverage
Monitoring
Detection principle
Addressing method
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Height
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
138
Part No.
Description
ZP732-2
Combination smoke and heat sensor
Product Data Sheet
ZX832
Multisensing fire detector
Multi criteria sensing
ZX832 multisensor represents the next generation of
fire detectors giving an earlier warning of fire or
smoke, with the ability to discriminate against false
alarms. Fuzzy logic software using multi-criteria
sensing form the basis of this advanced detector.
The detector consists of integrated high sensitivity
smoke and thermal sensors. The system combines
the dynamic results of rates of change patterns and
absolute levels of smoke and heat, to identify real
fire criteria. Selectable software algorithms allow the
response to be matched to each particular hazard.
Algorithms can change for day/night operation.
Advanced self test facility
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Multi-criteria fire sensing
Enhanced detection certainty
False alarm discrimination
Fuzzy logic algorithms
Selectable algorithms
E Microprocessor based
E Smoke element complies with EN54 Pt7
E Heat element complies with EN54 Pt5 certification A1
ZP2 & ZP3
Units are of low-profile design and plug into either a
surface, or a semi-recessed base. An automatic
facility is provided to lock the sensor into its base,
requiring a special tool to remove. The sensor
contains a built-in LED, which illuminates when the
detector is in an alarm condition.
An advanced self test facility excites the smoke
chamber as though smoke were present, and fully
tests the complete sensor as well as communication
with the panel.
ZX832 detectors are suited to applications requiring
the highest level of alarm integrity. Each sensor can
protect up to 100m² subject to room and ceiling
design and local codes. If the detector is intended to
be used in thermal-only mode at certain times, then
maximum coverage is 50m².
Automatic calibration
The ZX832 is a standard ZP addressable device,
which uses the ZP addressing system. Up to 127
devices can be connected to each ZP address loop.
The system automatically compensates each sensor
individually for calibration changes caused by dirt,
temperature, humidity, voltage fluctuations and long
term contamination.
139
ZX832
Multisensing fire detector
Specifications
ZX832
EN54 Pt5 (Classification A1) and EN54 Pt7
Intelligent multisensing fire detector
Smoke - m = 0.13dB/m
Heat - software selectable 58ºC or 75ºC
All ZP analogue systems
Plugs into surface or semi recessed base
Smoke - 100m², heat - 50m², subject to local codes
2 core loop or spur
Open and short circuit fault. Sensor removal and device type.
Alarm LED (red)
Address line pulsed 20V (19.5V to 20.5V). Max line less 4V
600uA quiescent, 700uA alarm
Smoke - photo electric light scatter, thermal - thermistor
Indoor installation
IP32
-20ºC to +75ºC
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
106mm (dia) x 59mm (H) (excluding base)
67mm ZP7-SB1 surface base, 45mm ZP7-RB1 recessed base
White
105g (excluding base)
PS1110
Model No
Specification
Description
Sensitivity
Compatibility
Mounting
Area Coverage
Wiring
Monitoring
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Detection principle
Application
EN60529 rating
Temp range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Height
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
140
Part No.
Description
ZX832
Multisensing fire detector
Product Data Sheet
ZP710-2
Analogue ionization smoke sensor
Advanced dual chamber design
The ZP710-2 is an ionization smoke sensor,
designed to provide reliable sensing of both visible
and invisible products of combustion from fast
burning fires. The sensors advanced design and
proven response make it effective in risk areas
where materials such as oil, spirits, wood or paper
may be stored.
Featuring an advanced dual chamber single source
design, the ZP710-2 fully meets the sensitivity
requirements of European Standard, EN 54 Pt 7 and
is approved by several international approval bodies.
Automatic self test
Standard Features
E Senses products of combustion from fast burning fires
E Complies to EN 54 Pt7
E Analogue sensing - reduces false and unwanted alarms
- system knows the status and location of
E Addressable
every sensor
E Alarm verification, self test, auto contamination adjustment
ZP2 & ZP3
False and unwanted alarms are virtually eliminated smoke levels are continuously sensed by the unit
and transmitted via the ZP wiring loop as electronic
signals, which are assessed and verified by the
control panel prior to any alarm decision being taken.
Sensor sensitivity, calibration and self-test are
carried out automatically by the ZP3 system.
Removal or replacement of an incorrect sensing
device will be identified by the system and shown as
a fault. Sophisticated auto contamination adjustment,
compensates for any drift in performance due to dirt
in the sensing chamber.
Up to 127 sensing devices can be connected to each
of the control panel loops. All loop devices
incorporate switch settings enabling them to be
assigned a unique address, which is polled by the
panel every two seconds. The low profile moulding
together with either surface or recessed bases
makes the unit ideal for both commercial and
industrial interiors. A red LED indicator situated on
the sensor moulding flashes to indicate when the unit
is in alarm.
Locking base option
For ease of removal sensors plug into a range of
base units by a simple twist and lock action. A site
selectable option is provided to lock the sensor into
its base. Once applied the unit can only be removed
by means of a special tool.
Space for address labels is provided on sensor and
base mouldings - ensuring units are replaced in their
correct location and address numbers can be
identified from floor level.
141
ZP710-2
Analogue ionization smoke sensor
Specifications
ZP710-2
EN54 Pt7
Analogue ionization smoke sensor
0.8Y (at sensitivity level 2)
All ZP analogue systems
Plugs into surface or semi recessed base
100m² - subject to local codes
2 core loop or spur
Open and short circuit fault. Sensor removal and device type.
Alarm LED (red)
Address line pulsed 20V (19.5V to 20.5V). Max line less 4V
600uA quiecent, 700uA alarm
7 way DIL switches in head
Dual chamber, source <1 microC Am241
Indoor installation
IP32
-10ºC to +75ºC
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
106mm (dia) x 52mm (h) (excluding base)
60mm ZP7-SB1 surface base, 38mm ZP7-RB1 recessed base
White
105g (excluding base)
PS1242
Model No
Specification
Description
Sensitivity
Compatibility
Mounting
Area Coverage
Wiring
Monitoring
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Addressing Method
Detection principle
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Height
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
142
Part No.
Description
ZP710-2
Analogue ionization smoke sensor
Product Data Sheet
ZP7-SB1
Analogue sensor base - surface mounting
Simple twist and lock action
ZP7-SB1 common mounting base, allows any ZP700
analogue sensor to be removed or replaced without
disconnecting loop wiring from sensor terminals.
Sensors plug into the base unit with a simple twist
and lock action, allowing quick and easy removal for
cleaning and servicing, or reselection of device type
should the usage of the protected area change.
Forming an integral part of the overall sensor
assembly, sensor bases are provided with slots for
screw fixing direct to ceiling structures, or to auxiliary
wiring plates, or conduit boxes with screw fixing
centres between 50 mm and 90 mm.
Robust wiring terminals
Automatic locking option
In order to prevent unauthorised removal of a device
from its base, an automatic locking breakout is
incorporated into of all sensor mouldings. If the
breakout is removed, sensors can then only be
released from their bases by use of a Ziton detector
head picker (Z-PH-2). The locking facility is an easily
applied option, often taken on site, at the system
commissioning stage.
Matching spaces for address labels are provided on
sensor and base mouldings - ensuring that when
removed, devices are replaced in the correct
location. The address number facility also enables
sensors to be easily identified when viewed from
floor level.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Common to all Z700 series detectors
Automatic locking option
Address identification label
Ease of installation
ZP2 & ZP3
Bases feature robust wiring terminals with captive
clamping washers to ensure secure wiring
termination. The bases are of shallow design with
ample space to accommodate cables of all types.
Terminals are provided inside the moulding for loop
connections and the termination of cable screening.
Provision is also made for the connection of a
remote LED when required.
143
ZP7-SB1
Analogue sensor base - surface
mounting
Specifications
ZP7-SB1
EN54 (with relevant sensor)
Analogue sensor base - surface fixed
All ZP analogue systems
Direct to ceiling, conduit box or auxiliary wiring plate
2 core loop or spur
Open and short circuit fault sensor removal and device type
Loop +ve in/out
Loop -ve in/out
Cable screen continuity
REM LED +ve
REM LED -ve
16-22 volts DC
Indoor installation
IP42
-10ºC to +75ºC
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
108mm (Dia) x 18mm (H)
White
52g
PS1241
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Terminals
Operating voltage
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
144
Part No.
Description
ZP7-SB1
Analogue sensor base - surface mounting
Product Data Sheet
ZP7-RB1
Analogue sensor base - recessed
Semi recessed fixing
Robust wiring terminals
Bases feature robust wiring terminals with captive
clamping washers to ensure secure wiring
termination. Terminals are provided inside the
moulding for loop connections and the termination of
cable screening. Provision is also made for the
connection of a remote LED when required.
Automatic locking option
In order to prevent unauthorised removal of a device
from its base, an automatic locking breakout is
incorporated into all sensor mouldings. If the
breakout is removed, sensors can then only be
released from their bases by use of a Ziton detector
head picker (Z-PH-2). The locking facility is an easily
applied option, often taken on site, at the system
commissioning stage.
Matching spaces for address labels are provided on
sensor and base mouldings - ensuring that when
removed, devices are replaced in the correct
location. The address number facility also enables
sensors to be easily identified when viewed from
floor level.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Enhances sensor low profile
Common to all Z700 series detectors
Automatic locking option
Address identification label
Ease of installation
ZP2 & ZP3
The ZP7-RB1 sensor base, allows ZP700 analogue
sensors to be semi recessed into ceiling tiles, when
installed into buildings with suspended ceilings. The
sensor low profile is further reduced without any
increased difficulty in wiring termination.
Simply installed the base moulding passes through a
clearance hole in the ceiling tile, where it is clamped
between a retaining flange on the underside of the
base moulding and a threaded collar, tightened down
from above. Tile sections of up to 25 mm can be
accommodated.
Common to all the ZP700 range, the base allows
removal and replacement of sensors without the
disconnection of wiring from terminals. Sensors plug
into the base units with a simple twist and lock
action, allowing quick and easy removal for cleaning
and servicing, or reselection of device type should
the usage of the protected area change.
145
ZP7-RB1
Analogue sensor base - recessed
Specifications
ZP7-RB1
EN54 (with relevant sensor)
Analogue sensor base - recessed
All ZP analogue systems
Recessed
2 core loop or spur
Open and short circuit fault sensor removal and device type
Loop +ve in/out
Loop -ve in/out
Cable screen continuity
REM LED +ve
REM LED –ve
16-22 volts DC
Indoor installation
IP42
-10ºC to +75ºC
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
138mm (Dia) x 38mm (H)
White
110g
PS1240
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Terminals
Operating voltage
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
146
Part No.
Description
ZP7-RB1
Analogue sensor base - recessed
Product Data Sheet
Z-AUXD-2
Auxiliary wiring base
Standard for all sensor and detector bases
The Z-AUXD wiring base allows detectors and
sensors to be installed using standard 20mm or
25mm electrical conduit. Four flats are provided on
the wall of the moulding to accommodate side entry
glands, together with a breakout in the base of the
unit for rear entry cables.
Compatible with all ZP sensor and Z6 detector
bases, the Z-AUXD-2 features fixing slots for either
direct ceiling mounting, or connection to most
standard conduit boxes.
Standard Features
ZP2 & ZP3
E Accepts conduit sizes up to 25mm maximum
E Compatible with all ZP sensor and Z600 detector bases
E Side and rear wiring entry
147
Z-AUXD-2
Auxiliary wiring base
Specifications
A-AUXD-2
Deep auxiliary wiring base
All ZP7 analogue and Z6 conventional bases
Surface to ceiling or conduit box
25mm
Indoor installation
-10ºC to +55ºC
20% to 95% (non condensing)
Moulded ABS
115mm (Dia overall) x 45 (D)
White
165g
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Max conduit diameter
Application
Temperature range
Humidity range
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
148
Part No.
Description
Z-AUXD-2
Auxiliary wiring base
Product Data Sheet
ZP7-IB
Sensor base isolator
Common to all ZP7 sensors
ZP7P-IB common isolator base, allows any ZP700
analogue sensor to be removed or replaced without
disconnecting loop wiring from sensor terminals.
Sensors plug into the base unit with a simple twist
and lock action, allowing quick and easy removal for
cleaning and servicing, or reselection of device type
should the usage of the protected area change.
Designed to provide short circuit protection for loop
wiring, isolators divide the loop into monitored
sections. A total of 11 isolator units (sensor base and
stand alone) can be connected along each ZP loop,
which together with isolators at the beginning and
end (internal to the panel), enable each loop to be
divided into a maximum of 12 monitored sections.
Where the performance specification of the ZP3
panel is not to EN54, the number of isolators on
each loop can be increased to 16.
The ZP7-IB is intended for use on a "Class-A" return
loop wiring configuration. A single zone, or up to 20
detectors or devices (some standards permit up to
32) is located between each pair of loop isolators. In
the event of a short circuit fault the isolators on either
side of the fault will disconnect the section of cable
between them. Devices outside the disconnected
section will continue to operate normally.
In the event of an open circuit fault on the loop
wiring, the control panel operates from both ends,
running the line as two spurs and retaining full
connection to all devices.
Meeting the recommendations for system monitoring
in most local codes (e.g. BS 5839 Part1), the ZP7-IB
isolator base can be used in conjunction with the
ZP760 stand alone isolator to provide short circuit
fault protection across all loop configurations.
Standard Features
E Provides short circuit loop protection
E LED indication of loop section isolated
E Optional base lock
the recommendations of most local codes (e.g. BS
E Meets
5839 Pt1)
E Compatible with stand alone isolators
ZP2 & ZP3
Open and short circuit protection
Locking base option
Adding isolator bases has no affect on loop
addressing – sensors are individually identified in
the normal way by the control panel, with a
maximum of 127 line devices on each loop.
An optional lock is provided to lock the sensor into
the base, preventing removal without a special tool.
Situated on the base moulding, an amber LED
indicator flashes when the unit is in operation.
149
ZP7-IB
Sensor base isolator
Specifications
ZP7-IB
EN54
Sensor isolator base
All ZP analogue systems
Surface
2 core "Class-A" return loop. Total loop = 75 ohms maximum. Between
isolators = 18 ohms maximum. See ZP wiring guide GA 322
Unit monitors loop wiring for short circuit faults
Soft addressed by panel software (does not require an address number)
LED (amber)
Loop 19.5-20.5 Vdc
600uA quiescent, 800uA fault
Indoor installation
IP21
-10ºC to +55ºC
10% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CPD compliant
Moulded thermoplasic
109mm (Dia) x 23mm (H)
White
87g
PS2017
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Addressing method
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range (at 40oC)
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
150
Part No.
Description
ZP7-IB
Sensor base isolator
Product Data Sheet
ZP785-3
Addressable callpoint
Modern stylish design
The ZP785-3 is an addressable call point of stylish
design, providing a manual means of initiating a fire
alarm on ZP3 analogue addressable systems.
Complying with EN 54 Part 11, the ZP785-3 is
suitable for installations meeting the
recommendations of many local codes (e.g. BS 5839
Part 1).
The unit is operated either by pressing a resettable
element (EN54 Part 11) or by breaking a frangible
glass with finger pressure. Glass elements have
clear vinyl coatings on the front surface to prevent
operator injury and to inhibit the release of loose
fragments as the glass is broken. Both operating
elements are easily interchangeable.
Plug in loop connection
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Modern stylish design
Complies with EN54 Part11
Resettable or frangible operating elements
Single maintenance tool
Plug in loop connection
ZP2 & ZP3
Installed as part of the ZP3 analogue addressable
system, up to 127 devices (call points, sensors and
interface units) can be connected to each of the
control panel loops. All loop devices incorporate
switch settings enabling them to be assigned a
unique address, which is polled by the panel every
two seconds.
ZP785-3 callpoints are designed for semi recessed
fixing, using a standard single gang socket box, or
can be surface mounted by means of a Z-CPSB-1
matching plastic back box.
Push in terminals enable the device to be plugged
directly into the loop, making replacement simple
and reducing internal cable ends to a minimum.
System testing, glass replacement and reset are
carried out by using a special maintenance tool
enabling part of the front mouding including the
glass, to be lowered, allowing the device to operate.
Polycarbonate front cover option
Rated at IP24 the ZP785-3 moulding is constructed
of ABS plastic and intended for indoor applications.
A red LED indicator is prominently positioned on the
front of the unit, which illuminates when the device is
operated.
For locations where malicious operation, or
accidental impact from flying objects may occur (for
example sports halls), operation can be restricted by
the addition of a clear, polycarbonate, front cover
(Z-MCP-HC), which can be further protected by a
cover seal (Z-MCP-HCS).
151
ZP785-3
Addressable callpoint
Specifications
ZP785-3
EN54 Pt11
Addressable callpoint
All ZP analogue addressable systems
Addition of Z-CPSB-1 back box for surface or single gang socket box for semi
flush fixing
ZP loop - 2 core plus screen, continuity must be maintained.
Open and short circuit loop wiring faults
Micro switch
Alarm LED (red)
16 - 22 Vdc
600uA quiescent, 700uA alarm
Indoor installation
IP24
-30ºC to +70ºC
0% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
93mm (H) x 89mm (W) x 27.5mm (D) – recessed
59.5mm (D) - with surface back box
Red
125g
PS1249
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Operating principle
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
152
Part No.
Description
ZP785-3
Addressable callpoint
Product Data Sheet
ZP785-3S-SW
Addressable Call Point, RED, Surface Mount,
EN54 Marking and Hinged Cover
Modern stylish design
The ZP785-3S-SW is a Swedish version of the
ZP785-3 manual call point, supplied complete with
surface mount box and protective hinged cover.
The ZP785-3 is an addressable call point of stylish
design, providing a manual means of initiating a fire
alarm on ZP3 addressable systems. Complying with
EN 54 Part 11, the ZP785-3 is suitable for
installations meeting the recommendations of many
local codes (e.g. BS 5839 Part 1).
Plug in loop connection
Installed as part of the ZP3 addressable system, up
to 127 devices (call points, sensors and interface
units) can be connected to each of the control panel
loops. All loop devices incorporate switch settings
enabling them to be assigned a unique address,
which is polled by the panel every two seconds.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Modern stylish design
Complies with EN54 Part 11
Resettable or frangible operating elements
Single maintenance tool
Plug in loop connection
ZP2 & ZP3
The unit is operated either by pressing a resettable
element (EN54 Part 11) or by breaking a frangible
glass with finger pressure. Glass elements have
clear vinyl coatings on the front surface to prevent
operator injury and to inhibit the release of loose
fragments as the glass is broken. Both operating
elements are easily interchangeable. Operation is
restricted by the addition of a clear, polycarbonate,
front cover, and can be further protected by a cover
seal (DMN798).
ZP785-3S-SW call points is surface mounted by
means of a matching plastic back box. Push in
terminals enable the device to be plugged directly
into the loop, making replacement simple and
reducing internal cable ends to a minimum.
System testing, glass replacement and reset are
carried out by using a special maintenance tool
enabling part of the front mouding including the
glass, to be lowered, allowing the device to operate.
Polycarbonate front cover option
Rated at IP24 the ZP785-3 moulding is constructed
of ABS plastic and intended for indoor applications.
A red LED indicator is prominently positioned on the
front of the unit, which illuminates when the device is
operated.
153
ZP785-3S-SW
Addressable Call Point, RED, Surface Mount,
EN54 Marking and Hinged Cover
Specifications
ZP785-3S-SW
EN54 Pt11
Addressable callpoint
All ZP addressable systems
Surface or semi flush fixing
ZP loop - 2 core plus screen, continuity must be maintained.
Open and short circuit loop wiring faults
Micro switch
Alarm LED (red)
16 - 22 VDC
600uA quiescent, 700uA alarm
Indoor installation
IP24
-30°C to +70°C
0% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
93mm (H) x 89mm (W) x 27.5mm (D) – recessed
59.5mm (D) - with surface back box
Red
125g
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Operating principle
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
154
Part No.
Description
ZP785-3S-SW
Addressable Call Point, RED, Surface Mount, EN54 Marking and Hinged
Cover
DMN798
Breakable Seal for DM2010, DMN700, DMN900 and KAL455 Series Manual
Call Points
Product Data Sheet
ZP785-3WS
Addressable Call Point, WHITE, Surface Mount,
with EN54 Marking
Modern stylish design
The ZP785-3WS is a WHITE ZP785-3 manual call
point, supplied with complete with surface mount
box. The ZP785-3 is an addressable call point of
stylish design, providing a manual means of initiating
an alarm on ZP3 addressable systems.
The unit is operated either by pressing a resettable
element or by breaking a frangible glass with finger
pressure. Glass elements have clear vinyl coatings
on the front surface to prevent operator injury and to
inhibit the release of loose fragments as the glass is
broken. Both operating elements are easily
interchangeable. Operation may be restricted by the
addition of a clear, polycarbonate, front cover
(DMN782), and can be further protected by a cover
seal (DMN798).
Installed as part of the ZP3 addressable system, up
to 127 devices (call points, sensors and interface
units) can be connected to each of the control panel
loops. All loop devices incorporate switch settings
enabling them to be assigned a unique address,
which is polled by the panel every two seconds.
ZP785-3WS call points is surface mounted by means
of a matching plastic back box. Push in terminals
enable the device to be plugged directly into the
loop, making replacement simple and reducing
internal cable ends to a minimum.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Modern stylish design
Resettable or frangible operating elements
Single maintenance tool
Plug in loop connection
ZP2 & ZP3
Plug in loop connection
System testing, glass replacement and reset are
carried out by using a special maintenance tool
enabling part of the front mouding including the
glass, to be lowered, allowing the device to operate.
Polycarbonate front cover option
Rated at IP24 the ZP785-3 moulding is constructed
of ABS plastic and intended for indoor applications.
A red LED indicator is prominently positioned on the
front of the unit, which illuminates when the device is
operated.
155
ZP785-3WS
Addressable Call Point, WHITE,
Surface Mount, with EN54 Marking
Specifications
Model No
Specification
ZP785-3WS
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Operating principle
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Addressable callpoint
All ZP addressable systems
Surface or semi flush fixing
ZP loop - 2 core plus screen, continuity must be maintained.
Open and short circuit loop wiring faults
Micro switch
Alarm LED (red)
16 - 22 VDC
600uA quiescent, 700uA alarm
Indoor installation
IP24
-30°C to +70°C
0% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
93mm (H) x 89mm (W) x 27.5mm (D) – recessed
59.5mm (D) - with surface back box
White
125g
Colour
Weight
Publication
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
ZP785-3WS
Addressable Call Point, WHITE, Surface Mount, with EN54 Marking
DMN782
Hinged transparent MCP protection cover
Breakable Seal for DM2010, DMN700, DMN900 and KAL455 Series Manual
Call Points
ZP2 & ZP3
DMN798
156
Product Data Sheet
ZP785-3YS
Addressable Call Point, YELLOW, Surface
Mount, with EN54 Marking
Modern stylish design
The ZP785-3YS is a YELLOW ZP785-3 manual call
point, supplied with complete with surface mount
box. The ZP785-3 is an addressable call point of
stylish design, providing a manual means of initiating
an alarm on ZP3 addressable systems.
The unit is operated either by pressing a resettable
element or by breaking a frangible glass with finger
pressure. Glass elements have clear vinyl coatings
on the front surface to prevent operator injury and to
inhibit the release of loose fragments as the glass is
broken. Both operating elements are easily
interchangeable. Operation may be restricted by the
addition of a clear, polycarbonate, front cover
(DMN782), and can be further protected by a cover
seal (DMN798).
Installed as part of the ZP3 addressable system, up
to 127 devices (call points, sensors and interface
units) can be connected to each of the control panel
loops. All loop devices incorporate switch settings
enabling them to be assigned a unique address,
which is polled by the panel every two seconds.
ZP785-3YS call points is surface mounted by means
of a matching plastic back box. Push in terminals
enable the device to be plugged directly into the
loop, making replacement simple and reducing
internal cable ends to a minimum.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Modern stylish design
Resettable or frangible operating elements
Single maintenance tool
Plug in loop connection
ZP2 & ZP3
Plug in loop connection
System testing, glass replacement and reset are
carried out by using a special maintenance tool
enabling part of the front mouding including the
glass, to be lowered, allowing the device to operate.
Polycarbonate front cover option
Rated at IP24 the ZP785-3 moulding is constructed
of ABS plastic and intended for indoor applications.
A red LED indicator is prominently positioned on the
front of the unit, which illuminates when the device is
operated.
157
ZP785-3YS
Addressable Call Point, YELLOW, Surface
Mount, with EN54 Marking
Specifications
Model No
Specification
ZP785-3YS
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Operating principle
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Addressable callpoint
All ZP addressable systems
Surface or semi flush fixing
ZP loop - 2 core plus screen, continuity must be maintained.
Open and short circuit loop wiring faults
Micro switch
Alarm LED (red)
16 - 22 VDC
600uA quiescent, 700uA alarm
Indoor installation
IP24
-30°C to +70°C
0% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
93mm (H) x 89mm (W) x 27.5mm (D) – recessed
59.5mm (D) - with surface back box
Yellow
125g
Colour
Weight
Publication
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
ZP785-3YS
Addressable Call Point, YELLOW, Surface Mount, with EN54 Marking
DMN782
Hinged transparent MCP protection cover
Breakable Seal for DM2010, DMN700, DMN900 and KAL455 Series Manual
Call Points
ZP2 & ZP3
DMN798
158
Product Data Sheet
ZP787-3
Addressable weatherproof callpoint
Modern stylish design
The ZP787-3 is an addressable call point of stylish
design, providing a manual means of initiating a fire
alarm on ZP3 analogue addressable systems.
Complying with EN 54 Part 11, the ZP787-3 is
suitable for installations meeting the
recommendations of many local codes (e.g. BS 5839
Part 1).
The unit is operated either by pressing a resettable
element (EN54 Part 11) or by breaking a frangible
glass with finger pressure. Glass elements have
clear vinyl coatings on the front surface to prevent
operator injury and to inhibit the release of loose
fragments as the glass is broken. Both operating
elements are easily interchangeable.
Plug in loop connection
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Modern stylish design
Complies with EN54 Part11
Resettable or frangible operating elements
Single maintenance tool
Plug in loop connection
E IP67
ZP2 & ZP3
Installed as part of the ZP3 analogue addressable
system, up to 127 devices (call points, sensors and
interface units) can be connected to each of the
control panel loops. All loop devices incorporate
switch settings enabling them to be assigned a
unique address, which is polled by the panel every
two seconds.
ZP787-3 callpoints are designed for surface mouting.
Push in terminals enable the device to be plugged
directly into the loop, making replacement simple
and reducing internal cable ends to a minimum.
System testing, glass replacement and reset are
carried out by using a special maintenance tool
enabling part of the front mouding including the
glass, to be lowered, allowing the device to operate.
Polycarbonate front cover option
Rated at IP67 the ZP787-3 moulding is constructed
of ABS plastic and intended for outdoor applications.
A red LED indicator is prominently positioned on the
front of the unit, which illuminates when the device is
operated.
For locations where malicious operation, or
accidental impact from flying objects may occur (for
example sports halls), operation can be restricted by
the addition of a clear, polycarbonate, front cover
(DMN782), which can be further protected by a cover
seal (DMN798).
159
ZP787-3
Addressable weatherproof callpoint
Specifications
ZP787-3
EN54 Pt11
Addressable callpoint
All ZP analogue addressable systems
Surface mount
ZP loop - 2 core plus screen, continuity must be maintained.
Open and short circuit loop wiring faults
Micro switch
Alarm LED (red)
16 - 22 Vdc
600uA quiescent, 700uA alarm
Outdoor installation
IP67
-30ºC to +70ºC
0% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
93mm (H) x 93mm (W) x 68mm (D)
Red
270g
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Operating principle
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
160
Part No.
Description
ZP787-3
Addressable weatherproof callpoint
Product Data Sheet
A45E-2
Addressable interface module
Miniature input interface unit
The A45E-2 addressable interface is designed for
installation within the enclosures of equipment
associated with fire detection systems. The unit is
installed directly onto the ZP loop wiring, carries a
system address and enables signals from associated
equipment to be interfaced into the fire alarm
system. Input signals are fully displayed at the
control panel and can be programmed to activate
any system output.
By routing loop wiring and installing interfaces
adjacent to input equipment, system integrity is
increased and the need for long spur wiring between
equipment terminals and the fire alarm interface is
eliminated.
Low profile mouldings
LED indication
A red LED indicator positioned on the front moulding
flashes when the interface has operated, providing
clear identification of the input signal source.
Installed as part of an analogue addressable system,
up to 127 line devices (sensors, callpoints or
interface units) can be connected to each of the
control panel loops. All loop devices incorporate
switch settings enabling them to be assigned a
unique address, which is polled by the panel every
two seconds.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Addressable input interface unit
Complies with EN54 Part18
Low profile
DIN rail mounted
Accepts normally open input circuits
E Monitors input circuit wiring for open or short circuit faults
ZP2 & ZP3
Complying with EN54 Part 18 the A45E-2 can be
installed singly, or used in groups to provide
multiway inputs from equipment such as volt free,
zonal outputs from conventional fire alarm systems
or flow valves from sprinkler installations.
Housed in a low profile, single width moulding the
interface is designed to clip directly onto a standard
DIN rail fixing or be installed in a SMB-DIN100 box
(two unit capacity), or a SMB-DIN200 box (four unit
capacity).
161
A45E-2
Addressable interface module
Specifications
A45E-2
EN54 Part 18
Addressable interface unit
All ZP analogue addressable systems
Equipment cabinet DIN rail, or SMB-DIN 100, SMB-DIN200 surface boxes
2 core loop (screened)
Input cable for open or short circuit fault by 3K9 ohm EOL resistor
Normally open - with 1K8 series resistor
Fire or non fire (set by software in panel)
LED (red) flashing on operation
Pulsed ZP loop (19.5 – 20.5V) with max 4 Volt line loss.
650uA quiescent, 700uA alarm
10m (from switching terminals) Cable must be screened and the screen
terminated in the loop screen terminal
Indoor installation
IP20
-10ºC to +75ºC
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
45mm (W) x 78mm (H) x 28mm (D)
White
40g
PS1762
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Input signal
Interface type
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Max cable distance
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
162
Part No.
Description
A45E-2
Addressable interface module
Product Data Sheet
A50E-2
Addressable line relay module
Miniature addressable relay
The A50E-2 is an addressable relay providing single
pole, volt free, change over contacts. The unit is
intended for installation within the equipment to be
switched, thereby offering savings in installation
costs when compared to long, auxiliary circuit, wiring
runs out from the control panel.
Complying with EN54 Part 18, the relay can be
located anywhere on the two core ZP loop and is
designed for power up or shut down of building
services, for example air conditioning plant, in fire
conditions.
The unit is ideal for the control of associated system
equipment such as door release circuits, or the
emergency shutdown of high risk services, for
instance gas or oil supply valves in boiler rooms.
Low profile moulding
LED indication
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Addressable interface unit
Complies with EN54 Part18
Low profile
DIN rail mounted
Loop wired - adjacent to equipment to be switched
E Operated from any combination of input addresses
E Volt free, change over contacts
ZP2 & ZP3
The relay can be programmed to be activated by any
single device, groups of devices or all system
devices. All types of system input signals can be
arranged to operate the A50E-2, which can include
control panel indicators, zonal outputs, callpoints or
sensors.
Housed in a low profile, double width moulding the
interface is designed to clip directly onto a standard
DIN rail fixing or be installed in a SMB-DIN100 box
(one unit capacity), or a SMB-DIN200 box (two unit
capacity).
A red LED indicator positioned on the front moulding
flashes when the interface has operated, providing
clear identification of the input signal source.
Installed as part of an analogue addressable system,
up to 127 line devices (sensors, callpoints or
interface units) can be connected to each of the
control panel loops. All loop devices incorporate
switch settings enabling them to be assigned a
unique address, which is polled by the panel every
two seconds.
163
A50E-2
Addressable line relay module
Specifications
A50E-2
EN54 Part 18
Addressable relay module
All ZP analogue addressable systems
Equipment cabinet DIN rail, or SMB-DIN 100, SMB-DIN200 surface boxes
2 core loop (screened)
Pulsed ZP loop (19.5 – 20.5V) with max 4 Volt line loss.
600uA quiescent, 700uA alarm
Single pole, change over
1.0 A
30Vdc
40Vac
LED (red) flashing on operation
Indoor installation
IP20
-10ºC to +75ºC
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
85mm (W) x 78mm (H) x 28mm (D)
White
40g
PS1761
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Operating voltage
Current
Relay contacts
Max switching current
Max switching voltage DC
Max switching voltage AC
Indication
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
164
Part No.
Description
A50E-2
Addressable line relay module
Product Data Sheet
A51E-1
Addressable mains relay module
Rated to switch local mains
The A51E is an addressable relay providing double
pole, volt free, change over contacts, rated to switch
local mains supplies. The unit is intended for
installation within the equipment to be switched,
thereby offering savings in installation costs when
compared to long, auxiliary circuit, wiring runs out
from the control panel.
Complying with EN54 Part 18, the relay can be
located anywhere on the two core ZP loop and is
designed for power up or shut down of the mains
electrical supply to ancillary equipment
The unit is ideal for the control of associated system
equipment such as mains fed magnetic door release
circuits, extract fans and dampers.
Low profile moulding
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Addressable mains rated unit
Complies with EN54 Part 18
Miniature size
DIN 35 mounting rail fixing
wired - adjacent or internal to equipment to be
E Loop
switched
E Operated from any combination of input addresses
E Double pole, volt free change over contacts
ZP2 & ZP3
The relay can be programmed to be activated by any
single device, groups of devices or all system
devices. All types of system input signals can be
arranged to operate the A51E, which can include
control panel indicators, zonal outputs, callpoints or
sensors.
Terminals 1-2 and 5-6 provide normally closed relay
connections (opening on alarm), terminals 2-3 and
4-5 provide normally open relay connections (closing
on alarm).
Housed in a low profile moulding, the relay is
designed to clip directly onto a standard DIN 35
mounting rail or equipment panel chassis.
Alternatively the relay can be installed in a
SMB-DIN100 box (one unit capacity) or
SMB-DIN200 box (two unit capacity) – care should
be taken to prohibit casual entry into the enclosure.
LED indication
A red LED indicator positioned on the front moulding
flashes when the interface contacts have operated.
For system test and commissioning the relay
contacts can be operated manually, enabling control
circuits to be tested.
Installed as part of an analogue addressable system,
up to 127 line devices (sensors, callpoints or
interface units) can be connected to each of the
control panel loops. All loop devices incorporate
switch settings enabling them to be assigned a
unique address, which is polled by the panel every
two seconds.
165
A51E-1
Addressable mains relay module
Specifications
A51E
EN54 Part 18
Addressable mains relay module
All ZP analogue addressable panels
Equipment cabinet DIN rail, or SMB-DIN100, SMB-DIN200 surface boxes
Two core loop
Pulsed ZP loop (19.5 - 20.5V) with max 4 Volt line loss
Quiescent 600uA
Alarm 700uA
Double pole change over
DC - max voltage 60Vdc, current 1A
AC - max voltage 250Vac current 5 A
LED (red) flashing on operation
Indoor installation
IP20
-10ºC to +55ºC
10% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
85mm (W) x 80mm (H) x 42mm (D)
White
88g
PS2013
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatability
Mounting
Wiring
Operating voltage
Current
Relay contacts
Contact ratings
Indication
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range (at 40C)
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
166
Part No.
Description
A51E-1
Addressable mains relay module
Product Data Sheet
A70E-2
Conventional zone interface
Fully loop powered
The A70E-2 zone interface is fully loop powered and
enables existing or new conventional zones to be
interfaced to an analogue system, allowing all areas
of a site to be controlled by the ZP analogue panel.
Through its interface, each zone is assigned a
unique address. Zones are monitored for fire and
fault conditions and status is reported to the ZP
control panel, every 2 seconds.
Zones of up to 15 Ziton Z600 conventional trigger
devices can be connected to the interface, with a
maximum of 127 interface units installed on each ZP
loop.
Detector removal monitoring
Low current consumpion
Deriving power directly from the loop wiring and with
a low current consumption, in addition to zonal
connection, the interface has many system
applications ranging from the interface of equipment
for hazardous areas, to the operation of magnetic
door retainers (via an interposing relay) and linear
beam detectors.
Housed in low profile mouldings, the interface is
designed to clip directly onto a standard DIN35 rail
fixing, or be installed in a SMB-DIN100 box (one unit
capacity), or a SMB-DIN200 box (two unit capacity).
In systems where numerous interfaces are installed
or current requirement is excessive, the A70E can be
powered from an external power supply.
Standard Features
up to 15 Ziton Z600 conventional devices to the
E Interfaces
ZP loop
E
E
E
E
Addressable - reports status every 2 seconds
Monitors conventional zone wiring
Detector removal monitoring (with Z6-BS5 bases)
DIN35 rail mounted
to 127 conventional zones interfaced to each ZP loop
E Up
(with external PSU)
ZP2 & ZP3
The A70E monitors its conventional zone wiring for
open and short circuit faults, via end of line resistors
supplied with the unit. When detectors are installed
with Z6-BS5 bases the interface maintains complete
operation of all other zone devices, should a detector
from within the zone, be removed from its base.
Clear, visual indication is shown on the front of the
A70E moulding for alarm (red LED) and fault (amber
LED).
167
A70E-2
Conventional zone interface
Specifications
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Area coverage
Operating voltage
Current - loop powered
Outputs
Application
EN60529
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Detector compatability requirements
Publication No
A70E-2
Conventional zone interface
All ZP3 analogue addressable systems
Equipment cabinet DIN rail, or SMB-DIN100, SMB-DIN200 surface boxes
Two core screened loop to control panel, two core conventional zone to
devices
Detector spurs - open and short circuit fault with 3K9 end of line resistor
Max 15 Z600 detectors
Loop 19.5 to 20.5Vdc, external 24Vdc (nominal)
8.3mA quiescent, 24.6mA short circuit fault. For externally powered units see
installation sheet 2025ZE
Output circuit switches external 24Vdc positive and negative to output contacts
on alarm state
Indoor installation
IP20
-10ºc to +80ºC
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
85mm(W) x 78mm(H) x 27mm(D)
White
78g
GE Security range of conventional and IS detectors
PS2025
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
168
Part No.
Description
A70E-2
Conventional zone interface
Product Data Sheet
A60E-2
Line isolator module
Short circuit protection
The A60E-2 line isolator provides short circuit
protection, for analogue addressable loop wiring.
Isolators are connected at intervals along the length
of the loop, dividing the wiring into a series of
separate monitored sections.
A maximum of 16 isolator units can be connected to
each loop, (to meet the requirements of EN54 Pt2)
which together with isolators at the beginning and
end (internal to the panel), enable a maximum of 17
monitored sections.
In the event of a short circuit, isolators disconnect
only the section of cable between the two isolators,
located electrically closest to the fault. Devices
outside the disconnected section continue to operate
normally.
Soft addressing
Low profile moulding
Separate terminals (2.5mm2 maximum) are provided
for loop in and loop out connections together with
screen continuity.
Housed in low profile mouldings, the isolators are
designed to clip directly onto a standard DIN rail
fixing. For non DIN rail mounting, units can be
installed in a SMB-DIN100 box (one module
capacity), or a SMB-DIN100 box (two module
capacity).
Standard Features
E Provides short circuit loop protection
E Complies to EN54 Part 17
the recommendations of
E Meets
BS 5839 Pt1
E DIN rail mounting
E Low profile moulding
ZP2 & ZP3
Open circuit faults are automatically isolated by the
control panel, which then operates from both ends
running the line as two spurs and retaining full
connection to all devices. Isolators do not require
addresses, therefore allowing up to the full system
capacity of 127 devices on each loop.
Complying with EN54 Part 17, the A60E-2 is suitable
for installation in systems to local codes requiring
short circuit monitoring (for example BS5839 Part 1).
169
A60E-2
Line isolator module
Specifications
A60E-2
EN54 Part 18
Line isolator module
All ZP analogue addressable panels
DIN rail, or SMB-DIN100, SMB-DIN200 surface boxes
2 core "Class-A" return loop. Total loop = 75 ohms maximum. Between
isolators = 18 ohms maximum. See ZP wiring guide GA 322 and product
installation sheet
Loop - Short circuit protection
LED (red)
Pulsed ZP loop (19.5 - 20.5V) with max 4 Volt line loss
600uA quiescent, 800uA fault
Soft addressed (does not require an address number)
Indoor installation
IP20
-10ºC to +75ºC
10% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
85mm (W) x 78mm (H) x 28mm (D)
White
64g
PS1766
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatability
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Addressing method
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range (at 40oC)
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
170
Part No.
Description
A60E-2
Line isolator module
Product Data Sheet
ZP7-I/O
Enclosure for A series modules
Simple DIN rail mounting
The ZP7-I/O enclosure provides a protective means
of surface mounting a single, A series module.
Designed for first and second fix installation, the
ZP7-I/O comprises an open backbox containing all
wiring terminals, together with a front plate of high
impact plastic.
Modules are clipped to the DIN rail mount on the
reverse of the front plate and connected to the
backbox wiring terminals, by means of flying leads supplied with the unit - the two parts then simply plug
together prior to system completion.
To aid identification, an indent is moulded into the
front plate of the enclosure for applying an address
label.
Standard Features
Compatible with A45, A50 and A60 modules
Flying lead connection
Clip in DIN rail fixing
Address label indent
ZP2 & ZP3
E
E
E
E
171
ZP7-I/O
Enclosure for A series modules
Specifications
ZP7-I/O
Single A series module enclosure
A45, A50 and A60 modules
Enclosure - surface mounted - by 4 x screws. Knockouts provided for standard
conduit fixing boxes
Module - DIN rail
Indoor installation
IP40
Moulded ABS
120mm (W) x 120mm (H) x 40mm (D)
White
200g
Model number
Description
Compatability
Mounting
Application
EN60529
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
172
Part No.
Description
ZP7-I/O
Enclosure for A series modules
Product Data Sheet
SMB-DIN1
Surface Box for A Series Modules, IP66 (2
Single or 1 Double)
General
The SMB-DIN1 is a surface mount box with DIN rail
fitted, for use with the A-Series I/O modules.
Standard Features
ZP2 & ZP3
E Easy to install
E Flush mounting
E Impact resistant
173
SMB-DIN1
Surface Box for A Series Modules, IP66
(2 Single or 1 Double)
Specifications
Polystyrene
up to +70°C
Material
Operating temperature
Dimensions
(L x W x H)
110 x 110 x 66 mm
IP66
A45E, A50E, A60E & A70E
IP Rating
Compatability
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
174
Part No.
Description
SMB-DIN1
SMB-DIN2
Surface Box for A Series Modules, IP66 (2 Single or 1 Double)
Surface Box for A Series Modules, IP66 (4 Single or 2 Double)
Product Data Sheet
SMB-DIN2
Surface Box for A Series Modules, IP66 (4
Single or 2 Double)
General
The SMB-DIN2 is a surface mount box with DIN rail
fitted, for use with the A-Series I/O modules.
Standard Features
ZP2 & ZP3
E Easy to install
E Flush mounting
E Impact resistant
175
SMB-DIN2
Surface Box for A Series Modules, IP66
(4 Single or 2 Double)
Specifications
Polystyrene
up to +70°C
Material
Operating temperature
Dimensions
(L x W x H)
180 x 110 x 90 mm
IP66
A45E, A50E, A60E & A70E
IP Rating
Compatability
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
176
Part No.
Description
SMB-DIN2
SMB-DIN1
Surface Box for A Series Modules, IP66 (4 Single or 2 Double)
Surface Box for A Series Modules, IP66 (2 Single or 1 Double)
Product Data Sheet
SPB-2R
Pluggable Base for EA55 Series Devices RED
General
The SPB-2R is a RED, first fix plug in base for the
EA55 series sounders.
First fix wiring option
The SPB-2 pluggable bases provide a basis for
terminating EA series alarm device loop wiring at
first fix stage. Forming an integral part of the
overall unit assembly, the bases are provided with
slots for screw fixing, either directly to the building
structure, or a wide range of international conduit
boxes. Bases feature large wiring terminals with
captive clamping washers to ensure secure
termination.
Robust manufacture
Standard Features
E First fix facility
E Ease of installation
E Large wiring terinals
ZP2 & ZP3
Bases are manufactured in moulded ABS and are
also available in grey and white.
177
SPB-2R
Pluggable Base for EA55 Series Devices RED
Specifications
EA55 sounder beacon range
Surface
Loop +ve in/out
Loop -ve in/out
Cable screen continuity
24 VDC +ve external supply
24 VDC -ve external supply
16 - 22 VDC from panel
24 VDC from external supply
Indoor installation
-10°C to +75°C
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
Moulded ABS
127mm (Dia) x 5mm (H)
Red
61g
Compatibility
Mounting
Terminals
Operating voltage
Application
Temperature range
Humidity range
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
178
Part No.
Description
SPB-2R
SPB-3G
SPB-2W
Pluggable Base for EA55 Series Devices - RED
Pluggable Base for EA55 Series Devices - WHITE
Product Data Sheet
SPB-2W
Pluggable Base for EA55 Series Devices WHITE
General
The SPB-2W is a WHITE, first fix plug in base for
the EA55 series sounders.
First fix wiring option
The SPB-2 pluggable bases provide a basis for
terminating EA series alarm device loop wiring at
first fix stage. Forming an integral part of the
overall unit assembly, the bases are provided with
slots for screw fixing, either directly to the building
structure, or a wide range of international conduit
boxes. Bases feature large wiring terminals with
captive clamping washers to ensure secure
termination.
Robust manufacture
Standard Features
E First fix facility
E Ease of installation
E Large wiring terinals
ZP2 & ZP3
Bases are manufactured in moulded ABS and are
also available in grey and red.
179
SPB-2W
Pluggable Base for EA55 Series Devices WHITE
Specifications
EA55 sounder beacon range
Surface
Loop +ve in/out
Loop -ve in/out
Cable screen continuity
24 VDC +ve external supply
24 VDC -ve external supply
16 - 22 VDC from panel
24 VDC from external supply
Indoor installation
-10°C to +75°C
20% to 95% RH (non condensing)
Moulded ABS
127mm (Dia) x 5mm (H)
White
61g
Compatibility
Mounting
Terminals
Operating voltage
Application
Temperature range
Humidity range
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
180
Part No.
Description
SPB-2W
Pluggable Base for EA55 Series Devices - WHITE
SPB-2G
SPB-2R
Pluggable Base for EA55 Series Devices - GREY
Pluggable Base for EA55 Series Devices - RED
Product Data Sheet
ZP755B-2
Addressable sensor base sounder
Combined base and sounder
Advanced acoustic design
High efficiency acoustic design and a low energy
sound gun transducer enable up to 60 sensors with
sounder bases to be connected to a one kilometer
loop of 1.5mm² cable, with a wiring run of 50
metres to the first device.
In systems where loop lengths or current
requirements are excessive, the sounder base can
be powered directly from an external power supply.
Microphone output test
Standard Features
and sounder from a single wiring point –
E Sensor
minimising installation costs
E
E
E
E
E
E
Powered directly from the ZP loop
Up to 60 sensor/sounders directly on the loop
Separate addresses selectable for sensor and sounder
High efficiency sound gun transducer
Compatible with all ZP loop devices
Wide range of international sound types and frequencies
ZP2 & ZP3
The ZP755B-2 combines sensor base and audible
sounder in a single stylish moulding. It offers both
audible and visual warnings from a single,
addressable, loop wired unit.
The unit provides an elegant solution for areas
where the installation of a separate sensor and
sounder would prove expensive, both in equipment
capital value and system wiring costs.
Installation time is further reduced, as the moulding
plugs directly onto a first fix base – eliminating the
need for any internal connections.
The ZP755B-2 is perfectly suited for any location
involving multiple alarm sounders, for example hotel
bedrooms and risk areas comprising many small
compartments.
Independent addressing for the sensor and alarm
facility is featured, with sound levels conforming to
EN54 Part 3.
The ZP755 range features a unique self test facility automatically activated during routine sounder
testing. A built in microphone circuit measures sound
output level and automatically signals the sounder
address and location to the control panel, should the
output test fail.
Continuous, intermittent and two-tone audible
outputs are available, from which any combination
can be chosen to provide alert and evacuate, two
stage alarms. Sound types comply with most
international codes (e.g. BS 5839 Part 1
recommended frequencies).
181
ZP755B-2
Addressable sensor base sounder
Specifications
ZP755B-2W
EN54 Part 3
Addressable sensor base sounder
All ZP3 systems, note - sound options may vary for ZP5 and ZP3 systems with
early software versions.
Surface with plug in base - SPB-2W (White)
2 core loop
Open and short circuit fault, sound level - self test facility
90 dBA (at 1m)
Continuous - 980 Hz, intermittent - 980 Hz 0.5 secs on/off, dual tone - 980/670
Hz 0.5 secs each. See installation sheet for full international tone range
Loop 19.5 - 20.5V, external supply 18 - 30 Vdc
500uA quiescent, 4.3mA active
60 per 1km loop (1.5mm2 cable, 50m to first device)
Indoor installation
IP21C
-10ºC to 55ºC
10% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CPD compliant
Moulded thermoplastic
127mm (Dia) x 47mm (D)
White
210g (including base)
PS1774
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Sound output
Sound types
Operating voltage
Current
Max number
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range (at 40oC)
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
182
Part No.
Description
ZP755B-2
Addressable sensor base sounder
Product Data Sheet
ZP755BV-3
Addressable sensor base sounder/beacon
Audible and visual warning from a single unit
The ZP755BV-3 combines a sensor base, audible
sounder and high intensity beacon in a single stylish
moulding. It offers both audible and visual warnings
from a single, addressable, loop wired unit.
Providing an elegant solution for areas where the
installation of a separate sensor, sounder and
beacon would prove expensive, both in equipment
value and system wiring costs, the unit meets the
requirements of most local disability legislation.
Installation time is further reduced as the moulding
plugs directly onto a first fix base, eliminating the
need for any internal connections.
The ZP755BV-3 is perfectly suited for any location
involving high levels of background noise.
Independent addressing for the sensor and alarm
facilities is featured, with sound levels conforming to
EN54 Part 3 and clear visual indication provided by a
high intensity LED array positioned inside the base
moulding.
High efficiency acoustic design, a low energy sound
gun transducer and a low current visual element
enables up to 30 sensor sounder beacon
combinations to be connected to a 1 km loop of 1.5
mm² cable, with a wiring run of 50 m to the first
device.
Standard Features
sounder and beacon from a single wiring point
E Sensor,
– minimising installation costs
E Powered directly from the ZP loop
addresses selectable for sensor and sounder
E Separate
beacon
E
E
E
E
Up to 30 units directly on the loop
High efficiency sound gun transducer
Plug in base – no internal connections
ZP2 & ZP3
Low current sound gun and visual element
Wide range of international sound types and frequencies
The range features a unique self test facility that is
automatically activated during routine sounder
testing. A built-in microphone circuit measures sound
output and automatically signals the sounder
address and location to the control panel, should the
output test fail.
External power supply option
The ZP755BV-3 can be used with other ZP loop
equipment in any combined application subject to
maximum loop loading. In systems where loop
lengths or current requirements are excessive, the
ZP755BV-3 can be powered directly from an external
power supply.
With a sound output of 90 dB(A), continuous,
intermittent and two-tone audible outputs are
available. The volume setting can be reduced for
areas where a lower sound level is required.
183
ZP755BV-3
Addressable sensor base sounder/beacon
Specifications
ZP755BV-3
EN54 Part 3
Addressable sensor base sounder/beacon
All ZP3 systems, note - sound options may vary for ZP5 and ZP3 systems with
early software versions.
Surface with plug in base - SPB-2W (White)
2 core loop
Open and short circuit fault, sound output - self test facility
90 dB(A) (at 1 m)
Continuous - 980 Hz, intermittent - 980 Hz 0.5 secs on/off, dual tone - 980/670
Hz 0.5 sec each. See installation sheet for full international tone range
Red LED array
Loop 19.5 - 20.5 VDC, external supply 18 - 30 VDC
Less than 1J, frequency - flash rate 1.1 seconds
500 uA quiescent, 6 mA active
30 per 1 km loop (1.5 mm² cable, 50 m to first device)
Indoor installation
IP21C
-10°C to 55°C
10% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CPD compliant
Moulded thermoplastic
127mm (Dia) x 47mm (D)
White
218g (including base)
PS1789
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Sound output
Sound types
Light source
Operating voltage
Light output
Current
Max number
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range (at 40ºC)
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
184
Part No.
Description
ZP755BV-3
Addressable sensor base sounder/beacon
Product Data Sheet
ZP755HA-2
Addressable horn sounder
All around sound
ZP755HA-2 is designed with dual front and rear
sound paths, providing an 'all around' sound output ideal for open area coverage.
Installed directly onto and powered by the ZP wiring
loop - ZP755HA-2 enables the system designer to
offer a complete ZP3 analogue addressable system
on a single pair of wires. Installation time and costs
are further reduced as the moulding plugs directly
into a first fix base – eliminating the need for any
internal connections
The units high efficiency acoustic design, together
with a low energy, 'sound gun' transducer, enables
up to 40 sounders to be connected to a one
kilometre loop of 1.5mm2 cable, with a wiring run of
50 metres to the first device.
Self test facility
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Wide 'all around' sound distribution
Microphone self test facility
Plug in base – no internal connections
Up to 40 sounders directly on the loop wiring
High efficiency sound gun transducer
E Synchronised outputs
ZP2 & ZP3
The range features a unique self test facility automatically activated during routine sounder
testing. A built in microphone circuit measures sound
output and automatically signals the sounder
address and location to the control panel, should the
output test fail.
In systems where loop lengths or current
requirements are excessive, ZP755 sounders can be
powered directly from an external power supply. All
ZP755 sounders incorporate switch settings enabling
them to be assigned a unique address, which is
polled by the panel every two seconds.
Range of sound outputs
Continuous, intermittent and two-tone outputs are
available, from which any combination can be
chosen to provide alert and evacuate, two stage
alarms. Sound types comply with most international
codes (e.g. BS 5839 Part 1 recommended
frequencies).
The ZP755HA-2 produces a sound output of 102
dBA tested at 1 metre. The volume setting can be
reduced for areas where a lower sound output is
required.
Moulded in high impact thermoplastic, the sounders
are available in either red or white.
185
ZP755HA-2
Addressable horn sounder
Specifications
ZP755HA-2R (red), ZP755HA-2W (white)
EN54 Pt3
Addressable horn-sounder
All ZP3 systems, note - sound options may vary for ZP5 and ZP3 systems
with early software versions.
Surface with plug in base - SPB-R (red), SPB-W (white)
2 core loop
Open and short circuit fault, sound level - self test facility
102dBA (at 1m)
Tone 1 - continuous 980 Hz
Tone 2 - intermittent 980 Hz (0.5 secs on/off)
Tone 3 - two tone warble 980 Hz/670 Hz
Loop 19.5 - 20.5 Vdc, External 24 Vdc (nominal)
600uA quiescent, 5.5mA active
40 per 1km loop (1.5mm2 cable, 50m to first device)
Indoor installation
IP50
-10ºC to +55ºC
10% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CPD compliant
Moulded thermoplastic
127mm (Dia) x 112mm (D) overall
Red or white
339g (including base)
PS1777
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Sound output
Sound types
Operating voltage
Current
Max number
Application
EN60529 rating
Operating temperature
Humidity range (at 40oC)
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
186
Part No.
Description
ZP755HA-2
Addressable horn sounder
Product Data Sheet
ZP755HAV-2
Addressable sounder beacon
Single, addressable, loopwired unit
Disability legislation increasingly requires visual
alarm signals to be employed to ensure equal
response from people with hearing impairment. The
ZP755HAV-2 is perfectly suited for this application
and indeed any involving high levels of background
noise. It provides both audible and visual warnings
from a single, addressable, loop wired unit.
Featuring an identical profile to the ZP755 HA-2 horn
sounder, the ZP755HAV-2 can minimise the number
of installation points required throughout a building,
significantly lowering both the capital value of
equipment and the loop wiring costs of the
completed system. Installation time and costs are
further reduced as the moulding plugs directly into a
first fix base – eliminating the need for any internal
connections
High efficiency acoustic design and low current Light
Emitting Diode (LED) visual element, enables up to
25 sounder beacons to be connected to a one
kilometer loop of 1.5mm2 cable, with a wiring run of
50 metres to the first device.
The range features a unique self test facility automatically activated during routine sounder
testing. A built in microphone circuit measures sound
output and automatically signals the sounder
address and location to the control panel, should the
output test fail.
In systems where loop lengths or current
requirements are excessive, ZP755HAV-2 sounder
beacons can be powered directly from an external
power supply.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Cost effective compliance with disability legislation
Powered directly from the ZP loop
Up to 25 sounder beacons directly on the loop wiring
Low current LED based visual element
High efficiency sound gun transducer
E Plug in base – no internal connections
E Minimises installation points
ZP2 & ZP3
Self test facility
Range of sound outputs
Continuous, intermittent and two-tone audible
outputs are available, from which any combination
can be chosen to provide alert and evacuate, two
stage alarms. All sound types comply with BS 5839
Part 1 recommended frequencies.
The ZP755 HAV-2 produces a sound output of 102
dBA, measured at 1 metre. A volume control is
included for areas where a reduced sound output is
required.
Moulded in high impact thermoplastic, the sounder
beacon is available in either red with red lens, or
white with clear lens, both illuminating red.
187
ZP755HAV-2
Addressable sounder beacon
Specifications
ZP755HAV-2R (red), ZP755HAV-2W (white)
EN54 Part 3 (sounder element)
Addressable sounder beacon
ZP3 systems, note - sound options may vary for ZP5 and ZP3 systems with
early software versions.
Surface - with plug in base - SPB-2R (red), SPB-2W (white)
2 core loop
Open and short circuit fault, sound level - self test facility
102 dBA (at 1m)
Tone 1 - continuous 980 Hz
Tone 2 - intermittent 980 Hz (0.5 secs on/off)
Tone 3 - two tone warble 980 Hz/670 Hz
Equivalent to 1J xenon element
Flash rate 1.3 seconds
Loop 19.5 - 20.5Vdc, External 24 Vdc (nominal)
600uA quiescent, 11 mA active
25 per 1km loop, (1.5mm2 cable, 50m to the first device)
Indoor installation
IP50
-10ºC to 55ºC
10% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CPD compliant
Moulded thermoplastic
127mm (Dia) x 112mm (D)
Red or white
369g (including base)
PS1781
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Sound output
Sound types
Light output
Frequency
Operating voltage
Current
Max number
Application
EN60529 rating
Operating temperatute
Humidity range (at 40oC)
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
188
Part No.
Description
ZP755HAV-2
Addressable sounder beacon
Product Data Sheet
ZP755R-2
Addressable room sounder
Ideal for residential installations
The ZP755R is an addressable, sounder, designed
for use on ZP3 analogue addressable fire detection
and alarm systems. Developed for applications in
individual rooms, sleeping accommodation or small
compartments where it is impractical or unnecessary
for the sounder and sensor to be combined.
Installed directly onto the ZP wiring loop - the
ZP755R enables the system designer to offer a
complete ZP3 analogue addressable system on a
single pair of wires. Installation costs are greatly
reduced, whilst system integrity, sounder options and
programmed alarm organisation are significantly
increased. Time on site is further reduced as the
moulding plugs directly into a first fix base –
eliminating the need for any internal connections
Advanced acoustic design
Microphone output test
The ZP755 range features a unique self test facility automatically activated during routine sounder
testing. A built in microphone circuit measures sound
output level and automatically signals the sounder
address and location to the control panel, should the
output test fail. Continuous, intermittent and two-tone
outputs are available, from which any combination
can be chosen to provide alert and evacuate, two
stage alarms. Sound types comply with most
international codes (e.g. BS 5839 Part 1
recommended frequencies).
The ZP755R features a sound output of 90 dBA and
a volume control for areas where a reduced sound
output is required.
Moulded in high impact thermoplastic, the sounder is
available in either red or white.
Standard Features
E Powered directly from the ZP loop
to 100 sensor and 100 sounders directly on the loop
E Up
wiring
E Plug in base – no internal connections
E High efficiency sound gun transducer
E Wide range of international sound types and frequencies
ZP2 & ZP3
High efficiency acoustic design and a low energy,
sound gun transducer, enable combinations of up to
100 sensors and 100 sounders to be connected to a
one kilometre loop of 1.5 mm2 cable.
In systems where loop lengths or current
requirements are excessive, ZP755 sounders can be
powered directly from an external power supply.
189
ZP755R-2
Addressable room sounder
Specifications
ZP755R-2W (white), ZP755R-2R (red)
EN54 Part 3
Addressable room sounder
All ZP3 systems, note - sound options may vary for ZP5 and ZP3 systems with
early software versions.
Surface with plug in base - SPB-2W (white) or SPB-2R (Red)
2 core loop
Open and short circuit fault, sound level - self test facility
90 dBA (at 1m)
Continuous - 980 Hz, intermittent - 980 Hz 0.5 secs on/off, dual tone - 980/670
Hz 0.5 secs each. See installation sheet for full international tone range
Loop 19.5 - 20.5V, external supply 18 - 30 Vdc
500uA quiescent, 6mA active
100 per 1km loop (1.5mm² cable, 50m to first device)
Indoor installation
IP50
-10ºC to 55ºC
10% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CPD compliant
Moulded thermoplastic
127mm (Dia) x 76mm (D)
White or Red
266g (including base)
PS1771
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Sound output
Sound types
Operating voltage
Current
Max number
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range (at 40ºC)
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
190
Part No.
Description
ZP755R-2
Addressable room sounder
Product Data Sheet
ZP755V
Addressable beacon
High intensity visual signal
Designed to compliment audible alarms, the ZP755V
beacon provides high intensity, visual signals for
applications where alarm sounders alone would
prove to be ineffective, or inappropriate for
evacuating occupied premises.
In systems where high levels of background noise
prohibit the use of audible alarms, residential
establishments with occupants who may be infirmed
or hard of hearing or manufacturing areas where
intense industrial noise demands the use of ear
protection, the visual indication of alarms may
become necessary.
The unit is designed to meet the requirements of
most local disability legislation.
Low current consumption
External power supply option
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Cost effective compliance with disability legislation
Powered directly from the ZP loop
Up to 60 beacons directly on the loop wiring
Fully addressable
Low current LED based visual element
E Compatible with all ZP loop devices
E Minimises installation points
ZP2 & ZP3
Clear visual indication is provided by a high intensity
Light Emitting Diode (LED) array. Low current
consumption enables, up to 60 beacons to be
connected to a one kilometer loop of 1.5mm2 cable,
with a wiring run of 50 metres to the first device.
Light output is equivalent to one Joule xenon
element with a flash frequency of 1.1 seconds.
The ZP755V beacon, ZP755HAV sounder/beacon
and ZP755BV sensor base/sounder/beacon can all
be used in any combined application provided the
maximum loop loading is not exceeded.
Beacons are installed using standard ZP7 sensor
bases - in systems where loop lengths or current
requirements are excessive, the ZP755V beacon can
be powered directly from an external power supply
– by the addition of ZP7-SBB bases (ordered
separately).
All ZP755 units incorporate switch settings enabling
them to be assigned a unique address, which is
polled by the panel every two seconds.
Moulded in high impact white thermoplastic, the
beacon features a clear lens and red LED element
191
ZP755V
Addressable beacon
Specifications
ZP755V
Addressable beacon
All ZP analogue addressable systems
Surface - Loop powered - ZP7 base, External powered – ZP7-SBB stand
alone beacon base
2 core loop
Open and short circuit fault
Equivalent to 1 Joule xenon element
20ms on, 1.1s off
Loop 19.5 - 20.5 Vdc, External 24 Vdc (nominal)
400uA quiescent, 2.5 mA active
60 per 1km loop (1.5mm2 cable, 50m to first device)
Indoor installation
IP21C
-10ºC to 55ºC
10% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CPD compliant
Moulded thermoplastic
106mm (Dia) x 49mm (D)
White moulding/clear lens - illuminates red
145g
PS1782
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Light output
Strobe frequency
Operating voltage
Current
Max number
Application
EN60529 rating
Operating temperature
Humidity range (at 40oC)
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
192
Part No.
Description
ZP755V
Addressable beacon
Product Data Sheet
ZP755W
Addressable weatherproof sounder
Developed for outdoor applications
The ZP755W is an addressable, weatherproof
sounder, designed for use on ZP analogue
addressable fire detection and alarm systems. The
sounder has been developed for outdoor
applications, or for use in areas where the ingress of
water can be expected, for example where hygiene
requirements demand regular washing or hosing
down of the protected area.
Installed directly onto and powered by the ZP wiring
loop, the ZP755 range enables the system designer
to offer a complete ZP analogue addressable system
on a single pair of wires. Installation costs are
greatly reduced, whilst system integrity, sounder
options and programmed alarm organisation are
significantly increased.
Self test facility
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Rated IP 65
105 dBA sound output
Microphone self test facility
High efficiency sound gun transducer
ZP2 & ZP3
The units high efficiency acoustic design, together
with a low energy, 'sound gun' transducer, provides a
forward sound dispersion with an output of 105 dBA.
A volume control is included for areas where a
reduced sound output is required. The control can
be set to limit the sound output by up to 75% of the
full volume.
The ZP755 range features a unique self test facility automatically activated during routine sounder
testing. A built in microphone circuit measures
sound output level and automatically signals the
sounder address and location to the control panel,
should volume fall below the expected test level.
Range of sound outputs
In systems where loop lengths or current
requirements are excessive, ZP755 sounders can be
powered directly from an external power supply. All
ZP755 sounders incorporate switch settings enabling
them to be assigned a unique address, which is
polled by the panel every two seconds
Continuous, intermittent and two-tone outputs are
available, from which any combination can be
chosen to provide alert and evacuate, two stage
alarms. All sound types comply with most
international codes (e.g. BS 5839 Part 1
recommended frequencies).
Sounder enclosures are of moulded, high impact, red
thermoplastic, designed for surface wiring.
193
ZP755W
Addressable weatherproof sounder
Specifications
ZP755W-R
EN54 Part 3
Addressable weatherproof sounder
ZP3 systems, note - sound options may vary for ZP5 and ZP3 systems with
early software versions
Surface mounting
2 core loop
Open and short circuit fault, sound level - self test facility
105 dBA (at 1m)
Tone 1- continuous 980Hz
Tone 2 - intermittent 980Hz (0-5secs on/off)
Tone 3 - two tone warble 980Hz/670Hz
Narrow
16 - 24 Vdc
600uA quiescent, 5.0 mA active
85 per 1km loop (subject to cable size and sounder spacing)
Indoor installation
IP65
-10ºC to +70ºC
10% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded thermoplastic
120 mm (W) x 120 mm (H) x 150 mm (D)
Red
300g
PS1306
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Sound output
Sound types
Sound distribution
Operating voltage
Current
Max number
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range (at 40oC)
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
194
Part No.
Description
ZP755W
Addressable weatherproof sounder
Product Data Sheet
ZP755WV-2R
Addressable weatherproof sounder beacon
Developed for outdoor applications
The ZP755WV-2R is an addressable, weatherproof
sounder beacon, designed for use on ZP analogue
addressable fire detection and alarm systems. The
device has been developed for outdoor applications
and is fully compatible with the range of ZP755 loop
wired sounders.
Installed directly onto and powered by the ZP wiring
loop, the ZP755 range enables the system designer
to offer a complete ZP analogue addressable system
on a single pair of wires. Installation costs are
greatly reduced, whilst system integrity, sounder
options and programmed alarm organisation are
significantly increased.
High efficiency, low energy design
Range of sound outputs
Continuous, intermittent and two-tone audible
outputs are available, from which any combination
can be chosen to provide alert and evacuate, two
stage alarms. All sound types comply with most local
codes (for example BS 5839 Part 1 recommended
frequencies in the UK). The ZP755 WV-2R produces
a sound output of 105 dBA, measured at 1 metre. A
volume control is included for areas where a reduced
sound output is required.
Moulded in high impact red thermoplastic, the
sounder beacon features a red lens.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Weatherproof
Sounder and Beacon in a single unit
105dBA sound output
Low current LED based visual element
High effciency sound gun transducer
E Up to 24 sounder beacons powered directly on loop wiring
ZP2 & ZP3
High efficiency acoustic design, low energy sound
gun transducer and low current Light Emitting Diode
(LED) visual element, enables up to 24 sounder
beacons to be connected to a one kilometer loop of
1.5mm² cable, with a wiring run of 50 metres to the
first device.
In systems where loop lengths or current
requirements are excessive, ZP755WV-2R sounder
beacons can be powered directly from an external
power supply.
195
ZP755WV-2R
Addressable weatherproof sounder
beacon
Specifications
ZP755WV-2R
EN54 Part 3 (sounder element)
Addressable weatherproof sounder beacon
ZP3 systems, note - sound options may vary for ZP5 and ZP3 systems with
early software versions
Surface
2 core loop
Open and short circuit fault, sound level - self test facility
105dBA (at 1m)
Tone 1 - continuous 980 Hz
Tone 2 - intermittent 980 Hz (0.5 secs on/off)
Tone 3 - two tone warble 980 Hz/670 Hz
Equivalent to 1J xenon elements
Flash rate 1.3 seconds
Loop 19.5 - 20.5 Vdc, External 24 Vdc (nominal)
820uA quiescent, 11mA active
24 per 1km loop, 1.5mm² cable, 50m to the first device)
Indoor or outdoor installation
IP33C
-10ºC to 70ºC
10% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CPD compliant
Moulded thermoplastic
120mm (W) x 120mm (D) x 150mm (D)
310g
PS1787
Model No
Specification
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Sound output
Sound types
Light output
Frequency
Operating voltage
Current
Max number
Application
EN60529 rating
Operating temperature
Humidity range (at 40ºC)
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Weight
Publication No
ZP2 & ZP3
Ordering Information
196
Part No.
Description
ZP755WV-2R
Addressable weatherproof sounder beacon
3A4
ZP3
Datasheets
Product Data Sheet
ZP3 Series
Analogue Addressable Control Panels
Recognise Real Fires Sooner
Advanced panel design combined with high
sensitivity smoke and fire sensing enables the ZP3
control panel not only to identify and disregard
conditions that would result in false or unwanted
alarms, but to recognise real fires sooner. The ZP3 is
available in 1, 2, and 4 loop configurations,
accommodating up to 508 sensing addresses. For
sites requiring more loops, panels may be networked
together to form systems capable of controlling more
than 50 000 devices from as much as 100 control
panels.
Unique Device Addresses
Software Flexibility
Constant communication between control panel and
sensor enables the ZP3 to provide a wide range of
user facilities including pre alarm, constant sensitivity
adjustment and service and near service listings for
all sensor types. Software flexibility enables facilities
such as alarm organisation, evacuation procedures
and complex cause and effect requirements to be
easily programmed into any system. All customer
and site data is held in non volatile flash memory,
ensuring both ease of initial system data input and
subsequent on site amendments and modifications
should they be required.
Optional Facilities
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Certified to CPD and EN54 parts 2 and 4
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Service and near service facility
Advanced sensing techniques
Extensive networking ability
Loop powered sounders
Ease of operation
Sophisticated alarm verification
Automatic self test
Day / night control
Radio loop interface
Automatic contamination adjustment for each sensor
Intelligent loop isolation
Self test sounder
Password protection
ZP3
Up to 127 line devices (sensors, call points,
sounders or interface units) may be connected to
each of the ZP3 loops. All loop devices incorporate
switch settings enabling them to be assigned a
unique address, the location of which is pinpointed
and polled by the panel every two seconds.
Variations in the sensor's environment caused by
increases of temperature or products of combustion
are reported to the panel where they are processed
and compared to known fire data prior to any alarm
output being activated.
Event log
An onboard printer module together with a series of
facility boards can be added to the standard panel to
extend any panel up to 768 programmable inputs
and outputs.
Remote Diagnostics
Designed to provide the user with full facilities for
both fault diagnosis and system configuration off site,
the remote diagnostics hardware and software
package makes information available to service
personnel prior to visiting site for remedial action or
maintenance activity.
199
ZP3 Series
Analogue Addressable Control Panels
Specifications
Control panel EN54 Pt 2
Integral power supply unit EN54 Pt 4
Meets recommendations in systems to BS5839 Pt1
CE marked (EEC89/336)
EMC
127 addresses
Loop capacity
All ZP analogue addressable equipment
Compatibility
Surface or recessed (with ZP3 flushing collar)
Mounting
Panel (Quiescent at 24 VDC) 4 loops 420mA Load of panel only, excluding any
Power Requirements
external devices
Panel (Alarm at 24 VDC) 820mA 25% of zones in alarm
Per Loop (Quiescent at 24 VDC) 70mA Fully loaded loop, with 127 ZP devices,
not in alarm
Input 230 Vac 50 Hz + or -10% 0.75 Amps
Power Supply
Optional input DC 24 to 50 volts load dependent
User output 24 Vdc (nominal) up to 3.0 Amps
Battery charge 28.2 Vdc 1.2 Amps
2 core screened (to local codes and standards)
Wiring
Loop wiring Open and short circuit fault, earth leakage, sensor removed and
Monitoring
wrong device type
Sounder circuits (programmable) 2 x dual (monitored)
Switched outputs (standard)
Fire (common) 1 volt free N/O or N/C 1 volt free N/O or N/C
Fault (common) 1 volt free N/O or N/C (software set)
Remote manned centre (fire) 1 monitored
Remote manned centre (fault) 1 monitored
Switched I/O (optional & programmable) Non loop devices, sounder circuits, relay outputs, transistor outputs monitoring
inputs 768 total max
System status 87 light emitting diodes, text display 4 line, 160 character, LCD
Indicators
(back lit)
24 character (built into front door)
Optional printer
Firmware and site configuration programming - Flash memory
Software
Z-Port 1 Planner, RS 232 Z-Port 2 Network, RS 485 / fibre optic
Communications ports
ZP3 RDUB1-24 remote display unit
Repeater Panel
Common sounders, Coincidence alarm, RMC fire, RMC fault, Zone walk test,
Selectable features
Control output, Output delays, Alarm counter, Sounder silence delay, Alarm
verification
2 x 12 volt sealed lead acid - up to 28 Ah (Panasonic) accommodated inside
Standby batteries
panel enclosure
-5°C to +40°C
Temperature range
10% to 90% RH (non condensing)
Humidity range
IP30 (indoor installation)
Environmental
Enclosure - Back box and hinged door - sheet steel
Construction
540 mm (H) x 410 mm (W) x 137 mm (D) Overall dimensions when mounted
Dimensions
in flushing collar 623 mm (H) x 512 mm (W) 15 mm projection when recessed
Pantone 428c Cool grey
Colour
11.0 Kg with printer (batteries excluded)
Weight
PS1278
Publication No
Specification
ZP3
Ordering Information
200
Part No.
Description
71321
ZP3-LITE 1 Loop Analogue Control Panel, 230V (EN54)
71301
71401
71501
ZP3-1L 1 Loop Analogue Control Panel, 230V (EN54)
ZP3-2L 2 Loop Analogue Control Panel, 230V (EN54)
ZP3-4L 4 Loop Analogue Control Panel, 230V (EN54)
76102
76102-C
ZP3-FC ZP3 Flush Collar (EN54)
ZP3-FC-C ZP3 Flush Collar (EN54) - CHROME
Product Data Sheet
ZP3-RDUB1
ZP3 repeat display unit
Attractive low profile unit
Designed to match the ZP3 main control panel, the
ZP3-RDU remote display is an attractive, low profile
unit providing repeat indication and system control at
a location remote from the main control panel
position.
Housed in a small, slim enclosure, the remote unit
has a fascia design and layout in matching style to
ZP3 control equipment. Up to 32 remote units can be
connected to any central panel.
The unit features zonal designation for up to 50
zones, a 4 row 160 character, back lit liquid crystal
display and an 'at a glance' system status LED
matrix. Controls are provided for accept, reset,
silence and sound alarms. A restore disabled alarms
facility re-enables previously disabled alarm
sounders immediately, should the need for an
evacuation arise.
Displays both zone and address information
Control keys are provided to select listings of current
fires, faults and disablements for display. Initial
information is displayed by zone, with a further
facility to display point addresses within the
displayed zone.
Operating as an indicator panel only in its normal
mode the ZP3-RDU system control functions are
accessed by means of a security key switch. Internal
switches are provided to configure the unit to operate
as an indicator only with no control facilities, with
controls by key access, or with control functions
enabled on a permanent basis.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Remote control and indication
Up to 32 remote units connected to each main panel
4 row 160 character LCD
Replicates main panel fascia
Restore disabled sounders facility
The unit is driven from an optional serial driver card,
added to the main board within the ZP3 panel
enclosure. Wiring to the main control panel is by
serial link, screened, twisted pair, which can be daisy
chained, teed off or spurred. The total wiring length
of all remote display units connected to a main
control panel can be up to two kilometres.
The ZP3-RDU can either be powered directly from
the main panel 24 Vdc, or by a remote power supply
unit.
A version featuring a stainless steel enclosure is also
available.
ZP3
Serial link connection
201
ZP3-RDUB1
ZP3 repeat display unit
Specifications
ZP3-RDUB1
Remote display unit
ZP3-RDUB1-24SS - Stainless steel enclosure
All ZP3 analogue addressable panels
Surface or recessed
Comms connection by 2 core RS485 screened twisted pair. Total 2km for any
number of units per ZP3 main panel
Panel disconnection. LEDs for zone designation (50), power, fire, fault,
disabled, other, silence alarms, sound alarms.
4 line 160 character LCD (black lit)
24 Vdc
From ZP3 control panel or remote PSU
100mA (panel in mains fail state), 250mA (nominal), 350mA (max draw during
lamp test)
Via ZP3AB-SCB-D (RS485) serial bus driver board
All controls (can be software enabled in main panel)
IP 30 (indoor applications)
-5ºC to + 40ºC
10% to 90% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Back box and Front plate - sheet steel
Front plate - 220mm (H) x 360mm (W)
Back box - 195mm (H) x 335mm (W) x 60mm (D) overall - front plate projects
20mm overall when recessed
Cool grey Pantone 428c
2.6 kg
PS1294
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring:
Text Display
Operating voltage
Power supply
Current
Data interface
Key switch enable
EN60529 rating
Temp range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
ZP3
Ordering Information
202
Part No.
Description
ZP3-RDUB1
ZP3 repeat display unit
Product Data Sheet
ZP3AB-NET1
Network board optional facility card
Enables simple connection for ZP3 networks
The ZP3AB-NET1 enables ZP3 control panels to be
connected together to form networks. The interface
card is attached directly onto the ZP3 main control
board inside the panel enclosure. Up to 64
standalone control panels can be linked to form the
ZP network allowing the integration of over 32,000
system devices.
Networks can be designed as peer to peer systems
where all control panels are connected to form a
single coordinated fire detection and alarm system.
Each panel controls its own devices and displays its
own systems information, but is capable of cross
panel cause and effect operation. The ZP3AB-NET1
network board also enables hierarchical networks to
be easily configured, where one or more control
panels can be assigned as masters displaying
complete system status.
RS485 protocol
Communication between ZP3 fire alarm panels
operates by RS 485 protocol, over twisted screened
pair wiring.
Total cable length, throughout the network can be up
to a maximum of 2 kilometres. On larger sites, where
wiring runs to remote systems may exceed this
maximum, cable lengths can be extended by the
addition of RS485 booster units or optical fibre
connection.
Designed to provide flexible system configuration,
system wiring can be daisy chained or teed off with
spurs. Network connections are in data quality cable
with a minimum core diametre of 0.5 mm². Jumper
terminating switches are provided on all network
interface boards, which are set at the system
commissioning stage.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Up to 64 panel networking
Housed inside main panel enclosure
Complete cross panel communications
Inter panel cause and effect operation
The ZP3AB-NET1 network board is part of the range
of optional facility boards, which can be added, cost
effectively to any ZP3 control panel, in order to
provide extra facilities that may not be a requirement
of every system.
Housed within the ZP3 panel, options can simply be
added during panel manufacture to meet particular
specifications, or subsequently fitted on site should a
particular requirement become necessary during the
life of the system.
ZP3
Cost effective options
203
ZP3AB-NET1
Network board optional facility card
Specifications
ZP3AB-NET 1
Network board
ZP3 control panels
Plug and socket-fixes to allotted space on panel main control board
RS 485
57600, 38000, 33600, 28800, 19200, 14400, 9600, 4800, 2400, 1200, 600,
300
Two cores twisted screened pair - 0.5mm² minimum
70 mA (total effective load from 24V supply
Green - power on
Red (x3) - transmission
-10ºC to +60ºC
10% to 90% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
PCB 120mm (H) x 55mm (W)
62g
PS1296
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Comms protocol
Baud rates
Wiring
Current
Indication LEDs
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Dimensions
Weight
Publication No
ZP3
Ordering Information
204
Part No.
Description
ZP3AB-NET1
Network board optional facility card
Product Data Sheet
ZP3AB-NLM-2
Network loop module
Secure loop networking
The ZP3AB-NLM network loop module enables
individual ZP3 control panels to be connected in a
peer to peer, secure loop network.
If there is an open or short circuit present on the
network wiring, the NLMs determine where the fault
lies, isolate the faulty section of wiring and maintain
full loop integrity.
Total cable length, throughout the network can be up
to a maximum of two kilometers and may be
extended by setting designated NLM modules as
booster units (contact Ziton technical support
department for full details).
Communication between loop modules operates by
RS 485 protocol, over screened, twisted pair wiring.
Unique loop address
Diagnostic and system indication
In each network loop, one module must be set to
address one and designated as the master, which
manages the healing sequence and monitors loop
integrity. All other modules are connected to the
network loop in slave mode.
In slave mode modules can operate in Boost –
serving as an interconnection between panels at
distances over 1000 metres, Healing – establishing
the condition of the loop and isolating sections if
necessary, Recovered – normal condition after a
section isolation and Diagnostic – system
interrogation to establish the location of a break in
the loop wiring.
In addition to indication of data being transmitted and
received from each port, LED indicators are also
provided for System OK, Loop Fault, Loop Open and
Data Error.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Provides secure loop network
Complies with BS 5839 Part 1 recomendations
Enhanced LED diagnostics
Boost mode for long cable runs
time periods for third party equipment
E Propagation
operation
screen isolation between input and output
E Comms
channels
ZP3
NLM modules connect to ZP3 control panels via a
ZP3AB-NET card and are designed to fit onto an
auxiliary chassis inside each control panel or
auxiliary equipment cabinet.
Each ZP3 control panel is connected to the loop
network through a NLM module, all modules
incorporate switch settings enabling them to be
assigned a unique loop address. An output fault
signal is provided by a volt free, changeover relay,
with contact rated at 1A at 30Vdc/30Vac.
205
ZP3AB-NLM-2
Network loop module
Specifications
ZP3AB-NLM-2
Network loop module
ZP3 control panels
ZP3-AC1 auxiliary chassis, within ZP3 panel enclosure or auxiliary box
RS 485
Two cores twisted screened pair - 0.5mm² minimum. Recommended 0.6m
², 60pF/m
Max cable length across network 2km. Networks greater than 2km via NLMs
configured as boosters
LEDs for
Tx and Rx per port (Red x6)
Left port active (Green)
Right port active (Green)
System OK (Green)
Loop open (Red)
Loop fault (Amber)
Data error (Amber)
40mA (Quiescent)
100mA (Maximum) from ZP3 24Vdc panel supply)
Volt free changeover 1A at 30Vdc/30Vac
64 (per unboosted cable segment)
-10ºC to +45ºC (mounted in panel enclosure)
IP00
120mm (W) x 120mm (H) x 23mm (D)
120g
PS2081
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Comms protocol
Wiring
Cable length
Indication
Current
Fault relay
Max number of modules
Temperature range
EN60529 rating
Dimensions
Weight
Publication No
ZP3
Ordering Information
206
Part No.
Description
ZP3AB-NLM-2
Network loop module
Product Data Sheet
ZP3AB-RS232
Serial communications optional facility card
Connects panel to external devices
The ZP3AB-RS232 is a serial communications
interface which can be attached directly onto the ZP3
main control board, inside the panel enclosure. The
board is used to connect the fire alarm panel to
external devices for example a desk top printer, or to
associated equipment such as graphics displays,
pocket paging and building management systems.
Serial communication between the fire alarm panel
and external device operates by RS 232 protocol,
over a 5 wire screened connection. The
ZP3AB-RS232 board is defined in the ZP3 fire alarm
panel menu as Port 1 and a range of software
protocols can be selected to match the requirements
of the external communicating system or device.
Operates up to 50 metres
RS 232 communication is usually specified for local
connection, with cable lengths no greater than 10
metres. The ZP3AB-RS232 can be operated over
distances of up to 50 metres provided slower bit
rates are selected from the system setup menu,
during commissioning. Communication leads should
be provided with standard 9 pin D type connector at
the fire alarm panel and a suitable plug, either 9 pin
D, or 25 pin D at the connected device.
Interface board parameters for example protocol
type, baud rate and parity, are simple to configure
via the communications menu, within the system
software setup programme.
Standard Features
communications interface for connection to
E Optional
external devices
E Housed inside standard panel enclosure
software protocols to match external
E Selectable
equipment
E Direct connection up to 50 metres
The ZP3AB-RS232 serial communications board is
part of the range of optional facility boards which can
be added cost effectively to any ZP3 control panel, in
order to provide extra facilities that may not be a
requirement of every system.
Housed within the ZP3 panel, options can simply be
added during panel manufacture to meet particular
specifications, or subsequently fitted on site should a
particular requirement become necessary during the
life of the system.
ZP3
Cost effective options
207
ZP3AB-RS232
Serial communications optional facility card
Specifications
ZP3AB-RS232
Serial communications board
ZP3 control panels
Plug and socket - fixes to allotted space on panel main board. (with 3 M4 x
18mm stand off spacers
RS 232
Selectable parameters 0 - port disable
1 - ZCP2 multi telegram, full handshake
2 - ZCP2 single telegram, single direction TX, no handshake
7- ZCP2 single telegram, full handshake
57600, 38000, 33600, 28800,19200,14400, 9600, 4800, 2400, 1200, 600, 300
5 cores screened. Cable length up to 50m subject to baud rate
9 pin D connector at fire alarm panel, 9 pin D or 25 pin D connector to suit
external device (not supplied)
65 mA (total effective load from 24V supply)
-10ºC to +60ºC
10% to 90% RH (non condensing)
Moulded ABS
PCB 120mm (H) x 55mm (W)
53g
PS1299
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Comms protocol
Baud rates
Wiring
Connection
Current
Temperature range
Humidity range
Material
Dimensions
Weight
Publication No
ZP3
Ordering Information
208
Part No.
Description
ZP3AB-RS232
Serial communications optional facility card
Product Data Sheet
ZP3AB-RL8
Eight way programmable relay output board
Eight programmable outputs
The ZP3AB-RL8 is one of a series of additional,
auxiliary boards designed to extend the ZP3 panel
standard range of input/output facilities. Boards are
modular in design, and are mounted inside the ZP3
panel enclosure, by means of a ZP3-AC1 auxiliary
chassis. Up to three boards can be fitted into a ZP3
panel. They may be all of a single type, or any
combination from the I/O module range. The addition
of auxiliary boards can increase the panel outputs to
a maximum of 72 all housed within the ZP3
enclosure.
Further boards can be added to a system,
accommodated in a remote control cabinet, usually
located alongside the ZP3 panel. Various sized
cabinets are available, designed to match the control
panel enclosure. Each ZP3 panel has the ability to
operate up to 896 outputs, of which 768 are
programmable.
The ZP3AB-RL8 offers eight programmable relay
outputs. Contacts are volt free, single pole, change
over and rated at 2 Amps at 30 Vdc or 30 Vac.
Power to operate modules can be provided internally
from the control panel.
Individual LED indication
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Eight programmable relays
Up to three modules within panel enclosure
Outputs rated at 2 Amps at 30 Vdc or 30 Vac
Operation of individual output confirmed by LED indication
Each eight way relay board is allocated an address
by switch settings provided on the PCB. Individual
relays (within the board address) are programmed in
the systems cause and effect software set up. The
operation of outputs is confirmed by LED indicators
positioned next to each pair of relay wiring terminals.
The ZP3AB-RL8 eight way relay board is part of the
range of optional facility boards which can be added,
cost effectively to any ZP3 control panel, in order to
provide extra facilities, that may not be a requirement
of every system.
Housed within the ZP3 panel, options can simply be
added during panel manufacture to meet individual
specifications, or subsequently fitted on site should a
particular requirement become necessary during the
life of the system.
ZP3
Cost effective option
209
ZP3AB-RL8
Eight way programmable relay output
board
Specifications
ZP3AB-RL8
Additional 8 way programmable relay output board
ZP3 control panels
8 (per board)
1 volt free change over
2 Amps at 30Vdc or 30 Vac
Voltage 24 volt dc + or -10%
Current - stand by 31mA, all relays latched 130mA
Relay contacts operated 1 LED red, per contact
<50microA quiescent, alarm max. 50mA (limited by panel)
-10ºC to +60ºC
10% to 90% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
120mm (W) x 80mm (H)
97g
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Relay circuits
Contact per output
Contact ratings
Power supply
Indication (on PCB)
Current
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Dimensions
Weight
ZP3AB-AC1 - Auxiliary chassis - accommodates up to 3 auxiliary boards. 1
chassis per ZP3 panel enclosure
PS1298
Accessories
Publication No
ZP3
Ordering Information
210
Part No.
Description
ZP3AB-RL8
Eight way programmable relay output board
Product Data Sheet
ZP3AB-OP24
24 way programmable open collector
24 programmable transistorised open collector outputs
The ZP3AB-OP24 is one of a series of additional,
auxiliary boards designed to extend the ZP3 panel
standard range of input/output facilities. Boards are
modular in design, and are mounted inside the ZP3
panel enclosure, by means of a ZP3-AC1 auxiliary
chassis.
Up to three boards can be fitted into a ZP3 panel.
They may be all of a single type, or any combination
from the I/O module range. The addition of auxiliary
boards can increase the panel outputs to a maximum
of 72 all housed within the ZP3 enclosure. Further
boards can be added to a system, accommodated in
a remote control cabinet, usually located alongside
the ZP3 panel. Various sized cabinets are available,
designed to match the control panel enclosure. Each
ZP3 panel has the ability to operate up to 896
outputs, of which 768 are programmable.
The ZP3AB-OP24 offers 24 programmable,
transistorised, open collector outputs. Designed to
drive small current devices with resistive loads, each
output is equipped with a jumper switch, which when
removed reduces the outputs normal rating of 18 mA
down to 8 mA to enable LED indicators to be directly
connected. Power to operate modules can be
provided internally from the control panel.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
24 programmable open collector outputs
Up to three modules within panel enclosure
Individual output ratings selectable 8 or 20 mA
Operation of individual output confirmed by LED indication
Fully addressable
Each 24 way open collector output board is allocated
an address by switch settings provided on the PCB.
Once addressed the ZP3 system software
automatically reserves the capacity of three separate
addresses to enable all 24 outputs to be individually
programmed, in the systems cause and effect
software set up.
The operation of outputs is confirmed by LED
indicators positioned in line with each wiring terminal.
Power on and fault indicators are also provided on
the PCB.
Housed within the ZP3 panel, options can simply be
added during panel manufacture to meet individual
specifications, or subsequently fitted on site should a
particular requirement become necessary during the
life of the system.
ZP3
Output indication
211
ZP3AB-OP24
24 way programmable open collector
Specifications
ZP3AB-OP24
Additional 24 way programmable open collector
ZP3 control panels
By ZP3-AC1 auxiliary chassis, within ZP3 panel enclosure
24 (per board)
1 open collector (NPN transistor)
20 mA or 8 mA (maximums, connected to resistive loads) - selectable by
output
24 VDc (between common +24V and output)
Voltage 24 volt dc + or - 10%
Current (stand by) 9mA, (all outputs active) 47mA
Over current, Output grounded
Output operated 1 x LED (red), per output
Power on 1 x LED (green)
Fault 1 x LED (amber)
-10ºC to +60ºC
10% to 90% RH (non condensing)
120mm (W) x 80mm (H)
80g
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Output circuits
Contacts per output
Output current
Output voltage supply
Power supply
Monitoring
Indication (on PCB)
Temperature range
Humidity range
Dimensions
Weight
ZP3AB-AC1 Auxiliary chassis - accommodates up to 3 auxiliary boards. 1
chassis per ZP3 panel enclosure
PS1297
Accessories
Publication No
ZP3
Ordering Information
212
Part No.
Description
ZP3AB-OP24
24 way programmable open collector
Product Data Sheet
ZP3AB-MA8
Eight way programmable sounder driver board
Eight individually programmable sounder circuits
The ZP3AB-MA8 is one of a series of additional,
auxiliary boards designed to extend the ZP3 panel
standard range of input/output facilities. Boards are
modular in design, and are mounted inside the ZP3
panel enclosure, by means of a ZP3-AC1 auxiliary
chassis.
Up to three boards can be fitted into a ZP3 panel.
They may be all of a single type, or any combination
from the I/O module range. The addition of auxiliary
boards can increase the panel outputs to a maximum
of 72 all housed within the ZP3 enclosure.
Further boards can be added to a system,
accommodated in a remote control cabinet, usually
located alongside the ZP3 panel. Various sized
cabinets are available, designed to match the control
panel enclosure. Each ZP3 panel has the ability to
operate up to 896 outputs, of which 768 are
programmable.
The ZP3AB-MA8 is designed to extend a standard
ZP3 control panel by a further 8 alarm outputs, each
individually programmable. The maximum power
rating for each sounder circuit is 1 Amp.
Open and short circuit monitoring
Wiring is monitored for both open and short circuit
faults and sounders must be polarised and wired
across the positive and negative alarm circuit
conductors. Circuits are terminated with end of line
monitoring resistors, tee offs and spurs are not
allowed.
Power to operate modules is usually provided
internally from the control panel, but terminals on the
board are provided for the connection of external
power supply units.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Eight programmable sounder circuits
Up to three modules within panel enclosure
Up to three modules within panel enclosure
1 amp per circuit sounder loading
LED indication for each output
Each eight way sounder board is allocated an
address by switch settings provided on the PCB.
Individual outputs (within the board address) are
programmed in the system's cause and effect
software set up. Visual indication of alarm active and
output fault is given by LEDs for each output.
Housed within the ZP3 panel, options can simply be
added during panel manufacture to meet individual
specifications, or subsequently fitted on site should a
particular requirement become necessary during the
life of the system.
ZP3
Individual alarm indication
213
ZP3AB-MA8
Eight way programmable sounder driver
board
Specifications
ZP3AB-MA8
8 way programmable sounder driver board
ZP3 control panels
By ZP3-AC1 auxiliary chassis, within ZP3 panel enclosure
Short circuit, open circuit by 2K2 Ohm end of line resistor
8
Alarm active 1 LED (red) per contact
Fault 1 LED (amber) per contact
Up to 1 Amp as required
Voltage 24 volt dc -2 volts +5 volts
Current (stand by) 36 mA, (all relays latched) 220 mA
Polarised
-10ºC to +60ºC
10% to 90% RH (non condensing)
120mm (W) x 120mm (H)
139g
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Monitoring
Monitored outputs
Indication (on PCB)
Current per output
Power supply
Sounder type
Temperature range
Humidity range
Dimensions
Weight
ZP3AB-AC1 - Auxiliary chassis - accommodates up to 3 auxiliary boards 1
chassis per ZP3 panel enclosure
PS1295
Accessories
Publication No
ZP3
Ordering Information
214
Part No.
Description
ZP3AB-MA8
Eight way programmable sounder driver board
Product Data Sheet
ZP3AB-MIP8
Eight way monitored input board
Eight monitored inputs
The ZP3AB-MIP8 is one of a series of additional,
auxiliary boards designed to extend the ZP3 panel
standard range of input/output facilities. Boards are
modular in design, and are mounted inside the ZP3
panel enclosure, by means of a ZP3-AC1 auxiliary
chassis.
Up to three boards can be fitted into a ZP3 panel.
They may be all of a single type, or any combination
from the I/O module range. Further boards can be
added to a system, accommodated in a remote
control cabinet, usually located alongside the ZP3
panel. Various sized cabinets are available,
designed to match the control panel enclosure.
The ZP3AB-MIP8 offers eight inputs, from normally
open volt free contacts for example key switches or
relays. Input signals can be programmed to operate
sounder circuits or any ZP control output type,
(disable zones or devices, change sensor
sensitivities or the operation of a programmed
output). Power to operate modules is provided
internally from the control panel.
Individual LED indication
The activation of inputs, from the ZP3AB-MIP8 is not
displayed as an alarm condition by the control panel,
but processed as a discreet control function.
Each eight way input board is assigned an address
by switch settings provided on the PCB. Individual
inputs (within the board address) are programmed in
the systems cause and effect software set up.
Operation is confirmed by LED indicators positioned
next to each pair of input wiring terminals.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Eight monitored inputs
Up to three modules within panel enclosure
Inputs processed as discreet control functions
Alarm and fault condition indicated per input
The wiring to each input device is monitored by the
ZP3 control panel by means of a 2K2 Ohm resistor
connected across the open contacts of the monitored
equipment. An amber LED indicator is illuminated
when an input is in the fault condition.
Housed within the ZP3 panel, options can simply be
added during panel manufacture to meet individual
specifications, or subsequently fitted on site should a
particular requirement become necessary during the
life of the system.
ZP3
Cost effective option
215
ZP3AB-MIP8
Eight way monitored input board
Specifications
ZP3AB-MIP8
Additional 8 way monitored input board
ZP3 control panels
8 (per board)
24 Vdc (+ or - 10%), current (active) 51 mA, (stand by) 31 mA
5 Vdc (+ or - 5%) - supplied to PCB , current 13 mA
Inputs operated 1 LED red per input, Open circuit fault 1 LED amber per input,
Short circuit fault indicated as alarm
-10ºC to +60ºC
10% to 90% RH (non condensing)
120mm (W) x 80mm (H)
83g
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Inputs
Power supply
Indication (on PCB)
Temperature range
Humidity range
Dimensions
Weight
ZP3AB-AC1 - Auxiliary chassis - accommodates up to 3 auxiliary boards. 1
chassis per ZP3 panel enclosure
PS1268
Accessories
Publication No
ZP3
Ordering Information
216
Part No.
Description
ZP3AB-MIP8
Eight way monitored input board
Product Data Sheet
ZP3AB-SCB-D
Remote display unit interface
Connects up to 32 remote control units
The ZP3AB-SCB serial control bus driver, is
attached directly onto the ZP3 main control board
inside the panel enclosure. It provides the means to
connect and operate from 1 to 32 remote display
units (ZP3-RDUB1) and or remote control units
(ZP3AB-SCB-R), enabling repeat indication and
system control, at locations remote from the main
panel position.
Serial communication between the main panel and
remote display units operates by RS 485 protocol,
over twisted screened pair wiring.
RS 485 protocol
Total cable length, (regardless of the number of
remote units connected to a main panel), can be up
to a maximum of 2 kilometres. On larger sites, where
the remote display wiring network may exceed 2
kilometres, this maximum can be extended by the
addition of RS 485 booster units or optical fibre
connection.
Designed to provide installation flexibility, system
wiring can be daisy chained or teed off with spurs.
Wiring should be completed in data quality twisted
screened pair cable with a minimum core diametre of
0.5 mm². Jumper terminating switches are provided
on both optional board and on the PCB of each
remote display unit, which are set at the system
commissioning stage.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Optional driver for up to 32 remote display units
Housed inside standard panel enclosure
RS 485 communication protocol
Flexible wiring connection
The ZP3AB-SCB serial control bus driver is part of
the range of optional facility boards which can be
added cost effectively to any ZP3 control panel, in
order to provide extra facilities, which may not be a
requirement of every system.
Housed within the ZP3 panel, options can simply be
added during panel manufacture to meet particular
specifications, or subsequently fitted on site should a
particular requirement become necessary during the
life of the system.
ZP3
Cost effective options
217
ZP3AB-SCB-D
Remote display unit interface
Specifications
ZP3AB-SCB-D
Remote display unit interface card
ZP3 control panels
Plug and socket - fixes to allotted space on panel main control board
RS 485
40 mA
Two cores twisted screened pair Max cable length 2km for all remote units
connected to a ZP3 panel
Cable lengths greater than 2km via RS 485 booster or fibre optic connection
-10ºC to +60ºC
10% to 90% RH (non condensing)
PCB 120mm (H) x 55mm (W)
53g
PS1309
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Comms protocol
Current consumption
Wiring
Temperature range
Humidity range
Dimensions
Weight
Publication No
ZP3
Ordering Information
218
Part No.
Description
ZP3AB-SCB-D
Remote display unit interface
Product Data Sheet
ZP3AB-SCB-R
Serial control bus interface
System control at remote locations
The ZP3AB-SCB-R provides a remote interface on
the system control bus wiring enabling repeat
indication and system control, at locations remote
from the main panel position.
Usually installed within auxiliary equipment cabinets,
the interface is compatible with all ZP3AB optional
facility boards, including the RL8 relay module, the
MIP8 input card and the OP24 open collector output
card.
The interface can be positioned anywhere on the
system bus wiring (which it shares with remote
display units (RDUs). Driven from within the main
control panel by an optional SCB-D driver board, a
combination of up to 32 or 64 RDUs and SCB-Rs
can be controlled dependant upon the ZP3 panel
software.
Serial communication between the main panel and
the remote interface units operates by RS 485
protocol, over twisted screened pair wiring.
Total cable length, (regardless of the number of
remote units connected to a main panel), can be up
to a maximum of 2 kilometres.
Installation flexibility
Designed to provide installation flexibility, system
wiring can be daisy chained or teed off with spurs.
Wiring should be completed in data quality twisted
screened pair cable with a minimum core diametre of
0.5 mm2. Jumper terminating switches are provided
on both driver and interface, which are set at the
system commissioning stage.
The ZP3AB-SCB-D and SCB-R serial control bus
driver and interface are part of the range of optional
facility boards which can be added cost effectively to
any ZP3 system, in order to provide extra facilities,
which may not be a requirement of every system.
Standard Features
to 32 or 64 remote serial interfaces - dependant upon
E Up
control panel software
E Shares common wiring with remote display units
E RS 485 communication protocol
E Flexible wiring connection
ZP3
RS485 protocol
219
ZP3AB-SCB-R
Serial control bus interface
Specifications
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Comms protocol
Operating voltage
Current
Wiring
Max per ZP3AB-SCB-D bus driver
Temperature range
Humidity range
Dimensions
Weight
Publication No
ZP3AB-SCB-R
Serial control bus interface
ZP3 control panels, all ZP3 optional facility boards
4 x 8M fixing holes
RS 485
24Vdc
40 mA
Two cores twisted screened pair max cable length 2km for all remote units
connected to a ZP3 panel
32/64 (dependant upon control panel software) which can be any combination
of ZP3AB-SCB-R interfaces and/or ZP3-RDUB1 remote display units
-10ºC to +60ºC
10% to 90% RH (non condensing)
PCB 120mm (H) x 120mm (W)
166g
PS0471
ZP3
Ordering Information
220
Part No.
Description
ZP3AB-SCB-R
Serial control bus interface
ZP3
Accessories
ZP3
Product Data Sheet
3A5
221
222
Product Data Sheet
ZP3-PR1
Optional printer kit
Responds to a comprehensive range of system events
The ZP3-PR1 is a 24 character dot matrix printer,
which can be fitted to the front door of the ZP3
control panel. The kit comprises a printer module,
printed circuit driver board and the necessary
mounting hardware to fit the unit.
The printer is software controlled with operating
parameters simply configured, in the fire alarm
system set up programme, to respond to a
comprehensive range of system events.
Fire alarms, faults, panel operations and activated
outputs are automatically printed out as they occur,
with facilities to suppress any event category - for
example print fire alarms, suppress disablements.
Report and archive printing
Print outs of selected sections of the ZP3 panel
archive, (based upon the last 1000 events) can also
be produced by date and time, on demand.
A comprehensive series of reports detailing system
operation or maintenance information can be printed,
ranging from system configuration and input /output
mapping through to sensor analogue levels and
servicing requirements.
Service reports can include individual sensor status
listing point type, sensitivity, zone and service and
near service condition.
Standard Features
E 64 character ASCII upper and lower case printer
E Easily installed
E Operation and maintenance reports
roll and ink ribbon cartridge replaced without
E Paper
opening panel
Easily installed, the self-contained printer module is
clamped to the rear of the panel door in line with an
aperture provided as standard on all ZP3 control
panels. Data connections are by means of ribbon
cable, with power supply provided by plug and
socket arrangement.
The printer unit includes a paper feed control and a
'no paper' indication when the paper roll is
exhausted. The printer module is designed with front
access - through which paper roll and print ribbon
can be replaced without opening the control panel
enclosure.
The ZP3-PR1 printer is part of the range of optional
facilities, which can be added, cost effectively to any
ZP3 control panel, in order to provide extra features
that may not be a requirement of every system.
ZP3
Easily installed module
223
ZP3-PR1
Optional printer kit
Specifications
ZP3-PR1
ZP3 panel on board printer kit
ZP3 control panels
To rear side of panel front door by clamping bracket supplied
Printer PCB - SSB (Synchronous Serial Bus)
Printer - Parallel interface-single direction 8 bit data bus
64 character ASCII upper and lower case
7 high x 5 wide dot matrix, 24 characters per line. Various special printing
commands available
5 volts dc+ or -5%, current 12 mA
24 volts dc + or -10%, current (stand by) 19mA, (active) 32mA, (printing)
80mA
Power supply LED green
Transmission LED red (x2)
-10ºC to +60ºC
10% to 90% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
145mm (W) x 66mm (H) x 96mm (D)
450g including full-length paper roll
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Data interface
Character set
Character format
Power supply
Monitoring
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Dimensions
Weight
Ink ribbon cartridge ZP-PRC, 0.5 million character life. Paper roll ZP-PRR,
57.5mm (W), thickness 0.007mm OD less than 40mm
PS1300
Printer consumables
Publication No
ZP3
Ordering Information
224
Part No.
Description
ZP3-PR1
Optional printer kit
Product Data Sheet
Z-PCRS485-2
Z-PCRS485-2 RS485 Interface Card for PC
Connection to ZP3 Network
Overview
The Z-PCRS485-2 is a universal PCI board which is
designed for industrial automation applications that
require a long distance, multi-point, PC-based data
acquisition solution. Which makes it very suitable for
use with the ZP3 fire panel network.
On-chip Automatic Data Direction Control
RS-485 communication requires precise timing
control to enable and disable the line driver. The
Moxa Turbo Serial Engine™ chip that powers the
Z-PCRS485-2 board comes with on-chip ADDC®,
which makes RS-485 as easy to use as RS-232.
RS-485 multidrop up 1.2 km
Standard Features
E Over 800 Kbps data throughput for top performance
Kbps maximum baudrate for super fast data
E 921.6
transmission
provides automatic data direction control for
E ADDC®
RS-485 signals
E
E
E
E
Transmit data up to 1.2 km with RS-422/485
128-byte FIFO and on-chip H/W, S/W flow control
Compatible with 3.3/5V PCI and PCI-X
15 KV ESD protection on the board
ZP3
The Z-PCRS485-2 universal PCI boards have 2
RS-422/485 serial ports, each of which can achieve
data rates up to 921.6 Kbps. In RS-485 mode, the
board can connect up to 31 daisy-chained RS-485
devices within a range of 1.2 km. It also comes with
2 KV optical isolation protection to prevent
equipment damage.
225
Z-PCRS485-2
Z-PCRS485-2 RS485 Interface Card for PC
Connection to ZP3 Network
Specifications
Z-PCRS485-2
ZP3 control panel network
DB25 female
2
ESD Protection: 15 KV on the board
50 bps to 921.6 Kbps
32 bit Universal PCI
0ºC to +55ºC
5 to 95% RH (non condensing)
PCB 120mm (H) x 64,5mm (W)
Model No
Compatibility
External connection
Number of ports
Serial Line Protection
Baudrate
Mounting
Temperature range
Humidity range
Dimensions
ZP3
Ordering Information
226
Part No.
Description
Z-PCRS485-2
Z-PCRS485-2 RS485 Interface Card for PC Connection to ZP3 Network
4
Fire Alarm
Detection
Accessories
4A1
Beam Detectors
Datasheets
Product Data Sheet
FDR100-EZ
Addressable Reflective Beam Detector, 100m
General
The FDR100-EZ linear beam smoke detector is
developed for use in areas where point type
detectors would be difficult to install and maintain.
The FDR100-EZ has a detection ranges of up to 100
metres.
A transmitter and receiver are contained in one
enclosure. The transmitter emits an invisible infrared
beam, which is reflected back to the receiver, by a
prism mounted directly opposite and in clear line of
sight. The presence of smoke obscures the beam
and reduces the signal strength detected at the
receiver.
Unique aligment feature
Alarm thresholds of 25%, 35% and 50% obscuration
are selectable, making the detector suitable for a
wide range of building environments. The fire output
can be set to latch, only cancelled by resetting the
device, or auto reset where the detector is reset
automatically 5 seconds after the received infrared
signal has recovered to a level above the alarm
threshold.
The detector and the reflecting prism are installed on
opposite walls of the protected area, usually between
0.3 and 0.6 metres below ceiling height. With unique
alignment features, the equipment is easy to install,
provides high stability and freedom from false
alarms.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Single installation and maintenance point
Fully addressable
50 metre detection range
Unique simple alignment
Selectable alarm thresholds
E Latching or auto reset fire output
E Automatic contamination compensation
Continuiously monitored
The FDR100-EZ incorporates continuous monitoring
of both electrical and optical faults. If the infrared
beam is obscured rapidly to a level above 90%, for
approximately 10 seconds the condition is seen as a
fault. Long-term degradation of signal strength is
monitored and adjusted automatically.
The FDR100-EZ addressable detector is connected
directly to the ZP3 loop wiring and is configured with
it’s own address which the control panel poles
every two seconds.
Accessories
Installed under flat horizontal ceilings, a single unit
provides satisfactory smoke detection up to 7.5
metres on either side of the beam axis. For larger
areas multi detector systems can be installed.
231
FDR100-EZ
Addressable Reflective Beam Detector,
100m
Specifications
FDR100-EZ
FDR100-EZ addressable reflective beam detector 100 metre
EN54 Pt12
All ZP addressable systems
Surface
ZP Loop wiring
Signal lost, signal strength, adjustment limit exceeded
Fire, fault and power on, LEDs for beam alignment
10.2 – 30 VDC
5mA quiescent (no LEDs illuminated)
<15mA alarm
Fire – N/O, closes on fire. Fault – N/C, opens on fault
Via ZP loop
Indoor installation
IP50
-30°C to +55°C
0 to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Chassis – steel, Enclosure – flame retardant ABS
210mm (H) x 130mm (W) x 120mm (D)
220mm(H) x 155mm(W) x130mm(D) door clearance to right 190mm
White – enclosure, Black - lens cover
740g
Model No
Description
Specification
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Switched outputs
Reset
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Space requirement
Colour
Weight
Publication No
Accessories
Ordering Information
232
Part No.
Description
FDR100-EZ
Addressable Reflective Beam Detector, 100m
Product Data Sheet
FDR50-EZ
Addressable Reflective Beam Detector, 50m
General
The FDR50-EZ linear beam smoke detector is
developed for use in areas where point type
detectors would be difficult to install and maintain.
The FDR50-EZ has a detection ranges of up to 50
metres.
A transmitter and receiver are contained in one
enclosure. The transmitter emits an invisible infrared
beam, which is reflected back to the receiver, by a
prism mounted directly opposite and in clear line of
sight. The presence of smoke obscures the beam
and reduces the signal strength detected at the
receiver.
Unique aligment feature
Alarm thresholds of 25%, 35% and 50% obscuration
are selectable, making the detector suitable for a
wide range of building environments. The fire output
can be set to latch, only cancelled by resetting the
device, or auto reset where the detector is reset
automatically 5 seconds after the received infrared
signal has recovered to a level above the alarm
threshold.
The detector and the reflecting prism are installed on
opposite walls of the protected area, usually between
0.3 and 0.6 metres below ceiling height. With unique
alignment features, the equipment is easy to install,
provides high stability and freedom from false
alarms.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Single installation and maintenance point
Fully addressable
50 metre detection range
Unique simple alignment
Selectable alarm thresholds
E Latching or auto reset fire output
E Automatic contamination compensation
Continuiously monitored
The FDR50-EZ incorporates continuous monitoring
of both electrical and optical faults. If the infrared
beam is obscured rapidly to a level above 90%, for
approximately 10 seconds the condition is seen as a
fault. Long-term degradation of signal strength is
monitored and adjusted automatically.
The FDR50-EZ addressable detector is connected
directly to the ZP3 loop wiring and is configured with
it’s own address which the control panel poles
every two seconds.
Accessories
Installed under flat horizontal ceilings, a single unit
provides satisfactory smoke detection up to 7.5
metres on either side of the beam axis. For larger
areas multi detector systems can be installed.
233
FDR50-EZ
Addressable Reflective Beam Detector,
50m
Specifications
FDR50-EZ
FDR50-EZ addressable reflective beam detector 50 metre
EN54 Pt12
All ZP addressable systems
Surface
ZP Loop wiring
Signal lost, signal strength, adjustment limit exceeded
Fire, fault and power on, LEDs for beam alignment
10.2 – 30 VDC
5mA quiescent (no LEDs illuminated)
<15mA alarm
Fire – N/O, closes on fire. Fault – N/C, opens on fault
Via ZP loop
Indoor installation
IP50
-30°C to +55°C
0 to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Chassis – steel, Enclosure – flame retardant ABS
210mm (H) x 130mm (W) x 120mm (D)
220mm(H) x 155mm(W) x130mm(D) door clearance to right 190mm
White – enclosure, Black - lens cover
740g
Model No
Description
Specification
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Monitoring
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Switched outputs
Reset
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Space requirement
Colour
Weight
Publication No
Accessories
Ordering Information
234
Part No.
Description
FDR50-EZ
Addressable Reflective Beam Detector, 50m
Product Data Sheet
FD810R
Auto aligning reflective
beam detector 50 - 100m
General
The FD810R consist of an infrared transmitter
and receiver in one compact housing, and a
ground level controller, which also doubles as a
user interface for configuration and maintenance.
The infrared signal from the detector is reflected
by a prism and analyzed for smoke presence. It is
particularly designed to be used where point
smoke detectors are not applicable due to height
or inaccessibility. The FD810R also features a
motorized head, which allow for auto realignment
in cases where gradual building shift occurs. The
unit has relay outputs for alarm and fault and fits
as such all types of fire panels
Installer friendly
Getting the system operational is simplified by a
number of groundbreaking features that combine
to make the FD810R the quickest and easiest
detector of its type to install. Once the detector
head is connected, using the Easifit First Fix
system, an integral LASER, which is aligned
along the optical path of the beam, can be
activated. This allows the reflective prism to be
sighted quickly and with confidence. Once the
LASER has been used to coarsely align the
beam, the AutOptimise beam alignment system
takes over and automatically steers the beam into
the optimum position.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
EN54-12 Approved
Building Shift Compensation
2-wire Interface from Detector to System Controller
Laser Assisted Alignment
Automatic Contamination Compensation
E Auto Alignment
Flexability
Accessories
The system can be fully customised, according to
the requirements of each installation. Both alarm
thresholds (sensitivity) and time to Alarm/Fault
can be set from the ground level System
Controller. Additionally, the integrated accessory
mount allows the use of a variety of standard
fittings solve any specific installation issues.
235
FD810R
Auto aligning reflective
beam detector 50 - 100m
Specifications
14 -28 VDC
50 - 100 m
7.5 m
Supply voltage
Range
Lateral detection
Current consumption
low current mode
8 - 12 mA
high current mode
48 - 52 mA
Output relay rating
Voltage
0.1 to 220 VDC
Current
0.1 to 500 mA
850 nm
-10°C to 55°C
Optical wave length
Operating temperature
Dimensions detector
WxHxD
135 x 135 x 135 mm
Weight
500 g
Dimensions controller
WxHxD
200 x 235 x 71 mm
Weight
900 g
Dimensions reflector
WxHxD
100 x 100 x 9.5 mm
Weight
70 g
IP54
Gray-black
IP rating
Colour
Accessories
Ordering Information
236
Part No.
Description
FD810R
FD805R
FD805RH
FD810RH
OR2000
FD-MB20
FD-MB30
FD-MB40
Auto aligning reflective beam detector 50 - 100m
Auto aligning reflective beam detector 8 - 50m
Additional Detector, 8 - 50m, for use with FD805R or FD810R
Additional Detector, 50 - 100m, for use with FD805R or FD810R
Reflective prism for beam detectors
Mounting bracket for use with FD800 series and FD-MB30 & FD-MB40
Single Reflector Adaptor for use with FD-MB20
Four Reflector Adaptor for use with FD-MB20
Product Data Sheet
FD805R
Auto aligning reflective
beam detector 8 - 50m
General
The FD805R consist of an infrared transmitter
and receiver in one compact housing, and a
ground level controller, which also doubles as a
user interface for configuration and maintenance.
The infrared signal from the detector is reflected
by a prism and analyzed for smoke presence. It is
particularly designed to be used where point
smoke detectors are not applicable due to height
or inaccessibility. The FD805R also features a
motorized head, which allow for auto realignment
in cases where gradual building shift occurs. The
unit has relay outputs for alarm and fault and fits
as such all types of fire panels
Installer friendly
Getting the system operational is simplified by a
number of groundbreaking features that combine
to make the FD805R the quickest and easiest
detector of its type to install. Once the detector
head is connected, using the Easifit First Fix
system, an integral LASER, which is aligned
along the optical path of the beam, can be
activated. This allows the reflective prism to be
sighted quickly and with confidence. Once the
LASER has been used to coarsely align the
beam, the AutOptimise beam alignment system
takes over and automatically steers the beam into
the optimum position.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
EN54-12 approved
Building Shift Compensation
2-wire Interface from Detector to System controller
Laser Assisted Alignment
Automatic Contamination Compensation
E Auto Alignment
Flexability
Accessories
The system can be fully customised, according to
the requirements of each installation. Both alarm
thresholds (sensitivity) and time to Alarm/Fault
can be set from the ground level System
Controller. Additionally, the integrated accessory
mount allows the use of a variety of standard
fittings solve any specific installation issues.
237
FD805R
Auto aligning reflective
beam detector 8 - 50m
Specifications
14 -28 VDC
8 - 50 m
7.5 m
Supply voltage
Range
Lateral detection
Current consumption
low current mode
8 - 12 mA
high current mode
48 - 52 mA
Output relay rating
Voltage
0.1 to 220 VDC
Current
0.1 to 500 mA
850 nm
-10°C to 55°C
Optical wave length
Operating temperature
Dimensions detector
WxHxD
135 x 135 x 135 mm
Weight
500 g
Dimensions controller
WxHxD
200 x 235 x 71 mm
Weight
900 g
Dimensions reflector
WxHxD
100 x 100 x 9.5 mm
Weight
70 g
IP54
Gray-black
IP rating
Colour
Accessories
Ordering Information
238
Part No.
Description
FD805R
FD810R
FD805RH
FD810RH
OR2000
FD-MB20
FD-MB30
FD-MB40
Auto aligning reflective beam detector 8 - 50m
Auto aligning reflective beam detector 50 - 100m
Additional Detector, 8 - 50m, for use with FD805R or FD810R
Additional Detector, 50 - 100m, for use with FD805R or FD810R
Reflective prism for beam detectors
Mounting bracket for use with FD800 series and FD-MB30 & FD-MB40
Single Reflector Adaptor for use with FD-MB20
Four Reflector Adaptor for use with FD-MB20
Product Data Sheet
FD810RH
2000 series addressable reflective
beam detector 50 - 100m
General
The FD810RH consist of an infrared transmitter
and receiver in one compact housing with
reflective prisim, for expansion of the FD805R or
FD810R. The FD805R or FD810R ground level
controller is supplied with one detector, and can
support up to 3 additional FD805RH or FD810RH
units, or any combination of that. The infrared
signal from the detector is reflected by a prism
and analyzed for smoke presence. It is
particularly designed to be used where point
smoke detectors are not applicable due to height
or inaccessibility. The FD810RH also features a
motorized head, which allow for auto realignment
in cases where gradual building shift occurs.
Installer friendly
Getting the system operational is simplified by a
number of groundbreaking features that combine
to make the FD810RH the quickest and easiest
detector of its type to install. Once the detector
head is connected, using the Easifit First Fix
system, an integral LASER, which is aligned
along the optical path of the beam, can be
activated. This allows the reflective prism to be
sighted quickly and with confidence. Once the
LASER has been used to coarsely align the
beam, the AutOptimise beam alignment system
takes over and automatically steers the beam into
the optimum position.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
EN54-12 Approved
Building Shift Compensation
2-wire Interface from Detector to System Controller
Laser Assisted Alignment
Automatic Contamination Compensation
Auto Alignment
Flexability
Accessories
The system can be fully customised, according to
the requirements of each installation. Both alarm
thresholds (sensitivity) and time to Alarm/Fault
can be set from the ground level System
Controller. Additionally, the integrated accessory
mount allows the use of a variety of standard
fittings solve any specific installation issues.
239
FD810RH
2000 series addressable reflective beam
detector 50 - 100m
Specifications
14 -28 VDC
50 - 100 m
7.5 m
Supply voltage
Range
Lateral detection
Current consumption
low current mode
8 - 12 mA
high current mode
48 - 52 mA
850 nm
-10°C to 55°C
Optical wave length
Operating temperature
Dimensions detector
WxHxD
135 x 135 x 135 mm
Weight
500 g
Dimensions reflector
WxHxD
100 x 100 x 9.5 mm
Weight
70 g
IP54
Gray-black
IP rating
Colour
Accessories
Ordering Information
240
Part No.
Description
FD810RH
FD805R
FD810R
FD805RH
OR2000
FD-MB20
FD-MB30
FD-MB40
Additional Detector, 50 - 100m, for use with FD805R or FD810R
Auto aligning reflective beam detector 8 - 50m
Auto aligning reflective beam detector 50 - 100m
Additional Detector, 8 - 50m, for use with FD805R or FD810R
Reflective prism for beam detectors
Mounting bracket for use with FD800 series and FD-MB30 & FD-MB40
Single Reflector Adaptor for use with FD-MB20
Four Reflector Adaptor for use with FD-MB20
Product Data Sheet
FD805RH
Additional Detector, 8 - 50m, for use with
FD805R or FD810R
General
The FD805RH consist of an infrared transmitter
and receiver in one compact housing with
reflective prisim, for expansion of the FD805R or
FD810R. The FD805R or FD810R ground level
controller is supplied with one detector, and can
support up to 3 additional FD805RH or FD810RH
units, or any combination of that. The infrared
signal from the detector is reflected by a prism
and analyzed for smoke presence. It is
particularly designed to be used where point
smoke detectors are not applicable due to height
or inaccessibility. The FD805RH also features a
motorized head, which allow for auto realignment
in cases where gradual building shift occurs.
Installer friendly
Getting the system operational is simplified by a
number of groundbreaking features that combine
to make the FD805RH the quickest and easiest
detector of its type to install. Once the detector
head is connected, using the Easifit First Fix
system, an integral LASER, which is aligned
along the optical path of the beam, can be
activated. This allows the reflective prism to be
sighted quickly and with confidence. Once the
LASER has been used to coarsely align the
beam, the AutOptimise beam alignment system
takes over and automatically steers the beam into
the optimum position.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
EN54-12 approved
Building Shift Compensation
2-wire Interface from Detector to System controller
Laser Assisted Alignment
Automatic Contamination Compensation
E Auto Alignment
Flexability
Accessories
The system can be fully customised, according to
the requirements of each installation. Both alarm
thresholds (sensitivity) and time to Alarm/Fault
can be set from the ground level System
Controller. Additionally, the integrated accessory
mount allows the use of a variety of standard
fittings solve any specific installation issues.
241
FD805RH
Additional Detector, 8 - 50m, for use with
FD805R or FD810R
Specifications
14 -28 VDC
8 - 50 m
7.5 m
Supply voltage
Range
Lateral detection
Current consumption
low current mode
8 - 12 mA
high current mode
48 - 52 mA
850 nm
-10°C to 55°C
Optical wave length
Operating temperature
Dimensions detector
WxHxD
135 x 135 x 135 mm
Weight
500 g
Dimensions reflector
WxHxD
100 x 100 x 9.5 mm
Weight
70 g
IP54
Gray-black
IP rating
Colour
Accessories
Ordering Information
242
Part No.
Description
FD805RH
FD805R
FD810R
FD810RH
OR2000
FD-MB20
FD-MB30
FD-MB40
Additional Detector, 8 - 50m, for use with FD805R or FD810R
Auto aligning reflective beam detector 8 - 50m
Auto aligning reflective beam detector 50 - 100m
Additional Detector, 50 - 100m, for use with FD805R or FD810R
Reflective prism for beam detectors
Mounting bracket for use with FD800 series and FD-MB30 & FD-MB40
Single Reflector Adaptor for use with FD-MB20
Four Reflector Adaptor for use with FD-MB20
Product Data Sheet
FD-MB10
Mounting bracket for use with FD700, FD900,
FD2700 and FDR-EZ series
General
The FD-MB10 is used to mount a beam detector
at an off perpendicular axis. It allows for easy
adjustment to ensure that the required angle
between 0° and 45° can be achieved. It can be
mounted vertically or horizontally.
Standard Features
Accessories
E Easy adjustable
E 0° to 45° range
243
FD-MB10
Mounting bracket for use with FD700, FD900,
FD2700 and FDR-EZ series
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
244
Part No.
Description
FD-MB10
Mounting bracket for use with FD700, FD900, FD2700 and FDR-EZ
series
Product Data Sheet
FD-MB20
Mounting bracket for use with
FD800 series and FD-MB30 & FD-MB40
General
The FD-MB20 is used to mount a beam detector
and/or reflective prism/s at an off perpendicular
axis. It allows for easy adjustment to ensure that
the required angle between 0° and 45° can be
achieved. It can be mounted vertically or
horizontally.
Standard Features
Accessories
E Easy adjustable
E 0° to 45° range
245
FD-MB20
Mounting bracket for use with
FD800 series and FD-MB30 & FD-MB40
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
246
Part No.
Description
FD-MB20
FD-MB30
FD-MB40
Mounting bracket for use with FD800 series and FD-MB30 & FD-MB40
Single Reflector Adaptor for use with FD-MB20
Four Reflector Adaptor for use with FD-MB20
Product Data Sheet
FD-MB30
Single Reflector Adaptor for use
with FD-MB20
General
The FD-MB30 is used in conjunction with the
FD-MB20 to mount a reflective prism at an off
perpendicular axis. It allows for easy adjustment
to ensure that the required angle between 0°
and 45° can be achieved. It can be mounted
vertically or horizontally.
Standard Features
Accessories
E Easy adjustable
E 0° to 45° range
247
FD-MB30
Single Reflector Adaptor for use
with FD-MB20
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
248
Part No.
Description
FD-MB30
FD-MB20
FD-MB40
Single Reflector Adaptor for use with FD-MB20
Mounting bracket for use with FD800 series and FD-MB30 & FD-MB40
Four Reflector Adaptor for use with FD-MB20
Product Data Sheet
FD-MB40
Four Reflector Adaptor for use
with FD-MB20
General
The FD-MB40 is used in conjunction with the
FD-MB20 to mount a four reflective prism at an off
perpendicular axis. It allows for easy adjustment
to ensure that the required angle between 0°
and 45° can be achieved. It can be mounted
vertically or horizontally.
Standard Features
Accessories
E Easy adjustable
E 0° to 45° range
249
FD-MB40
Four Reflector Adaptor for use
with FD-MB20
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
250
Part No.
Description
FD-MB40
FD-MB20
FD-MB30
Four Reflector Adaptor for use with FD-MB20
Mounting bracket for use with FD800 series and FD-MB30 & FD-MB40
Single Reflector Adaptor for use with FD-MB20
Product Data Sheet
FD710RVDS
Reflective beam smoke detector
50 - 100m
General
The FD705RVDS and FD710RVDS consists of an
infrared transmitter and receiver in one single
compact housing. The infrared signal is reflected
by a prism and analysed for smoke presence. It is
particularly designed to be used where point
smoke detectors are not applicable due to height
or inaccessibility. The unit has C/O relay outputs
for alarm and fault and fits as such all types of fire
panels. The FD705RVDS has a range of 5-50 m
and the FD710RVDS has a range of 50-100 m.
Installer friendly
Mechanical alignment is provided by two
adjustment thumb wheels on two sides of the
detector. Adjustment is achievable in both axis.
The low power consumption of the units allows
multiple sets to be powered from a single power
supply without compromising the systems
autonomy.
Reducing false alarms
Alarm thresholds of 25%, 35% and 50% can be
selected to suit the environment. If the received
infrared signal reduces to below the selected
threshold and is present for approximately 10
seconds, the fire relay is activated. The fire alarm
offers both an auto reset mode and a latching
mode.
If the infrared beam is obscured rapidly to a level
of 90 % or greater for approximately 10 seconds
the fault relay is activated. This condition can be
entered in a number of ways, for example, an
object being placed in the beam path, transmitter
failure, loss of the prism, or sudden misalignment
of the detector. The detector monitors long term
degradation of signal strength caused by
component ageing or build up of dirt on optical
surfaces. The unit may easily be tested by using
the graduated obscuration test card supplied.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Area coverage up to 1500 m² per unit
Range from 5 - 50 m and 50 - 100 m
Up to ceiling heights of 25 m
10 to 30 VDC operation
Low current consumption
Manual or automatic reset
3 selectable alarm thresholds
Self check and automatic contamination compensation
Automatic discrimination between fire and fault
Retro operation through prism
Vertical or horizontal mount
Easy wiring and unique alignment
Microprocessor controlled
EN54 approved
VDS and UL certified
Accessories
Wiring is restricted to a minimum as the
transmitter and receiver are in the same housing.
The detector is very easily aligned by checking
the red and green LED's. A course "Prism Find"
and then "Alignment Mode" fine-tune ensures
optimum operation.
251
FD710RVDS
Reflective beam smoke
detector 50 - 100m
Specifications
10.2 - 30 VDC
Supply voltage
Range
FD705RVDS
5 - 50 m
FD710RVDS
50 - 100 m
7.5 m
Lateral detection
Current consumption
Quiescent
< 4 mA
Alarm
< 15 mA
880 nm
-30°C to 55°C
210 x 130 x 120 mm
IP50
Flame retardent ABS
Gray-black
Optical wave length
Operating temperature
Size
IP rating
Construction
Colour
Accessories
Ordering Information
252
Part No.
Description
FD710RVDS
Reflective beam smoke detector 50 - 100m
FD705RVDS
Reflective beam smoke detector 5 - 50m
Product Data Sheet
FD705RVDS
Reflective beam smoke detector
5 - 50m
General
The FD705RVDS and FD710RVDS consists of an
infrared transmitter and receiver in one single
compact housing. The infrared signal is reflected
by a prism and analysed for smoke presence. It is
particularly designed to be used where point
smoke detectors are not applicable due to height
or inaccessibility. The unit has C/O relay outputs
for alarm and fault and fits as such all types of fire
panels. The FD705RVDS has a range of 5-50 m
and the FD710RVDS has a range of 50-100 m.
Installer friendly
Mechanical alignment is provided by two
adjustment thumb wheels on two sides of the
detector. Adjustment is achievable in both axis.
The low power consumption of the units allows
multiple sets to be powered from a single power
supply without compromising the systems
autonomy.
Reducing false alarms
Alarm thresholds of 25%, 35% and 50% can be
selected to suit the environment. If the received
infrared signal reduces to below the selected
threshold and is present for approximately 10
seconds, the fire relay is activated. The fire alarm
offers both an auto reset mode and a latching
mode.
If the infrared beam is obscured rapidly to a level
of 90 % or greater for approximately 10 seconds
the fault relay is activated. This condition can be
entered in a number of ways, for example, an
object being placed in the beam path, transmitter
failure, loss of the prism, or sudden misalignment
of the detector. The detector monitors long term
degradation of signal strength caused by
component ageing or build up of dirt on optical
surfaces. The unit may easily be tested by using
the graduated obscuration test card supplied.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Area coverage up to 1500 m² per unit
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Manual or automatic reset
Range from 5 - 50 m and 50 - 100 m
Up to ceiling heights of 25 m
10 to 30 VDC operation
Low current consumption
3 selectable alarm thresholds
Self check and automatic contamination compensation
Automatic discrimination between fire and fault
Retro operation through prism
Vertical or horizontal mount
Easy wiring and unique alignment
Microprocessor controlled
EN54 approved
VDS and UL certified
Accessories
Wiring is restricted to a minimum as the
transmitter and receiver are in the same housing.
The detector is very easily aligned by checking
the red and green LED's. A course "Prism Find"
and then "Alignment Mode" fine-tune ensures
optimum operation.
253
FD705RVDS
Reflective beam smoke detector
5 - 50m
Specifications
10.2 - 30 VDC
Supply voltage
Range
FD705RVDS
5 - 50 m
FD710RVDS
50 - 100 m
7.5 m
Lateral detection
Current consumption
Quiescent
< 4 mA
Alarm
< 15 mA
880 nm
-30°C to 55°C
210 x 130 x 120 mm
IP50
Flame retardent ABS
Gray-black
Optical wave length
Operating temperature
Size
IP rating
Construction
Colour
Accessories
Ordering Information
254
Part No.
Description
FD705RVDS
Reflective beam smoke detector 5 - 50m
FD710RVDS
Reflective beam smoke detector 50 - 100m
Product Data Sheet
FD710RZ
Reflective Zone Powered
Beam Detector - 50-100 m
General
The FD710RZ consists of an infrared transmitter
and receiver in one single compact housing. The
infrared signal is reflected by a prism and
analysed for smoke presence. It is particularly
designed to be used where point smoke detectors
are not applicable due to height or inaccessibility.
The unit is connected directly to a conventional
zone on the fire control panel, and draws power
from the conventional zone. In case of a fire the
unit draws a higher level of current, which in turn
will be interpreted as a fire by the fire control
panel. This does away with the need for an
external 24V source to power the unit.
Installer friendly
Wiring is restricted to a minimum as the
transmitter and receiver are in the same housing.
The detector is very easily aligned by checking
the red and green LED's. A course "Prism Find"
and then "Alignment Mode" fine-tune ensures
optimum operation.
Mechanical alignment is provided by two
adjustment thumb wheels on two sides of the
detector. Adjustment is achievable in both axis.
Reducing false alarms
Alarm thresholds of 12%, 25%, 35% and 50% can
be selected to suit the environment. If the
received infrared signal reduces to below the
selected threshold and is present for
approximately 10 seconds, a fire will be indicated.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Range from 50 - 100 m
Up to ceiling heights of 25 m
Low current consumption
4 selectable alarm thresholds
Self check and automatic contamination compensation
Vertical or horizontal mount
Easy wiring and unique alignment
Microprocessor controlled
EN54/CPD approved
Accessories
If the infrared beam is obscured rapidly to a level
of 90 % or greater for approximately 10 seconds,
a fault is indicated. This condition can be entered
in a number of ways, for example, an object being
placed in the beam path, transmitter failure, loss
of the prism, or sudden misalignment of the
detector. The detector monitors long term
degradation of signal strength caused by
component ageing or build up of dirt on optical
surfaces. The unit may easily be tested by using
the graduated obscuration test card supplied.
255
FD710RZ
Reflective Zone Powered
Beam Detector - 50-100 m
Specifications
10.2 - 30 VDC
50 - 100 m
7.5 m
Supply voltage
Range
Lateral detection
Current consumption
Quiescent
< 4 mA
Alarm
470 Ohm
880 nm
-30°C to 55°C
210 x 130 x 120 mm
IP50
Flame retardent ABS
Gray-black
Optical wave length
Operating temperature
Size
IP rating
Construction
Colour
Accessories
Ordering Information
256
Part No.
Description
FD710RZ
FD705RZ
OR2000
Reflective Zone Powered Beam Detector - 50-100 m
Reflective Zone Powered Beam Detector - 5-50 m
Reflective prism for beam detectors
Product Data Sheet
FD705RZ
Reflective Zone Powered
Beam Detector - 5-50 m
General
The FD705RZ consists of an infrared transmitter
and receiver in one single compact housing. The
infrared signal is reflected by a prism and
analysed for smoke presence. It is particularly
designed to be used where point smoke detectors
are not applicable due to height or inaccessibility.
The unit is connected directly to a conventional
zone on the fire control panel, and draws power
from the conventional zone. In case of a fire the
unit draws a higher level of current, which in turn
will be interpreted as a fire by the fire control
panel. This does away with the need for an
external 24V source to power the unit.
Installer friendly
Wiring is restricted to a minimum as the
transmitter and receiver are in the same housing.
The detector is very easily aligned by checking
the red and green LED's. A course "Prism Find"
and then "Alignment Mode" fine-tune ensures
optimum operation.
Mechanical alignment is provided by two
adjustment thumb wheels on two sides of the
detector. Adjustment is achievable in both axis.
Reducing false alarms
Alarm thresholds of 12%, 25%, 35% and 50% can
be selected to suit the environment. If the
received infrared signal reduces to below the
selected threshold and is present for
approximately 10 seconds, a fire will be indicated.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Range from 5 - 50 m
E
E
E
E
Vertical or horizontal mount
Up to ceiling heights of 25 m
Low current consumption
4 selectable alarm thresholds
Self check and automatic contamination compensation
Easy wiring and unique alignment
Microprocessor controlled
EN54/CPD approved
Accessories
If the infrared beam is obscured rapidly to a level
of 90 % or greater for approximately 10 seconds,
a fault is indicated. This condition can be entered
in a number of ways, for example, an object being
placed in the beam path, transmitter failure, loss
of the prism, or sudden misalignment of the
detector. The detector monitors long term
degradation of signal strength caused by
component ageing or build up of dirt on optical
surfaces. The unit may easily be tested by using
the graduated obscuration test card supplied.
257
FD705RZ
Reflective Zone Powered
Beam Detector - 5-50 m
Specifications
10.2 - 30 VDC
5 - 50 m
7.5 m
Supply voltage
Range
Lateral detection
Current consumption
Quiescent
< 4 mA
Alarm
470 Ohm
880 nm
-30°C to 55°C
210 x 130 x 120 mm
IP50
Flame retardent ABS
Gray-black
Optical wave length
Operating temperature
Size
IP rating
Construction
Colour
Accessories
Ordering Information
258
Part No.
Description
FD705RZ
FD710RZ
OR2000
Reflective Zone Powered Beam Detector - 5-50 m
Reflective Zone Powered Beam Detector - 50-100 m
Reflective prism for beam detectors
4A2
Flame Detectors
Datasheets
Product Data Sheet
FF742
Dual IR flame detector in die-cast
zinc alloy housing
General
The FF742 is a IR² flame detector in a die-cast
zinc alloy housing. IR² models have execellent
response to flame while providing immunity to
extraneous sources. New micro-processor
technology makes the detectors independent of
flame intensity enabling it to operate through
smoke, a layer of oil, dust, or water vapor. A high
and low sensitivity setting according to EN54-10
is provided.
Installer and maintenance friendly
The units can be wired as conventional 2 wire,
4-20 mA, or relay contacts (fire, fault and pre
alarm) in latching or non-latching operation.
Remote test inputs are available to activate
self-test.
A stainless steel adjustable bracket and weather
shield is also available.
The units are tolerant to vibration, and wind does
not affect the performance. The IR² unit has
excellent tolerance to detector window
contamination and can detect flame through glass
windows.
A flame sensor test unit is available for accurate
testing of the detectors.
Reducing false alarms
Most IR flame sensors respond to 4.3μm light,
emitted by hydrocarbon flames. By responding to
1.0 to 2.7μm light emitted by every fire, all
flickering flames can be detected. Gas fires not
visible to the naked eye e.g. hydrogen may also
be detected.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Dual IR detector
E
E
E
E
E
Latching and non latching operation
High specification units for critical applications
IP65 Housing
Low current consumption
2 Wire, 4 - 20 mA and relay operation
High / Low sensitivity setting
Tolerance to detector window contamination
Remote self test facility
Microprocessor controlled
E Immunity to false sources (arc welding, lightning and
static)
E Conforms to EN54: Part 10
The IR² detectors, responding to adjacent IR
wavelengths, enable it to discriminate between
flames and spurious sources of IR radiation.
Accessories
The combination of filters and signal processing
allows the sensor to be used without risk of false
alarms in difficult situations characterised by
factors such as flickering sunlight.
261
FF742
Dual IR flame detector in die-cast
zinc alloy housing
Specifications
14 - 30 VDC
3/9, 4/8/14, 4-20, 8-20 mA
1 A @ 30 VDC (resistive load)
90° min. cone
1 to 2.7 microm
-10°C to 55°C
-20°C to 65°C
95% non-condensing
IP65
2 kg
Supply voltage
Supply current
Relay contact ratings
Field of view
Spectral response (IR)
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
IP Rating
Weight
Accessories
Ordering Information
262
Part No.
Description
FF742
Dual IR flame detector in die-cast zinc alloy housing
FF741
FF746
FF747
Dual IR flame detector in glass reinforced polycarbonate housing
Dual IR flame detector in Eexd - IIC T6 flame proof housing
Dual IR Intrinsic safe flame detector in die-cast zinc alloy housing
FF701
FF703
FF704
UV test torch
UV/IR universal test torch
Portable Bunsen burner for flame detector testing
Product Data Sheet
FF746
Dual IR flame detector in Eexd - IIC T6
flame proof housing
General
The FF746 is a IR² flame detector in a flame
proof housing. IR² models have execellent
response to flame while providing immunity to
extraneous sources. New micro-processor
technology makes the detectors independent of
flame intensity enabling it to operate through
smoke, a layer of oil, dust, or water vapor. A high
and low sensitivity setting according to EN54-10
is provided.
Installer and maintenance friendly
The units can be wired as conventional 2 wire,
4-20 mA, or relay contacts (fire, fault and pre
alarm) in latching or non-latching operation.
Remote test inputs are available to activate
self-test.
A stainless steel adjustable bracket and weather
shield is also available.
The units are tolerant to vibration, and wind does
not affect the performance. The IR² unit has
excellent tolerance to detector window
contamination and can detect flame through glass
windows.
A flame sensor test unit is available for accurate
testing of the detectors.
Reducing false alarms
Most IR flame sensors respond to 4.3μm light,
emitted by hydrocarbon flames. By responding to
1.0 to 2.7μm light emitted by every fire, all
flickering flames can be detected. Gas fires not
visible to the naked eye e.g. hydrogen may also
be detected.
The IR² detectors, responding to adjacent IR
wavelengths, enable it to discriminate between
flames and spurious sources of IR radiation.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Dual IR detector
E
E
E
E
E
E
2 Wire, 4 - 20 mA and relay operation
High specification units for critical applications
IP66 Housing
Flame proof housing
Low current consumption
Latching and non latching operation
High / Low sensitivity setting
Tolerance to detector window contamination
Remote self test facility
Microprocessor controlled
E Immunity to false sources (arc welding, lightning and
static)
E Conforms to EN54: Part 10
Accessories
The combination of filters and signal processing
allows the sensor to be used without risk of false
alarms in difficult situations characterised by
factors such as flickering sunlight.
263
FF746
Dual IR flame detector in Eexd - IIC T6
flame proof housing
Specifications
14 - 30 VDC
3/9, 4/8/14, 4-20, 8-20 mA
1 A @ 30 VDC (resistive load)
90° min. cone
1 to 2.7 microm
-10°C to 55°C
-20°C to 65°C
95% non-condensing
IP66
2.5 kg
EEx d IIC T6
Supply voltage
Supply current
Relay contact ratings
Field of view
Spectral response (IR)
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
IP Rating
Weight
IEC marking
Accessories
Ordering Information
264
Part No.
Description
FF746
Dual IR flame detector in Eexd - IIC T6 flame proof housing
FF741
FF742
FF747
Dual IR flame detector in glass reinforced polycarbonate housing
Dual IR flame detector in die-cast zinc alloy housing
Dual IR Intrinsic safe flame detector in die-cast zinc alloy housing
FF701
FF703
FF704
UV test torch
UV/IR universal test torch
Portable Bunsen burner for flame detector testing
Product Data Sheet
FF747
Dual IR Intrinsic safe flame detector
in die-cast zinc alloy housing
General
The FF747 is a intrinsic safe IR² flame detector
in a die-cast zinc alloy housing. IR² models have
execellent response to flame while providing
immunity to extraneous sources. New
micro-processor technology makes the detectors
independent of flame intensity enabling it to
operate through smoke, a layer of oil, dust, or
water vapor. A high and low sensitivity setting
according to EN54-10 is provided.
Installer and maintenance friendly
The units can be wired as conventional 2 wire,
4-20 mA, or relay contacts (fire, fault and pre
alarm) in latching or non-latching operation.
Remote test inputs are available to activate
self-test.
A stainless steel adjustable bracket and weather
shield is also available.
The units are tolerant to vibration, and wind does
not affect the performance. The IR² unit has
excellent tolerance to detector window
contamination and can detect flame through glass
windows.
A flame sensor test unit is available for accurate
testing of the detectors.
Reducing false alarms
Most IR flame sensors respond to 4.3μm light,
emitted by hydrocarbon flames. By responding to
1.0 to 2.7μm light emitted by every fire, all
flickering flames can be detected. Gas fires not
visible to the naked eye e.g. hydrogen may also
be detected.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Dual IR detector
High specification units for critical applications
IP65 Housing
Low current consumption
2 Wire, 4 - 20 mA and relay operation
Latching and non latching operation
High / Low sensitivity setting
Tolerance to detector window contamination
Remote self test facility
Microprocessor controlled
E Immunity to false sources (arc welding, lightning and
static)
E Conforms to EN54: Part 10
The IR² detectors, responding to adjacent IR
wavelengths, enable it to discriminate between
flames and spurious sources of IR radiation.
Accessories
The combination of filters and signal processing
allows the sensor to be used without risk of false
alarms in difficult situations characterised by
factors such as flickering sunlight.
265
FF747
Dual IR Intrinsic safe flame detector
in die-cast zinc alloy housing
Specifications
14 - 30 VDC
3/9, 4/8/14, 4-20, 8-20 mA
1 A @ 30 VDC (resistive load)
90° min. cone
1 to 2.7 microm
-10°C to 55°C
-20°C to 65°C
95% non-condensing
IP65
2 kg
EEx ia IIC T4
Supply voltage
Supply current
Relay contact ratings
Field of view
Spectral response (IR)
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
IP Rating
Weight
IEC Marking
Accessories
Ordering Information
266
Part No.
Description
FF747
Dual IR Intrinsic safe flame detector in die-cast zinc alloy housing
FF741
FF742
FF746
Dual IR flame detector in glass reinforced polycarbonate housing
Dual IR flame detector in die-cast zinc alloy housing
Dual IR flame detector in Eexd - IIC T6 flame proof housing
FF701
FF703
FF704
UV test torch
UV/IR universal test torch
Portable Bunsen burner for flame detector testing
Product Data Sheet
FF751
UV / Dual IR flame detector in die
cast zinc alloy housing
General
The FF751 is a UV / IR² flame detector in a
die-cast zinc alloy housing. UV / IR² models
have execellent response to flame while providing
immunity to extraneous sources. New
micro-processor technology makes the detectors
independent of flame intensity enabling it to
operate through smoke, a layer of oil, dust, or
water vapor. A high and low sensitivity setting
according to EN54-10 is provided.
Installer and maintenance friendly
The units can be wired as conventional 2 wire,
4-20 mA, or relay contacts (fire, fault and pre
alarm) in latching or non-latching operation.
Remote test inputs are available to activate
self-test.
A stainless steel adjustable bracket and weather
shield is also available.
The units are tolerant to vibration, and wind does
not affect the performance. The IR² unit has
excellent tolerance to detector window
contamination and can detect flame through glass
windows.
A flame sensor test unit is available for accurate
testing of the detectors.
Reducing false alarms
Most IR flame sensors respond to 4.3μm light,
emitted by hydrocarbon flames. By responding to
1.0 to 2.7μm light emitted by every fire, all
flickering flames can be detected. Gas fires not
visible to the naked eye e.g. hydrogen may also
be detected.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
UV / Dual IR detector
E
E
E
E
E
Latching and non latching operation
High specification units for critical applications
IP65 Housing
Low current consumption
2 Wire, 4 - 20 mA and relay operation
High / Low sensitivity setting
Tolerance to detector window contamination
Remote self test facility
Microprocessor controlled
E Immunity to false sources (arc welding, lightning and
static)
E Conforms to EN54: Part 10
The combination of filters and signal processing
allows the sensor to be used without risk of false
alarms in difficult situations characterised by
factors such as flickering sunlight.
Accessories
The combination of UV and IR² detection, plus
signal processing allows the UV / IR² sensor to
be used without risk of false alarms in difficult
situations characterised factors such as flickering
blackbody radiation or arc welding.
267
FF751
UV / Dual IR flame detector in die
cast zinc alloy housing
Specifications
14 - 30 VDC
3/9, 4/8/14, 4-20, 8-20 mA
1 A @ 30 VDC (resistive load)
90° min. cone
1 to 2.7 microm
185 to 260 nm
-10°C to 55°C
-20°C to 65°C
95% non-condensing
IP65
2 kg
Supply voltage
Supply current
Relay contact ratings
Field of view
Spectral response (IR)
Spectral response (UV)
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
IP Rating
Weight
Accessories
Ordering Information
268
Part No.
Description
FF751
UV / Dual IR flame detector in die cast zinc alloy housing
FF756
UV / Dual IR flame detector in Eexd - IIC T6 flame proof housing
FF701
FF703
FF704
UV test torch
UV/IR universal test torch
Portable Bunsen burner for flame detector testing
Product Data Sheet
FF756
UV / Dual IR flame detector in
Eexd - IIC T6 flame proof housing
General
The FF756 is a UV / IR² flame detector in a
flame proof housing. UV / IR² models have
execellent response to flame while providing
immunity to extraneous sources. New
micro-processor technology makes the detectors
independent of flame intensity enabling it to
operate through smoke, a layer of oil, dust, or
water vapor. A high and low sensitivity setting
according to EN54-10 is provided.
Installer and maintenance friendly
The units can be wired as conventional 2 wire,
4-20 mA, or relay contacts (fire, fault and pre
alarm) in latching or non-latching operation.
Remote test inputs are available to activate
self-test.
A stainless steel adjustable bracket and weather
shield is also available.
The units are tolerant to vibration, and wind does
not affect the performance. The IR² unit has
excellent tolerance to detector window
contamination and can detect flame through glass
windows.
A flame sensor test unit is available for accurate
testing of the detectors.
Reducing false alarms
Most IR flame sensors respond to 4.3μm light,
emitted by hydrocarbon flames. By responding to
1.0 to 2.7μm light emitted by every fire, all
flickering flames can be detected. Gas fires not
visible to the naked eye e.g. hydrogen may also
be detected.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
UV/Dual IR detector
E
E
E
E
E
2 Wire, 4 - 20 mA and relay operation
High specification units for critical applications
IP66 Housing
Flame proof housing
Low current consumption
Latching and non latching operation
High / Low sensitivity setting
Remote self test facility
Microprocessor controlled
E Immunity to false sources (arc welding, lightning and
static)
E Conforms to EN54: Part 10
The combination of filters and signal processing
allows the sensor to be used without risk of false
alarms in difficult situations characterised by
factors such as flickering sunlight.
Accessories
The combination of UV and IR² detection, plus
signal processing allows the UV / IR² sensor to
be used without risk of false alarms in difficult
situations characterised factors such as flickering
blackbody radiation or arc welding.
269
FF756
UV / Dual IR flame detector in
Eexd - IIC T6 flame proof housing
Specifications
14 - 28 V dc
3/9, 4/8/14, 4-20, 8-20 mA
1 A @ 30 V dc (resistive load)
90° min. cone
1.0 to 2 microm
185 to 260 nm
-10°C to 55°C
-20°C to 65°C
95%; non-condensing
IP66
2.5 kg
EEx d IIC T6
Supply voltage
Supply current
Relay contact ratings
Field of view
Spectral response (IR)
Spectral response (UV)
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
IP Rating
Weight
IEC marking
Accessories
Ordering Information
270
Part No.
Description
FF756
UV / Dual IR flame detector in Eexd - IIC T6 flame proof housing
FF751
UV / Dual IR flame detector in die cast zinc alloy housing
FF701
FF703
FF704
UV test torch
UV/IR universal test torch
Portable Bunsen burner for flame detector testing
Product Data Sheet
FF762
Triple IR flame detector in
die-cast zinc alloy housing
General
The FF762 is an IR³ flame detector in a die-cast
zinc alloy housing. IR³ models have excellent
response to flame while providing superb
immunity to extraneous sources. New
micro-processor technology makes the detectors
independent of flame intensity enabling it to
operate through smoke, a layer of oil, dust, or
water vapor. A high and low sensitivity setting
according to EN54-10 is provided.
Installer and maintenance friendly
The units can be wired as conventional 2 wire,
4-20 mA, or relay contacts (fire, fault and pre
alarm) in latching or non-latching operation.
Remote test inputs are available to activate
self-test.
A stainless steel adjustable bracket and weather
shield is also available.
The units are tolerant to vibration, and wind does
not affect the performance. The IR³ unit has
excellent tolerance to detector window
contamination and can detect flame through glass
windows.
A flame sensor test unit is available for accurate
testing of the detectors.
Reducing false alarms
Most IR flame sensors respond to 4.3μm light,
emitted by hydrocarbon flames. By responding to
0.75 to 2.7μm light emitted by every fire, all
flickering flames can be detected. Gas fires not
visible to the naked eye e.g. hydrogen may also
be detected.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Triple IR detector
E
E
E
E
E
Latching and non latching operation
High specification units for critical applications
IP65 Housing
Low current consumption
2 Wire, 4 - 20 mA and relay operation
High / Low sensitivity setting
Tolerance to detector window contamination
Remote self test facility
Microprocessor controlled
E Immunity to false sources (arc welding, lightning and
static)
E EN54-10 & CPD approved
The IR³ detectors, responding to adjacent IR
wavelengths, enable it to discriminate between
flames and spurious sources of IR radiation.
Accessories
The combination of filters and signal processing
allows the sensor to be used without risk of false
alarms in difficult situations characterised by
factors such as flickering sunlight.
271
FF762
Triple IR flame detector in
die-cast zinc alloy housing
Specifications
14 - 30 VDC
3/9, 4/8/14, 4-20, 8-20 mA
1 A @ 30 VDC (resistive load)
90° min. cone
0.75 to 2.7 microm
-10°C to 55°C
-20°C to 65°C
95% non-condensing
IP65
2 kg
Supply voltage
Supply current
Relay contact ratings
Field of view
Spectral response (IR)
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
IP Rating
Weight
Dimensions
WxHxD
108 x 142 x 82 mm
Accessories
Ordering Information
272
Part No.
Description
FF762
FF766
FF767
FF703
FF704
FF705
FF706
Triple IR flame detector in die-cast zinc alloy housing
Triple IR flame detector in Eexd - IIC T6 flame proof housing
Triple IR Intrinsic safe flame detector in die-cast zinc alloy housing
UV/IR universal test torch
Portable Bunsen burner for flame detector testing
Adjustable mounting bracket
Stainless steel weather shield
Product Data Sheet
FF766
Triple IR flame detector in Eexd - IIC T6
flame proof housing
General
The FF766 is a IR³ flame detector in a flame
proof housing. IR³ models have execellent
response to flame while providing superb
immunity to extraneous sources. New
micro-processor technology makes the detectors
independent of flame intensity enabling it to
operate through smoke, a layer of oil, dust, or
water vapor. A high and low sensitivity setting
according to EN54-10 is provided.
Installer and maintenance friendly
The units can be wired as conventional 2 wire,
4-20 mA, or relay contacts (fire, fault and pre
alarm) in latching or non-latching operation.
Remote test inputs are available to activate
self-test.
A stainless steel adjustable bracket and weather
shield is also available.
The units are tolerant to vibration, and wind does
not affect the performance. The IR³ unit has
excellent tolerance to detector window
contamination and can detect flame through glass
windows.
A flame sensor test unit is available for accurate
testing of the detectors.
Reducing false alarms
Most IR flame sensors respond to 4.3μm light,
emitted by hydrocarbon flames. By responding to
0.75 to 2.7μm light emitted by every fire, all
flickering flames can be detected. Gas fires not
visible to the naked eye e.g. hydrogen may also
be detected.
The IR³ detectors, responding to adjacent IR
wavelengths, enable it to discriminate between
flames and spurious sources of IR radiation.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Triple IR detector
High specification units for critical applications
IP66 Housing
Flame proof housing
Low current consumption
2 Wire, 4 - 20 mA and relay operation
Latching and non latching operation
High / Low sensitivity setting
Tolerance to detector window contamination
Remote self test facility
Microprocessor controlled
E Immunity to false sources (arc welding, lightning and
static)
E EN54-10 & CPD approved
Accessories
The combination of filters and signal processing
allows the sensor to be used without risk of false
alarms in difficult situations characterised by
factors such as flickering sunlight.
273
FF766
Triple IR flame detector in Eexd - IIC T6
flame proof housing
Specifications
14 - 30 VDC
3/9, 4/8/14, 4-20, 8-20 mA
1 A @ 30 VDC (resistive load)
90° min. cone
0.75 to 2.7 microm
-10°C to 55°C
-20°C to 65°C
95% non-condensing
IP66
2.5 kg
Supply voltage
Supply current
Relay contact ratings
Field of view
Spectral response (IR)
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
IP Rating
Weight
Dimensions
WxHxD
146 x 150 x 137 mm
EEx d IIC T6
IEC marking
Accessories
Ordering Information
274
Part No.
Description
FF766
FF762
FF767
FF703
FF704
FF705
Triple IR flame detector in Eexd - IIC T6 flame proof housing
Triple IR flame detector in die-cast zinc alloy housing
Triple IR Intrinsic safe flame detector in die-cast zinc alloy housing
UV/IR universal test torch
Portable Bunsen burner for flame detector testing
Adjustable mounting bracket
Product Data Sheet
FF767
Triple IR Intrinsic safe flame detector
in die-cast zinc alloy housing
General
The FF767 is an intrinsic safe IR³ flame detector
in a die-cast zinc alloy housing. IR³ models have
execellent response to flame while providing
superb immunity to extraneous sources. New
micro-processor technology makes the detectors
independent of flame intensity enabling it to
operate through smoke, a layer of oil, dust, or
water vapor. A high and low sensitivity setting
according to EN54-10 is provided.
Installer and maintenance friendly
The units can be wired as conventional 2 wire,
4-20 mA, or relay contacts (fire, fault and pre
alarm) in latching or non-latching operation.
Remote test inputs are available to activate
self-test.
A stainless steel adjustable bracket and weather
shield is also available.
The units are tolerant to vibration, and wind does
not affect the performance. The IR³ unit has
excellent tolerance to detector window
contamination and can detect flame through glass
windows.
A flame sensor test unit is available for accurate
testing of the detectors.
Reducing false alarms
Most IR flame sensors respond to 4.3μm light,
emitted by hydrocarbon flames. By responding to
0.75 to 2.7μm light emitted by every fire, all
flickering flames can be detected. Gas fires not
visible to the naked eye e.g. hydrogen may also
be detected.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Triple IR detector
High specification units for critical applications
IP65 Housing
Low current consumption
2 Wire, 4 - 20 mA and relay operation
Latching and non latching operation
High / Low sensitivity setting
Tolerance to detector window contamination
Remote self test facility
Microprocessor controlled
E Immunity to false sources (arc welding, lightning and
static)
E EN54-10 & CPD approved
The IR³ detectors, responding to adjacent IR
wavelengths, enable it to discriminate between
flames and spurious sources of IR radiation.
Accessories
The combination of filters and signal processing
allows the sensor to be used without risk of false
alarms in difficult situations characterised by
factors such as flickering sunlight.
275
FF767
Triple IR Intrinsic safe flame detector
in die-cast zinc alloy housing
Specifications
14 - 30 VDC
3/9, 4/8/14, 4-20, 8-20 mA
1 A @ 30 VDC (resistive load)
90° min. cone
0.75 to 2.7 microm
-10°C to 55°C
-20°C to 65°C
95% non-condensing
IP65
2 kg
Supply voltage
Supply current
Relay contact ratings
Field of view
Spectral response (IR)
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
IP Rating
Weight
Dimensions
WxHxD
108 x 142 x 82 mm
EEx ia IIC T4
IEC marking
Accessories
Ordering Information
276
Part No.
Description
FF767
FF762
FF766
FF703
FF704
FF705
FF706
Triple IR Intrinsic safe flame detector in die-cast zinc alloy housing
Triple IR flame detector in die-cast zinc alloy housing
Triple IR flame detector in Eexd - IIC T6 flame proof housing
UV/IR universal test torch
Portable Bunsen burner for flame detector testing
Adjustable mounting bracket
Stainless steel weather shield
Product Data Sheet
FF703
UV/IR universal test torch
General
The FF703 is a microprocessor based flame
simulator for the testing of UV or IR or UV-IR
flame detectors. It eliminates the need to use a
flame. This unit is designed to generate a wide
range of optical output signals, including various
channels of infra-red to test dual infra-red
detectors. It can also emit 'flickering' infra-red
signal to test for false alarms.
Flame detector characteristics
Most optical flame sensors respond to Ultra Violet
(UV) and or Infra Red (IR) radiation emitted from
flames during combustion. Many sensors also use
flame flicker techniques to distinguish between
flames and other optical false sources.
Operation
The unit is intended for service engineers to use
when performing commissioning and routine
maintenance. As the test unit does not have an
(Ex) approval for hazardous areas, a permit would
be required to check a detector in such areas.
The service engineer could also carry a portable
flammable gas alarm to indicate if the area is safe
for testing.
Standard Features
E Wide spectral output - UV, Visible, Near IR, Mid-IR
E Tests many flame sensors types - UV, UV/IR, UV/IR²,
IR³, IR², IR
E Portable with rechargeable NiCd battery pack and
charger
E
E
E
E
Selectable optical output type
- Constant illumination
- Regular flashing sources (Range of frequencies)
- Irregular flickering sources (Resembling flames)
E Selectable optical output intensity with LED bar graph
indication
E Range typically 3 metres and beyond
E 30 Second timeout on each test
E Auxiliary 24 VDC supply for testing
Accessories
The test unit simulates the flickering flame signal
by modulating the output of a filament lamp. The
thermal time constant of a filament lamp prevents
the generation of a perfect flame flicker signal.
The slow response of the filament lamp will mean
that some flame sensors many require more time
to activate under test than they would with a real
flame.
277
FF703
UV/IR universal test torch
Specifications
Mechanical
Test unit housing
ABS and Noryl
Charger unit housing
94V-O polycarbonate
Colour
Black
Dimensions (l x w x d) mm
260 x 90/128 x 60
Weight
1 kg
Electrical
Charger input voltage
85 - 265 VAC @ 47 - 440Hz
Test unit battery voltage
24 VDC NiCd
Test unit auxiliary 24 VDC output current 0.1 A max.
Environmental
Operating temperature
-15°C to +50°C
Charger temperature
0°C to +50°C
Relative humidity
95% Non condensing
IP rating
IP54
Light source performance
Light source power
20 W max.
Beam angle
8° Cone
Spectral response
200 nm to 4.3 microm
Test range
5 m typical
Accessories
Ordering Information
278
Part No.
Description
FF703
UV/IR universal test torch
Product Data Sheet
FF705
Adjustable mounting bracket
Accessories
Standard Features
279
FF705
Adjustable mounting bracket
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
280
Part No.
Description
FF705
Adjustable mounting bracket
Product Data Sheet
FF706
Stainless steel weather shield
Accessories
Standard Features
281
FF706
Stainless steel weather shield
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
282
Part No.
Description
FF706
Stainless steel weather shield
4A3
Linear Heat
Detection
Datasheets
Product Data Sheet
DT650L
Conventional controller for analogue
linear heat cable
User friendly
The DT650L and DT950L controllers are
especially designed to provide the best response
with the HC600 series analogue linear heat
sensing cable.
The DT650L conventional controller provides a
fire and fault relay output. The DT 950 analogue
addressable controller can be connected to the
FP1200/FP2000 series analogue addressable fire
panels using 950 series protocol.
The DT650L and DT950L are VDS approved
when used with the HC600 series analogue linear
heat cable, and provides class C or class D heat
monitoring.
The analogue solution
Giving rapid response in ambient temperatures
below 40°C, the analogue cable will detect rising
temperature when used with the DT650L or
DT950L controller . The cable can normally be
reused after operation, providing a fire does not
physically destroy it.
The cable is available in four degrees of
protection: Standard PVC cover, Rilsan covered
for protection from chemicals, stainless steel
covered for mechanical stength, and stainless
steel plus Rilsan covered for mechanical and
chemical protection.
Standard Features
E Conventional controller
E Designed for the HC600 series analogue linear heat
cable
E
E
E
E
E
Fire and fault relay output
Ease of installation
18 to 30 Volt operation
IP65
VdS approved
Installation friendly
The analogue linear heat cable can be connected
to either a conventional or analogue addressable
controller. A range of cable fixings provides ease
of installation. Using simple application and
installation manuals, the correct cable can be
installed to provide rugged, reliable heat detection
at the point of risk. Properly installed, the linear
heat detection system is maintenance free.
Accessories
The analogue linear heat cable is suitable for
many applications where conventional heat
detectors cannot be used. The cable is
particularly suitable for applications such as coal
conveyors, power cable tunnels, and cable trays.
285
DT650L
Conventional controller for analogue linear
heat cable
Specifications
18-30
Operating voltage range Volt dc
Operating current (typical) mA
Quiescent
28
Alarm
58
-25 to +50
1 A @ 30 V dc
IP65
Operating temperature °C
Relay contact rating (fire and fault)
IP rating
Dimension (H x Wx D in mm)
Controller
105 x 105 x 65
Termination box
80 x 80 x 52
Grey, RAL 9002
300 m
Colour
Max. cable length
Accessories
Ordering Information
286
Part No.
Description
DT650L
Conventional controller for analogue linear heat cable
HC650
HC650R
HC650S
DT950L
Analogue linear heat cable, PVC - 500 m
Analogue linear heat cable, Rilsan coating - 500 m
Analogue linear heat cable, stainless steel covering - 500 m
950 series addressable controller for analogue linear heat cable
Product Data Sheet
HC650
Analogue linear heat cable,
PVC - 500 m
User friendly
Analogue linear heat cable may be connected to
either the DT650L conventional or DT950L
addressable controllers. A range of cable fixings
provides ease of installation. Using simple
application and installation manuals, the correct
cable can be installed to provide rugged, reliable
heat detection at the point of risk. Properly
installed, the linear heat detection system is
maintenance free.
Analogue linear heat cable is suitable for many
applications where conventional heat detectors
cannot be used. The cable is particularly suitable
for applications such as coal conveyors, power
cable tunnels, and cable trays.
The analogue solution
Giving rapid response in ambient temperatures
below 40°C, analogue heat cable will detect
rising temperature when used with the DT650L or
DT950L controller. The cable can normally be
reused after operation, providing a fire does not
physically destroy it.
Standard Features
The cable is available in three degrees of
protection: Standard PVC cover, Rilsan covered
for protection from chemicals, and stainless steel
covered for mechanical stength.
Reliable and durable
The controller
The DT650L and DT950L controllers are
especially designed to provide the best response
with the analogue linear heat sensing cable. The
DT650L conventional controller provides a fire
and fault relay output. The DT950 addressable
controller can be connected to the GE Security
1200/2000 series addressable fire panels using
950 series protocol.
E
E
E
E
E
Conventional and analogue addressable controllers
Monitoring at the point of risk
Ease of installation
Cable re-usable after alarm
E Ideal for 'smokeless' fires - overheating cables
E Class C or class D heat grade
E VdS approved when using the DT650L and DT950L
controllers
The system is easily set according to the cable
length using a single end of line resistor. The
cable is fully monitored for short and open circuit.
A range of 'edge','A', 'P', and 'T' clips allow the
cable to be properly installed. The clips provide
heat insulation and hold the cable at the correct
distance from cable trays, steel works, ceilings
and walls.
Accessories
Cable fixings for all applications
287
HC650
Analogue linear heat cable, PVC - 500 m
Specifications
70-125
45-100
-20 to +70
300 m
40 °C
Red PVC
2.8
1m alarm temp °C
10m alarm temp °C
Operating temp °C
Maximum length per controller
Maximum operating ambient temp
Outer sheath material
Dimensions (diameter in mm)
Accessories
Ordering Information
288
Part No.
Description
HC650
HC650-M
Analogue linear heat cable, PVC - 500 m
Analogue linear heat cable, PVC - 1 m
DT650L
DT950L
Conventional controller for analogue linear heat cable
950 series addressable controller for analogue linear heat cable
HCA601N
HCA602
HCA603
HCA605-8
HCA605-14N
'A' clip for heat cable 100/pack
'P' clip for heat cable 100/pack
'T' clip for heat cable 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 3-8 mm 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 8-14mm 100/pack
Product Data Sheet
HC650-M
Analogue linear heat cable,
PVC - 1 m
User friendly
Analogue linear heat cable may be connected to
either the DT650L conventional or DT950L
addressable controllers. A range of cable fixings
provides ease of installation. Using simple
application and installation manuals, the correct
cable can be installed to provide rugged, reliable
heat detection at the point of risk. Properly
installed, the linear heat detection system is
maintenance free.
Analogue linear heat cable is suitable for many
applications where conventional heat detectors
cannot be used. The cable is particularly suitable
for applications such as coal conveyors, power
cable tunnels, and cable trays.
The analogue solution
Giving rapid response in ambient temperatures
below 40°C, analogue heat cable will detect
rising temperature when used with the DT650L or
DT950L controller. The cable can normally be
reused after operation, providing a fire does not
physically destroy it.
Standard Features
The cable is available in three degrees of
protection: Standard PVC cover, Rilsan covered
for protection from chemicals, and stainless steel
covered for mechanical stength.
Reliable and durable
The controller
The DT650L and DT950L controllers are
especially designed to provide the best response
with the analogue linear heat sensing cable. The
DT650L conventional controller provides a fire
and fault relay output. The DT950 addressable
controller can be connected to the GE Security
1200/2000 series addressable fire panels using
950 series protocol.
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Conventional and analogue addressable controllers
Monitoring at the point of risk
Ease of installation
Cable re-usable after alarm
Ideal for 'smokeless' fires - overheating cables
Class C or class D heat grade
E VdS approved when using the DT650L and DT950L
controllers
The system is easily set according to the cable
length using a single end of line resistor. The
cable is fully monitored for short and open circuit.
A range of 'edge','A', 'P', and 'T' clips allow the
cable to be properly installed. The clips provide
heat insulation and hold the cable at the correct
distance from cable trays, steel works, ceilings
and walls.
Accessories
Cable fixings for all applications
289
HC650-M
Analogue linear heat cable, PVC - 1 m
Specifications
70-125
45-100
-20 to +70
300 m
40 °C
Red PVC
2.8
1m alarm temp °C
10m alarm temp °C
Operating temp °C
Maximum length per controller
Maximum operating ambient temp
Outer sheath material
Dimensions (diameter in mm)
Accessories
Ordering Information
290
Part No.
Description
HC650-M
HC650
Analogue linear heat cable, PVC - 1 m
Analogue linear heat cable, PVC - 500 m
DT650L
DT950L
Conventional controller for analogue linear heat cable
950 series addressable controller for analogue linear heat cable
HCA601
HCA602
HCA603
HCA605-3
HCA605-8
HCA605-14
HCA605-20
'A' clip for heat cable 100/pack
'P' clip for heat cable 100/pack
'T' clip for heat cable 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 2-3 mm 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 3-8 mm 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 8-14mm 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 14-20mm 100/pack
Product Data Sheet
HC650R-M
Analogue linear heat cable,
Rilsan coating - 1 m
User friendly
Analogue linear heat cable may be connected to
either the DT650L conventional or DT950L
addressable controllers. A range of cable fixings
provides ease of installation. Using simple
application and installation manuals, the correct
cable can be installed to provide rugged, reliable
heat detection at the point of risk. Properly
installed, the linear heat detection system is
maintenance free.
Analogue linear heat cable is suitable for many
applications where conventional heat detectors
cannot be used. The cable is particularly suitable
for applications such as coal conveyors, power
cable tunnels, and cable trays.
The analogue solution
Giving rapid response in ambient temperatures
below 40°C, analogue heat cable will detect
rising temperature when used with the DT650L or
DT950L controller. The cable can normally be
reused after operation, providing a fire does not
physically destroy it.
Standard Features
The cable is available in three degrees of
protection: Standard PVC cover, Rilsan covered
for protection from chemicals, and stainless steel
covered for mechanical stength.
Reliable and durable
The controller
The DT650L and DT950L controllers are
especially designed to provide the best response
with the analogue linear heat sensing cable. The
DT650L conventional controller provides a fire
and fault relay output. The DT950 addressable
controller can be connected to the GE Security
1200/2000 series addressable fire panels using
950 series protocol.
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Conventional and analogue addressable controllers
Monitoring at the point of risk
Ease of installation
Cable re-usable after alarm
Ideal for 'smokeless' fires - overheating cables
Class C or class D heat grade
E VdS approved when using the DT650L and DT950L
controllers
The system is easily set according to the cable
length using a single end of line resistor. The
cable is fully monitored for short and open circuit.
A range of 'edge','A', 'P', and 'T' clips allow the
cable to be properly installed. The clips provide
heat insulation and hold the cable at the correct
distance from cable trays, steel works, ceilings
and walls.
Accessories
Cable fixings for all applications
291
HC650R-M
Analogue linear heat cable, Rilsan
coating - 1 m
Specifications
70-125
45-100
-20 to +70
300 m
40 °C
Rilsan coated
4
1m alarm temp °C
10m alarm temp °C
Operating temp °C
Maximum length per controller
Maximum operating ambient temp
Outer sheath material
Dimensions (diameter in mm)
Accessories
Ordering Information
292
Part No.
Description
HC650R-M
HC650R
Analogue linear heat cable, Rilsan coating - 1 m
Analogue linear heat cable, Rilsan coating - 500 m
DT650L
DT950L
Conventional controller for analogue linear heat cable
950 series addressable controller for analogue linear heat cable
HCA601
HCA602
HCA603
HCA605-3
HCA605-8
HCA605-14
HCA605-20
'A' clip for heat cable 100/pack
'P' clip for heat cable 100/pack
'T' clip for heat cable 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 2-3 mm 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 3-8 mm 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 8-14mm 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 14-20mm 100/pack
Product Data Sheet
HC650S-M
Analogue linear heat cable,
stainless steel covering - 1 m
User friendly
Analogue linear heat cable may be connected to
either the DT650L conventional or DT950L
addressable controllers. A range of cable fixings
provides ease of installation. Using simple
application and installation manuals, the correct
cable can be installed to provide rugged, reliable
heat detection at the point of risk. Properly
installed, the linear heat detection system is
maintenance free.
Analogue linear heat cable is suitable for many
applications where conventional heat detectors
cannot be used. The cable is particularly suitable
for applications such as coal conveyors, power
cable tunnels, and cable trays.
The analogue solution
Giving rapid response in ambient temperatures
below 40°C, analogue heat cable will detect
rising temperature when used with the DT650L or
DT950L controller. The cable can normally be
reused after operation, providing a fire does not
physically destroy it.
Standard Features
The cable is available in three degrees of
protection: Standard PVC cover, Rilsan covered
for protection from chemicals, and stainless steel
covered for mechanical stength.
Reliable and durable
The controller
The DT650L and DT950L controllers are
especially designed to provide the best response
with the analogue linear heat sensing cable. The
DT650L conventional controller provides a fire
and fault relay output. The DT950 addressable
controller can be connected to the GE Security
1200/2000 series addressable fire panels using
950 series protocol.
E
E
E
E
E
Conventional and analogue addressable controllers
Monitoring at the point of risk
Ease of installation
Cable re-usable after alarm
E Ideal for 'smokeless' fires - overheating cables
E Class C or class D heat grade
E VdS approved when using the DT650L and DT950L
controllers
The system is easily set according to the cable
length using a single end of line resistor. The
cable is fully monitored for short and open circuit.
A range of 'edge','A', 'P', and 'T' clips allow the
cable to be properly installed. The clips provide
heat insulation and hold the cable at the correct
distance from cable trays, steel works, ceilings
and walls.
Accessories
Cable fixings for all applications
293
HC650S-M
Analogue linear heat cable,
stainless steel covering - 1 m
Specifications
70-125
45-100
-20 to +70
300 m
40 °C
Stainless steel
3.5
1m alarm temp °C
10m alarm temp °C
Operating temp °C
Maximum length per controller
Maximum operating ambient temp
Outer sheath material
Dimensions (diameter in mm)
Accessories
Ordering Information
294
Part No.
Description
HC650S-M
HC650S
Analogue linear heat cable, stainless steel covering - 1 m
Analogue linear heat cable, stainless steel covering - 500 m
DT650L
DT950L
Conventional controller for analogue linear heat cable
950 series addressable controller for analogue linear heat cable
HCA601
HCA602
HCA603
HCA605-3
HCA605-8
HCA605-14
HCA605-20
'A' clip for heat cable 100/pack
'P' clip for heat cable 100/pack
'T' clip for heat cable 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 2-3 mm 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 3-8 mm 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 8-14mm 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 14-20mm 100/pack
Product Data Sheet
HCD6067
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable
67°C - 500 m
General
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable is suitable
for many applications where standard heat
detectors cannot be used. It is particularly suitable
for applications such as coal conveyors, cable
tunnels, cable trays, escalators, car parks and
petro-chemical floating roof tanks as well as
intrinsic safe solutions. The cable is suitable for
external use or in areas where corrosive agents
could be present.
HCD6067 is a 67°C fixed temperature linear
heat cable and is ordered in 500 meter rolls.
The Range
Four different alarm temperatures from 67°C to
239°C are available. Using simple application
and installation manuals, the correct cable can be
installed to provide rugged, reliable heat detection
at the point of risk. Properly installed, the fixed
tempearature linear heat detection system is
maintenance free.
The Simple Solution
Fixed temperature cable acts like a simple short
circuit switch when the temperature at any part of
the cable reaches the cable alarm temperature.
The cable can be connected to conventional fire
panels and analogue addressable input modules
using a junction box and end-of-line resistor. The
cable can be monitored for open circuit.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Monitoring at the point of risk
Ease of installation
Reliable and durable
Intrinsic safe solutions
Ideal for 'smokeless' fires - overheating cables
The cable system is re-used after an alarm by
cutting out the piece of short-circuited cable, and
replacing that short length with some more cable.
Cable fixings for all applications
Accessories
A range of 'edge' ,'A' , 'P' , and 'T' clips allow the
cable to be properly installed. The clips provide
heat insulation as well as holding the cable at the
correct distance from cable trays, steel works,
ceilings and walls.
295
HCD6067
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable
67°C - 500 m
Specifications
110 VDC
100 Ohm/km
67 nominal
-40
45
Nylon
Black
3.35
7.95 Kg
Max operating voltage
Conductor resistance
Alarm temp °C
Min ambient °C
Max ambient °C
Outer sheath material
Colour
Dimensions (diameter in mm)
Weight (500 m)
Accessories
Ordering Information
296
Part No.
Description
HCD6067
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable 67°C - 500 m
Product Data Sheet
HCD6067-M
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable
67°C - 1 m
General
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable is suitable
for many applications where standard heat
detectors cannot be used. It is particularly suitable
for applications such as coal conveyors, cable
tunnels, cable trays, escalators, car parks and
petro-chemical floating roof tanks as well as
intrinsic safe solutions. The cable is suitable for
external use or in areas where corrosive agents
could be present.
HCD6067-M is a 67°C fixed temperature linear
heat cable and is ordered per meter.
The Range
Four different alarm temperatures from 67°C to
239°C are available. Using simple application
and installation manuals, the correct cable can be
installed to provide rugged, reliable heat detection
at the point of risk. Properly installed, the fixed
tempearature linear heat detection system is
maintenance free.
The Simple Solution
Fixed temperature cable acts like a simple short
circuit switch when the temperature at any part of
the cable reaches the cable alarm temperature.
The cable can be connected to conventional fire
panels and analogue addressable input modules
using a junction box and end-of-line resistor. The
cable can be monitored for open circuit.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Monitoring at the point of risk
Ease of installation
Reliable and durable
Intrinsic safe solutions
Ideal for 'smokeless' fires - overheating cables
The cable system is re-used after an alarm by
cutting out the piece of short-circuited cable, and
replacing that short length with some more cable.
Cable fixings for all applications
Accessories
A range of 'edge' ,'A' , 'P' , and 'T' clips allow the
cable to be properly installed. The clips provide
heat insulation as well as holding the cable at the
correct distance from cable trays, steel works,
ceilings and walls.
297
HCD6067-M
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable
67°C - 1 m
Specifications
110 VDC
100 Ohm/km
67 nominal
-40
45
Nylon
Black
3.35
7.95 Kg
Max operating voltage
Conductor resistance
Alarm temp °C
Min ambient °C
Max ambient °C
Outer sheath material
Colour
Dimensions (diameter in mm)
Weight (500 m)
Accessories
Ordering Information
298
Part No.
Description
HCD6067-M
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable 67°C - 1 m
Product Data Sheet
HCD6087
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable
87°C - 500 m
General
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable is suitable
for many applications where standard heat
detectors cannot be used. It is particularly suitable
for applications such as coal conveyors, cable
tunnels, cable trays, escalators, car parks and
petro-chemical floating roof tanks as well as
intrinsic safe solutions. The cable is suitable for
external use or in areas where corrosive agents
could be present.
HCD6087 is a 87°C fixed temperature linear
heat cable and is ordered in 500 meter rolls.
The Range
Four different alarm temperatures from 67°C to
239°C are available. Using simple application
and installation manuals, the correct cable can be
installed to provide rugged, reliable heat detection
at the point of risk. Properly installed, the fixed
tempearature linear heat detection system is
maintenance free.
The Simple Solution
Fixed temperature cable acts like a simple short
circuit switch when the temperature at any part of
the cable reaches the cable alarm temperature.
The cable can be connected to conventional fire
panels and analogue addressable input modules
using a junction box and end-of-line resistor. The
cable can be monitored for open circuit.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Monitoring at the point of risk
Ease of installation
Reliable and durable
Intrinsic safe solutions
Ideal for 'smokeless' fires - overheating cables
The cable system is re-used after an alarm by
cutting out the piece of short-circuited cable, and
replacing that short length with some more cable.
Cable fixings for all applications
Accessories
A range of 'edge' ,'A' , 'P' , and 'T' clips allow the
cable to be properly installed. The clips provide
heat insulation as well as holding the cable at the
correct distance from cable trays, steel works,
ceilings and walls.
299
HCD6087
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable
87°C - 500 m
Specifications
110 VDC
100 Ohm/km
87 nominal
-40
45
Nylon
Black
3.35
7.95 Kg
Max operating voltage
Conductor resistance
Alarm temp °C
Min ambient °C
Max ambient °C
Outer sheath material
Colour
Dimensions (diameter in mm)
Weight (500 m)
Accessories
Ordering Information
300
Part No.
Description
HCD6087
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable 87°C - 500 m
Product Data Sheet
HCD6087-M
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable
87°C - 1 m
General
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable is suitable
for many applications where standard heat
detectors cannot be used. It is particularly suitable
for applications such as coal conveyors, cable
tunnels, cable trays, escalators, car parks and
petro-chemical floating roof tanks as well as
intrinsic safe solutions. The cable is suitable for
external use or in areas where corrosive agents
could be present.
HCD6087-M is a 87°C fixed temperature linear
heat cable and is ordered per meter.
The Range
Four different alarm temperatures from 67°C to
239°C are available. Using simple application
and installation manuals, the correct cable can be
installed to provide rugged, reliable heat detection
at the point of risk. Properly installed, the fixed
tempearature linear heat detection system is
maintenance free.
The Simple Solution
Fixed temperature cable acts like a simple short
circuit switch when the temperature at any part of
the cable reaches the cable alarm temperature.
The cable can be connected to conventional fire
panels and analogue addressable input modules
using a junction box and end-of-line resistor. The
cable can be monitored for open circuit.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Monitoring at the point of risk
Ease of installation
Reliable and durable
Intrinsic safe solutions
Ideal for 'smokeless' fires - overheating cables
The cable system is re-used after an alarm by
cutting out the piece of short-circuited cable, and
replacing that short length with some more cable.
Cable fixings for all applications
Accessories
A range of 'edge' ,'A' , 'P' , and 'T' clips allow the
cable to be properly installed. The clips provide
heat insulation as well as holding the cable at the
correct distance from cable trays, steel works,
ceilings and walls.
301
HCD6087-M
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable
87°C - 1 m
Specifications
110 VDC
100 Ohm/km
87 nominal
-40
45
Nylon
Black
3.35
7.95 Kg
Max operating voltage
Conductor resistance
Alarm temp °C
Min ambient °C
Max ambient °C
Outer sheath material
Colour
Dimensions (diameter in mm)
Weight (500 m)
Accessories
Ordering Information
302
Part No.
Description
HCD6087-M
Fixed temperature heat sensing cable 87°C - 1 m
Product Data Sheet
HCA601N
‘A’ clip for heat cable 100/pack
General
The HCA601N is manufactured from nylon with
M6 fixing holes and is delivered complete with
cable tie. It is ideal for installation where heat
transfer from the fixing point to the heat sensing
cable must be minimised. The fixing screw is not
included. The A clip is 27 mm long, 16 mm high,
and 12 mm wide.
Standard Features
Accessories
E Nylon insulation
E Standard M6 fixing hole
303
HCA601N
‘A’ clip for heat cable 100/pack
Specifications
27 x 16 x 12 mm
Dimensions (l x h x w)
Accessories
Ordering Information
304
Part No.
Description
HCA601N
'A' clip for heat cable 100/pack
HCA602
HCA603
HCA605-8
HCA605-14N
'P' clip for heat cable 100/pack
'T' clip for heat cable 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 3-8 mm 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 8-14mm 100/pack
Product Data Sheet
HCA602N
‘P’ clip for heat cable 100/pack
General
Zinc plated steel clip with santoprene cushion
insulator. The fixing screw is not included. This
'P' clip provides insulation from electrical earth,
which is often needed for stainless steel sheath
cable. The clip is 12,7mm from the cable centre
to the mounting hole.
Standard Features
Accessories
E Insulated
E Standard M6 fixing hole
305
HCA602N
‘P’ clip for heat cable 100/pack
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
306
Part No.
Description
HCA602N
'P' clip for heat cable 100/pack
Product Data Sheet
HCA603
‘T’ clip for heat cable 100/pack
General
The HCA603 may be used as a ceiling or wall
mount heat sensing cable clip. It consists of a
plastic moulding with a slot into which the heat
sensing cable is located. The clip is secured with
a screw and wall plug or may be screwed on to an
M6 thread on a percussion pin.
Standard Features
Accessories
E Insulated
E Standard M6 fixing hole
307
HCA603
‘T’ clip for heat cable 100/pack
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
308
Part No.
Description
HCA603
'T' clip for heat cable 100/pack
HCA601N
HCA602
HCA605-8
HCA605-14N
'A' clip for heat cable 100/pack
'P' clip for heat cable 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 3-8 mm 100/pack
Edge clip for heat cable 8-14mm 100/pack
4A4
Aspiration Systems
Datasheets
ZLSS4-LCD
LaserSense Ultra high sensitivity smoke
detector
Earliest possible warning of fire
LaserSense Ultra is a high sensitivity smoke sensor
designed to give the earliest possible warning of fire.
Smoke from the protected area is drawn through the
LaserSense detector and analysed twice every
second by a laser pulse. Over a period of 24 hours
smoke pollution distribution in the protected
environment is compiled and a databank created.
As the databank is continually updated, the detector
adjusts sensitivity to match any changes in the
normal ambient smoke density, ensuring that the
detector provides a constant response.
Range of output options
First fix docking station
To reduce time on site, the unit is installed onto a
wall fixing plate, enabling all sampling pipes and
cables to be completed at first fix stage.
The product features four aspirating pipe inputs,
enabling up to a total of 200 metres of sampling pipe
to be connected to each unit.
Smoke density levels are displayed by a 26 segment
bar graph, located on the front of the detector. LED
indication is provided for all alarm signals.
LaserSense aspirating smoke detectors use
patented software to continually adjust the detector
sensitivity in order to maintain a constant level of
performance, enabling the product to automatically
configure itself to provide high sensitivity in a clean
environment, or reduced sensitivity in an area where
ambient smoke may be present.
A comprehensive system guide covering the product
is available from Ziton.
Standard Features
E High sensitivity, laser based technology
sampling pipes – flexibility for up 200 metre total
E Four
pipework
directly onto ZP loop – status displayed on
E Connects
main control panel
E Local status displayed at detector
E Loop wired – via interface card
E Dynamically adjusted operating parameters
Accessories
The standard detector when connected to a
conventional fire alarm zone provides outputs for fire
(normally open) and fault (normally closed). These
connections can be extended by the addition of a
ZLSS-RL4 Relay Output Card (ordered separately)
offering auxiliary alarm, pre alarm, fire 1, fire 2 and
fault terminals.
The addition of a ZP-LS1-1 Addressable Interface
Card (ordered separately), enables the unit to be
connected directly to the loop wiring of any ZP
analogue system. Alarm status and fault information
from the detector are displayed directly on the main
control panel, (subject to the software version
installed in the ZP3 panel, see publication PS1839).
311
ZLSS4-LCD
LaserSense Ultra high sensitivity smoke
detector
Specifications
ZLSS4-LCD
High sensitivity aspirating smoke detector
ZC8 and ZC3. ZP via ZP-LS1-1 addressable interface card
Mounting plate
4
Recommended 50m per input (25m in moving air)
27mm OD, ¾ inch nominal bore
25 per pipe run
2 core screened twisted pair
Open and short circuit fault, via main control panel
Alarm, Fault , Normal Aux, Pre-alarm, Fire 1 and Fire 2 . Smoke density by 26
element bar graph
21.6 to 26.4 Vdc
450 mA
4 (Aux, Pre-alarm, Fire 1 and 2)
Alert (n/o), Pre alarm (n/o), Fire (n/o) Fault (n/c)
Via ZLSS-RL4 card Aux (n/o), Pre alarm (n/o), Fire 1 (n/o), Fire 2 (n/o) and
Fault (n/c). ZP3 with ZP-LS1. Version 3.07 Fault, Alert, Pre alarm, Fire. For
other software contact Ziton sales office.
IP50
-10ºC to +60ºC
0 to 90% RH (non condensing)
Sheet steel enclosure
427mm (W) x 372mm (H) x 95mm (D)
Grey
5.2Kg
PS1840
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Sample pipe inlets
Sampling pipework
Sampling pipe diameter
Max sampling holes
Wiring
Monitoring
Indication (LEDs)
Operating voltage
Current
Alarm levels
Relay outputs
Additional outputs
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
Accessories
Ordering Information
312
Part No.
Description
ZLSS4-LCD
LaserSense Ultra high sensitivity smoke detector
ZLSS2
LaserSense 100 high sensitivity smoke
detector
Earliest possible warning of fire
LaserSense 100 is a high sensitivity smoke sensor
designed to give the earliest possible warning of fire.
Smoke from the protected area is drawn through the
LaserSense detector and analysed twice every
second by a laser pulse. Over a period of 24 hours
smoke pollution distribution in the protected
environment is compiled and a databank created.
As the databank is continually updated, the detector
adjusts sensitivity to match any changes in the
normal ambient smoke density, ensuring that the
detector provides a constant response.
Range of output options
The basic detector is connected to a conventional
fire alarm zone and provides outputs for fire
(normally open) and fault (normally closed). These
connections can be extended by the addition of a
ZLSS-RL4 Relay Output Card (ordered separately)
offering auxiliary alarm, pre alarm, fire 1, fire 2 and
fault terminals.
The addition of a ZP-LS1-1 Addressable Interface
Card (ordered separately), enables the unit to be
connected directly to the loop wiring of any ZP
analogue system. Alarm status and fault information
from the detector are displayed directly on the main
control panel, (subject to the software version
installed in the ZP3 panel, see publication PS1839).
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Small, low cost unit
Addressable and conventional versions
High sensitivity, laser based technology
Range of output options
Two sampling pipes up to 100 metre pipework run
E Dynamically adjusted operating parameters
First fix docking station
Accessories
All versions of the unit are supplied complete with a
docking station, enabling all sampling pipes and
cables to be completed at first fix stage.
The product features two aspirating pipe inputs,
enabling up to a total of 100 metres of sampling pipe
to be connected to each unit.
LaserSense aspirating smoke detectors use
patented software to continually adjust the detector
sensitivity in order to maintain a constant level of
performance, enabling the product to automatically
configure itself to provide high sensitivity in a clean
environment, or reduced sensitivity in an area where
ambient smoke may be present.
A comprehensive system guide covering the product
is available from Ziton.
313
ZLSS2
LaserSense 100 high sensitivity smoke
detector
Specifications
ZLSS2
High sensitivity aspirating smoke detector
ZC8 and ZC3. ZP via ZP-LS1-1 addressable interface card
Plugs into docking station
2
Recommended 50m per input (25m in moving air)
27mm OD, ¾ inch nominal bore
25 per pipe run
2 core screened twisted pair
Open and short circuit fault, via main control panel
Alarm LED (red), Fault LED (amber), Normal (green)
21.6 to 26.4 Vdc
400 mA
4 (Aux, Pre-alarm, Fire 1 and 2)
Fire (n/o) Fault (n/c)
Via ZLSS-RL4 card Aux (n/o), Pre alarm (n/o), Fire 1 (n/o), Fire 2 (n/o) and
Fault (n/c). ZP3 with ZP-LS1. Version 3.07 Fault, Alert, Pre alarm, Fire. For
other software contact Ziton sales office.
Indoor installation
IP50
-10ºC to +60ºC
0 to 90% RH (non condensing)
Sheet steel enclosure
300mm (W) x 220mm (H) x 85mm (D)
Grey
3.8Kg
PS1838
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Sample pipe inlets
Sampling pipework
Sampling pipe diameter
Max sampling holes
Wiring
Monitoring
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Alarm levels
Standard Relay outputs
Additional outputs
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
Accessories
Ordering Information
314
Part No.
Description
ZLSS2
LaserSense 100 high sensitivity smoke detector
ZLSS1
LaserSense 25 high sensitivity smoke
detector
Earliest possible warning of fire
LaserSense 25 is a high sensitivity smoke sensor
designed to give the earliest possible warning of fire.
Smoke from the protected area is drawn through the
LaserSense detector and analysed twice every
second by a laser pulse. Over a period of 24 hours
smoke pollution distribution in the protected
environment is compiled and a databank created.
As the databank is continually updated, the detector
adjusts sensitivity to match any changes in the
normal ambient smoke density, ensuring that the
detector provides a constant response.
Range of output options
The basic detector is connected to a conventional
fire alarm zone and provides outputs for fire
(normally open) and fault (normally closed). These
connections can be extended by the addition of a
ZLSS-RL4 Relay Output Card (ordered separately)
offering auxiliary alarm, pre alarm, fire 1, fire 2 and
fault terminals.
The addition of a ZP-LS1-1 Addressable Interface
Card (ordered separately), enables the unit to be
connected directly to the loop wiring of any ZP
analogue system. Alarm status and fault information
from the detector are displayed directly on the main
control panel, (subject to the software version
installed in the ZP3 panel, see publication PS1839).
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Small, low cost unit
Addressable and conventional versions
High sensitivity, laser based technology
Range of output options
Single sampling pipe up to 50 metre run
E Dynamically adjusted operating parameters
First fix docking station
Accessories
All versions of the unit are supplied complete with a
docking station, enabling all sampling pipes and
cables to be completed at first fix stage.
The product features one aspirating pipe input,
enabling up to a maximum of 50 metres of sampling
pipe to be connected to each unit.
LaserSense aspirating smoke detectors use
patented software to continually adjust the detector
sensitivity in order to maintain a constant level of
performance, enabling the product to automatically
configure itself to provide high sensitivity in a clean
environment, or reduced sensitivity in an area where
ambient smoke may be present.
A comprehensive system guide covering the product
is available from Ziton.
315
ZLSS1
LaserSense 25 high sensitivity smoke detector
Specifications
ZLSS1
High sensitivity aspirating smoke detector
ZC8 and ZC3. ZP via ZP-LS1-1 addressable interface card
Plugs into docking station
1
Recommended 50m maximum run (25m in moving air)
27mm OD, ¾ inch nominal bore
25
2 core screened twisted pair
Open and short circuit fault, via main control panel
Alarm LED (red), Fault LED (amber), Normal (green)
21.6 to 26.4 Vdc
250 mA
4 (Aux, Pre-alarm, Fire 1 and 2)
Fire (n/o) Fault (n/c)
Via ZLSS-RL4 card Aux (n/o), Pre alarm (n/o), Fire 1 (n/o), Fire 2 (n/o) and
Fault (n/c). ZP3 with ZP-LS1. Version 3.07 Fault, Alert, Pre alarm, Fire. For
other software contact Ziton sales office.
Indoor installation
IP50
-10ºC to +60ºC
0 to 90% RH (non condensing)
Sheet steel enclosure
145mm (W) x 220mm (H) x 85mm (D)
Grey
1.7Kg
PS1837
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Sample pipe inlets
Sampling pipework
Sampling pipe diameter
Max sampling holes
Wiring
Monitoring
Indication
Operating voltage
Current
Alarm levels
Standard Relay outputs
Additional outputs
Application
EN60529 rating
Temperature range
Humidity range
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
Accessories
Ordering Information
316
Part No.
Description
ZLSS1
LaserSense 25 high sensitivity smoke detector
ZP-LSI-1
LaserSense addressable interface card
Direct addressing
The ZP-LSI-1 is an interface which can be attached
directly onto the main control board of any
LaserSense aspirating detector. The card plugs into
the main control board inside the detector enclosure.
The board enables the detector to be directly
addressed and communicate with the ZP3 main
control panel.
Plug in terminals
Detectors are wired onto the loop using plug in
terminals located on the LaserSense detector main
control board.
The detector and interface are easily addressed by
switch settings prominently positioned on the card.
Advanced alarm indication
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Simple LaserSense addressing onto ZP loop
Ribbon cable connection – no hard wiring
Piggy backs onto detector main board
Ease of address setting
Accessories
The interface is recognised by the main control panel
as device type HSSD and dependant upon the
analogue signals received and control panel
software installed, will provide the following alarm
conditions – Fault, Alert, Pre-alarm, Fire. (Alert not
displayed on ZP3 panel)
For ZP control panels operating on software prior to
version 3.07 confirmation of available signals should
be obtained from Ziton sales department.
Up to 127 sensing devices can be connected to each
of the control panel loops.
317
ZP-LSI-1
LaserSense addressable interface card
Specifications
ZP-LSI-1
LaserSense addressable interface card (APIC)
ZP3 control panels
Ribbon cable with plug and socket - fixes to allotted space on panel main
board. (by 3 M4 x 18mm stand off spacers)
-10ºC to +60ºC
0 to 90% RH (non condensing)
PCB 100mm (H) x 70mm (W)
50g
PS1839
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Mounting
Temperature range
Humidity range
Dimensions
Weight
Publication No
Accessories
Ordering Information
318
Part No.
Description
ZP-LSI-1
LaserSense addressable interface card
FASD710C
Single Channel aspiration controller
for point detectors
General
The FASD710C provides a low cost solution for
aspiration systems using point smoke detectors.
The controller can be used in many applications
where stand-alone point smoke detectors are not
suitable. The powerful pump allows pipe
distances of up to 50 metres (depending on the
detector used).
The product
Installer friendly
The system incorporates up to two analogue
addressable or conventional point detectors
providing the ability for failsafe redundancy or
mixed detection strategies. The FASD710C
incorporates an in-line air filter to remove dust
particles from the air sample. This is housed in a
removable transparent cartridge enabling rapid
inspection and maintenance. The system could
be IP65 rated allowing its use in many harsh
environments, and where regular hosing is
performed.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Up to 50 metres pipe
Single stage dust particle filter
Multiple configuration options
E Adjustable aspirator speed with airflow
monitoring
E IP65 rating available
E Could be used in applications such as:
- Hotels
- Banks
- Hospitals
- Livestock Buildings
- Prisons
- Underground stations
- Aesthetic environments
- Harsh environments
- Dirty environments
Reducing false alarms
The aspirating smoke detector utilises a high
performance aspirator and flow monitoring circuit.
The flow level is displayed on a 10-element bar
graph with adjustments for high and low flow
thresholds. Flow failure is reported to the central
panel as a device fault on the primary detector.
Single or dual channel fire detection
E
E
E
E
Multiple detection strategies
Microprocessor controlled
Integral display and programmer
CPD approved
Accessories
There are many instances where aspirated smoke
detectors are specified, but where the very high
sensitivity of a laser detector is an unnecessary
expense or even a nuisance due to false alarms.
The FASD710C aspirated smoke detector
provides the perfect solution in allowing the use of
simple point detectors within an aspirated system.
The FASD710C provides closed loop sampling
whereby the exhausted air can be completely
returned to the sampled area making it
particularly suitable for prison cells.
319
FASD710C
Single Channel aspiration controller for point
detectors
Specifications
254 x 180 x 165 mm
18 to 30VDC (24VDC nominal)
350 mA
1 or 2
Single stage dust particle filter
40 m or 50m (depending on detector used)
yes, thermal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Number of detectors (not included)
Filtration
Maximum tube length
Flow monitoring
Environmental
IP rating
IP65 with exhaust fitted
Operating Temperature
IP21 without exhaust fitted
-10 to 50 °C
Operating Humidity
10 to 95% RH (non-condensing)
Compatible with (part of CPD approval)
650 Series
DP652 (use FHSD741)
700 Series
DP721I (use FHSD743)
950 Series
DP951 (use FHSD741)
990 Series
DP991 (use FHSD741)
2000 Series
DP2061 (use FHSD743)
E600 Series
E630-3 (use FHSD745)
KL700 Series
KL731 & KL731B (use FHSD742)
KL700A Series
KL731A (use FHSD742)
Z600 Series
Z630-3 (use FHSD745)
ZP700 Series
ZP730-2 (use FHSD745)
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
FASD710C
Single Channel aspiration controller for point detectors
FASD712C
Dual Channel aspiration controller for point detectors
Baffle for DP652/DP951/DP991 used in FASD710C/FASD712C (10
pack)
Baffle for KL731/KL731A used in FASD710C/FASD712C (10 pack)
Baffle for DP721I/DP2061 used in FASD710C/FASD712C (10 pack)
Baffle for Z630-3/ZP730-2/E630-3 used in FASD710C/FASD712C (10
pack)
Replacement filter element - fine (10 pack)
Replacement filter element - coarse (10 pack)
Red Pipe 3m Length - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Straight Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
90 deg. Bend - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
45 deg. Elbow - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
End Cap - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Removable Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
T-union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Flush Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Raised Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Pipe Cutter
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 8mm rod (10 Pack)
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 10mm rod (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 30mm channel (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 41mm channel (10 Pack)
Closed Pipe Clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Wall anchor clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
FHSD741
FHSD742
FHSD743
FHSD745
Accessories
FHSD750
FHSD756
FHSD771P
FHSD772P
FHSD773P
FHSD774P
FHSD775P
FHSD776P
FHSD779P
FHSD778
FHSD784
FHSD785
FHSD791P
FHSD792P
FHSD793P
FHSD794P
FHSD795P
FHSD797P
320
FASD712C
Dual Channel aspiration controller
for point detectors
General
The FASD712C provides a low cost solution for
aspiration systems using point smoke detectors.
The controller can be used in many applications
where point smoke detectors are not suitable. The
powerful pump allows pipe distances of up to 50
metres (depending on the detector used), on two
individual channels.
The product
Installer friendly
The system incorporates two analogue
addressable or conventional point detectors
completely separated from each other. The
FASD712C incorporates in-line air filters to
remove dust particles from the air sample. This is
housed in a removable transparent cartridge
enabling rapid inspection and maintenance. The
system could be IP65 rated allowing its use in
many harsh environments, and where regular
hosing is performed.
Reducing false alarms
The aspirating smoke detector utilises a high
performance aspirator and flow monitoring circuit.
The flow level is displayed on a 10-element bar
graph for each pipe, with adjustments for high and
low flow thresholds. Flow failure is reported to the
central panel as a device fault.
Standard Features
E 2 Detectors provide 2 channel operation
E Up to 50 metres pipe
E Single stage dust particle filter - each channel
seperately
E Mutiple configuration options
E Adjustable aspirator speed with airflow monitoring
E IP65 rating available
E Could be used in applications such as:
- Hotels
- Banks
- Hospitals
- Livestock Buildings
- Prisons
- Underground stations
- Aesthetic environments
- Harsh environments
- Dirty environments
E Microprocessor controlled
E Intergral display and programmer
E CPD approved
Accessories
There are many instances where aspirated smoke
detectors are specified, but where the very high
sensitivity of a laser detector is an unnecessary
expense or even a nuisance due to false alarms.
The FASD712C aspirated smoke detector
provides the perfect solution in allowing the use of
simple point detectors within an aspirated system.
The FASD712C provides closed loop sampling on
2 channels whereby the exhausted air can be
completely returned to the sampled area making it
particularly suitable for prison cells.
321
FASD712C
Dual Channel aspiration controller
for point detectors
Specifications
254 x 180 x 165 mm
18 to 30 VDC (24 VDC nominal)
350 mA
2
Single stage dust particle filter
40 m or 50 m (depending on detector used)
yes, thermal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Number of detectors (not included)
Filtration
Maximum tube length
Flow monitoring
Environmental
IP rating
IP65 with exhaust fitted
Operating Temperature
IP21 without exhaust fitted
-10 to 50 °C
Operating Humidity
10 to 95% RH (non-condensing)
Compatible with (part of CPD Approval)
650 Series
DP652 (use FHSD741)
700 Series
DP721I (use FHSD743)
950 Series
DP951 (use FHSD741)
990 Series
DP991 (use FHSD741)
2000 Series
DP2061 (use FHSD743)
E600 Series
E630-3 (use FHSD745)
KL700 Series
KL731 & KL731B (use FHSD742)
KL700A Series
KL731A (use FHSD742)
Z600 Series
Z630-3 (use FHSD745)
ZP700 Series
ZP730-2 (use FHSD745)
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
FASD712C
Dual Channel aspiration controller for point detectors
FASD710C
Single Channel aspiration controller for point detectors
Baffle for DP652/DP951/DP991 used in FASD710C/FASD712C (10
pack)
Baffle for KL731/KL731A used in FASD710C/FASD712C (10 pack)
Baffle for DP721I/DP2061 used in FASD710C/FASD712C (10 pack)
Baffle for Z630-3/ZP730-2/E630-3 used in FASD710C/FASD712C (10
pack)
Replacement filter element - fine (10 pack)
Replacement filter element - coarse (10 pack)
Red Pipe 3m Length - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Straight Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
90 deg. Bend - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
45 deg. Elbow - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
End Cap - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Removable Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
T-union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Flush Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Raised Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Pipe Cutter
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 8mm rod (10 Pack)
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 10mm rod (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 30mm channel (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 41mm channel (10 Pack)
Closed Pipe Clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Wall anchor clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
FHSD741
FHSD742
FHSD743
FHSD745
Accessories
FHSD750
FHSD756
FHSD771P
FHSD772P
FHSD773P
FHSD774P
FHSD775P
FHSD776P
FHSD779P
FHSD778
FHSD784
FHSD785
FHSD791P
FHSD792P
FHSD793P
FHSD794P
FHSD795P
FHSD797P
322
FASD715C
Single Channel aspiration controller
with laser point detector
General
The FASD715C provides a low cost solution for a
laser aspiration system using a point laser smoke
detector. The controller can be used in many
applications where standard point smoke
detectors are not suitable. The powerful pump
allows pipe distances of up to 100 metres.
The product
Installer friendly
The system includes one point laser detector for
high sensitivity monitoring. The FASD715C
incorporates an in-line air filter to remove dust
particles from the air sample. This is housed in a
removable transparent cartridge enabling rapid
inspection and maintenance. The system could
be IP65 rated allowing its use in many harsh
environments, and where regular hosing is
performed.
Reducing false alarms
The aspirating smoke detector utilises a high
performance aspirator and flow monitoring circuit.
The flow level is displayed on a 10-element bar
graph with adjustments for high and low flow
thresholds. Flow failure is reported to the central
panel as a device fault.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
Low cost aspirated laser detector
Up to 100 metres pipe
Single stage dust particle filter
Multiple configuration options
Adjustable aspirator speed with airflow monitoring
IP65 rating available
E Could be used in applications such as:
- Hotels
- Banks
- Hospitals
- Livestock Buildings
- Prisons
- Underground stations
- Aesthetic environments
- Harsh environments
- Dirty environments
E Microprocessor controlled and programmed
E Integral display and programmer
E CPD approved
Accessories
There are many instances where aspirated smoke
detectors are specified, but where the high cost of
a standard high sensitivity laser detector makes
the use of such devices impossible. The
FASD715C aspirated laser smoke detector
provides the perfect solution in allowing the use of
low cost laser point detector within an aspirated
system. The FASD715C provides closed loop
sampling whereby the exhausted air can be
completely returned to the sampled area.
323
FASD715C
Single Channel aspiration controller
with laser point detector
Specifications
254 x 180 x 165 mm
10 to 30 VDC (24 VDC nominal)
350 mA
1
Single stage dust particle filter
100 m
yes, thermal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Number of detectors
Filtration
Maximum tube length
Flow monitoring
Environmental
IP rating
IP65 with exhaust fitted
Operating Temperature
IP23 without exhaust fitted
-10 to 50 °C
Operating Humidity
10 to 95% RH (non-condensing)
Sampling holes (@ 100m)
Class A
up to 3 holes
Class B
up to 6 holes
Class C
up to 19 holes
Accessories
Ordering Information
324
Part No.
Description
FASD715C
Single Channel aspiration controller with laser point detector
FASD717C
FHSD750
FHSD756
FHSD771P
FHSD772P
FHSD773P
FHSD774P
FHSD775P
FHSD776P
FHSD779P
FHSD778
FHSD784
FHSD785
FHSD791P
FHSD792P
FHSD793P
FHSD794P
FHSD795P
FHSD797P
Dual Channel aspiration controller with laser point detectors
Replacement filter element - fine (10 pack)
Replacement filter element - coarse (10 pack)
Red Pipe 3m Length - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Straight Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
90 deg. Bend - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
45 deg. Elbow - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
End Cap - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Removable Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
T-union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Flush Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Raised Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Pipe Cutter
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 8mm rod (10 Pack)
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 10mm rod (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 30mm channel (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 41mm channel (10 Pack)
Closed Pipe Clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Wall anchor clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
FASD717C
Dual Channel aspiration controller
with laser point detectors
General
The FASD717C provides a low cost solution for
aspiration systems using point laser smoke
detectors. The controller can be used in many
applications where normal point smoke detectors
are not suitable. The powerful pump allows pipe
distances of up to 100 metres on two individual
channels.
The product
Installer friendly
The system includes two laser point detectors
completely separated from each other. The
FASD717C has in-line air filters to remove dust
particles from the air sample. The filters are
housed in a removable transparent cartridge
enabling rapid inspection and maintenance. The
system could optionally be IP65 rated allowing its
use in many harsh environments, as well as
where regular hosing is performed.
Reducing false alarms
The aspirating smoke detector utilises a high
performance aspirator and flow monitoring circuit.
The flow level is displayed on a 10-element bar
graph for each pipe, with adjustments for high and
low flow thresholds. Flow failure is reported to the
central panel as a device fault.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
2 Detectors provide 2 channel operation
Up to 100 metres of pipe
Single stage dust particle filter
Multiple configuration options
Adjustable aspirator speed with airflow monitoring
E IP65 rating availble
E Could be used in applications such as:
- Hotels
- Banks
- Hospitals
- Livestock Buildings
- Prisons
- Underground stations
- Aesthetic environments
- Harsh environments
- Dirty environments
E Microprocessor controlled and programmed
E Integral display and programmer
E CPD approved
Accessories
There are many instances where aspirated laser
detectors are specified, but where the high cost of
a standard laser detector is an unnecessary
expense. The FASD717C aspirated laser smoke
detector provides the perfect solution in allowing
the use of simple point laser detectors within an
aspirated system. The FASD717C provides
closed loop sampling on 2 channels whereby the
exhausted air can be completely returned to the
sampled area.
325
FASD717C
Dual Channel aspiration controller
with laser point detectors
Specifications
254 x 180 x 165 mm
18 to 30 VDC (24 VDC nominal)
350 mA
2
Single stage dust particle filter
100 m
yes, thermal
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Number of detectors
Filtration
Maximum tube length
Flow monitoring
Environmental
IP rating
IP65 with exhaust fitted
Operating Temperature
IP23 without exhaust fitted
-10 to 50 °C
Operating Humidity
10 to 95% RH (non-condensing)
Sampling holes (@ 100m)
Class A
up to 3 holes per pipe/channel
Class B
up to 6 holes per pipe/channel
Class C
up to 19 holes per pipe/channel
Accessories
Ordering Information
326
Part No.
Description
FASD717C
Dual Channel aspiration controller with laser point detectors
FASD715C
FHSD750
FHSD756
FHSD771P
FHSD772P
FHSD773P
FHSD774P
FHSD775P
FHSD776P
FHSD779P
FHSD778
FHSD784
FHSD785
FHSD791P
FHSD792P
FHSD793P
FHSD794P
FHSD795P
FHSD797P
Single Channel aspiration controller with laser point detector
Replacement filter element - fine (10 pack)
Replacement filter element - coarse (10 pack)
Red Pipe 3m Length - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Straight Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
90 deg. Bend - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
45 deg. Elbow - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
End Cap - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Removable Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
T-union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Flush Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Raised Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Pipe Cutter
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 8mm rod (10 Pack)
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 10mm rod (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 30mm channel (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 41mm channel (10 Pack)
Closed Pipe Clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Wall anchor clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
FHSD745
Baffle for Z630-3/ZP730-2/E630-3 used in
FASD710C/FASD712C (10 pack)
This baffle (insert) ensure that the aspirated air is
forced through the detector’s chamber, and
does not pass on the sides of the detector. This
ensures maximum sensitivity of the system. The
baffle forms part of the CPD approval of the
FASD710C & FASD712C, and must be used or
else the product will not be compliant.
Standard Features
Accessories
E Part of CPD apporval on FASD710C & FASD712C
327
FHSD745
Baffle for Z630-3/ZP730-2/E630-3 used in
FASD710C/FASD712C (10 pack)
Specifications
122 x 1 x 75 mm
Size (W x H x D)
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
FHSD745
Baffle for Z630-3/ZP730-2/E630-3 used in FASD710C/FASD712C (10
pack)
FASD710C
FASD712C
Single Channel aspiration controller for point detectors
Dual Channel aspiration controller for point detectors
Baffle for DP652/DP951/DP991 used in FASD710C/FASD712C (10
pack)
Baffle for KL731/KL731A used in FASD710C/FASD712C (10 pack)
Baffle for DP721I/DP2061 used in FASD710C/FASD712C (10 pack)
Baffle for E630-3 used in FASD710C/FASD712C (10 pack)
FHSD741
Accessories
FHSD742
FHSD743
FHSD744
328
FHSD720C
2pipe-1area Aspiration smoke detection
system with min. display
The Product
Compact and powerful, the FHSD720C has all the
detection and monitoring features of big aspiration
systems. It is ideal for monitoring localised areas
up to 2000m². All data can be uploaded or
downloaded via the standard RS232,RS485 and
ethernet ports. The FHSD720C provides the
earliest warning to a potential fire condition within
localised areas or where space is limited.
Installer friendly
Reducing false alarms
The FHSD720C employs a very high sensitivity
smoke detector. It has a range of 0.005% to 20%
obscuration per metre with four alarm levels. This
wide dynamic range allows early warning
detection and the ability to trigger suppression
systems.
Maintenance friendly
The FHSD720C is fully monitored including air
flow for ease of maintenance. A full set of filters
using fine or course papers allows use in hostile
environments and is easily cleaned and
maintained. The laser detector and pump have a
life time in excess of ten years.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
IP65 protection
TCP/IP, RS232 and RS485 standard
High power pump
High sensitivity laser detector
Four alarm levels
Remote display units
24VDC operation
Fault monitoring
E Ideal for:
- small EDP rooms
- server rooms
- escalators
- machine protection
Accessories
The FHSD720C interfaces directly with the full
range of FHSD aspiration systems, programming
devices and remote displays via the standard
RS232 and RS485 modules. This high level of
compatibility provides detection solutions for
many applications. The aspiration smoke detector
also solves applications not possible with point
smoke detection. With an IP65 rating it is ideal
for dusty and hostile environments such as
warehouses, factories and mines.
329
FHSD720C
2pipe-1area Aspiration smoke detection
system with min. display
Specifications
24VDC, 500mA min., 1.2A max
Power supply
Smoke detector
Resolution
0.005%, range 20%
Light source
50mW 660nm high power laser diode
Expected laser lifetime
10 years
Pipes
Number of inlets
2 (1 x top & 1 x bottom), 1 area
Pipe size
25mm outside diameter
Pipe lenght (max.)
100m per pipe
up to 2000m²
1400 Pa cetrifugal air pump
Alert, Action, Fire1 & Fire2
0.005% - 20.0%
4 alarm relays, 1 fault relay, 1A NO/NC
RS232, RS485, ethernet TCP/IP
Area coverage
Aspirator
Alarm levels
Alarm setting range
Outputs
Communication
Mechanical
Weight
3kg
Dimensions (W x H x D)
254 x 140 x 164.5mm
Environmental
Humidity
10 - 95%
Temperature
-10 to 60°C
IP rating
IP65
Sampling holes (@ 100m)
Class A
up to 12 holes
Class B
up to 36 holes
Class C
up to 36 holes
Accessories
Ordering Information
330
Part No.
Description
FHSD720C
2pipe-1area Aspiration smoke detection system with min. display
FHSD735
FHSD750
FHSD756
FHSD751
FHSD754
FHSD771P
FHSD772P
FHSD773P
FHSD774P
FHSD775P
FHSD776P
FHSD779P
FHSD778
FHSD784
FHSD791P
FHSD792P
FHSD793P
FHSD794P
FHSD795P
FHSD796P
FHSD797P
FHSD747
FHSD748
FHSD785
Mini Remote display unit - 19" rack mount
Replacement filter element - fine (10 pack)
Replacement filter element - coarse (10 pack)
Filter+ with filter element - harsh environment
Replacement filter element for the FHSD751
Red Pipe 3m Length - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Straight Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
90 deg. Bend - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
45 deg. Elbow - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
End Cap - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Removable Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
T-union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Flush Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Raised Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 8mm rod (10 Pack)
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 10mm rod (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 30mm channel (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 41mm channel (10 Pack)
Closed Pipe Clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Open Pipe Clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Wall anchor clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Test wire for FHSD748
Wire burn test unit
Pipe Cutter
FHSD7215DC
15 Channel Micro bore aspiration smoke
detection system with display
General
The FHSD7215DC is a multi-channel microbore
air-sampling system with an alarm sensitivity
range from 0.001% to 20% obscuration/m. This
detector is classified as a Very Early Warning
Smoke Detector and can reliably detect fire at an
early stage, and low to high concentrations of
smoke.
As a multi-channel system, the FHSD7215DC is
able to divide a protected space into sampling
sectors, enabling the localization of a fire for
faster incident response. The detector is
configurable for a variety of environments,
providing ideal fire detection solutions for cabinets
and EDP rooms.
How it works
The FHSD7215DC detector draws a combined air
sample from a network of microbore flexible
tubing from all sectors in the protected area, then
filters and analyzes the sample in a laser
detection chamber. When smoke particles are
detected
and the smoke level reaches a TRACE alarm
threshold, the system will sequentially scan the
sectors via the rotary valve to identify the sector,
or sectors, with the smoke condition. Alarm states
(Alert, Action, Fire 1 and Fire 2) are shown on the
display and communicated to a host fire alarm
control panel or building management system
(BMS) after a preprogrammed time delay
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Early warning applications
Detection with high airflows
Unobtrusive detection
For inaccessible areas
Micro bore pipes
Programming and Configuration
RS232, RS485 and TCP/IP Ethernet
communication interfaces are available to connect
to programming devices and remote displays. The
system is locally or remotely configurable using
the configuration program, a comprehensive
programming and diagnostic software tool.
Accessories
The four alarm sensitivity thresholds and delays
can be individually programmed. The
FHSD7215DC detector provides a simple and
comprehensive display that includes an LED
array to show the measured smoke level for the
currently selected tube, and an on-board
programmer for local configuration.
331
FHSD7215DC
15 Channel Micro bore aspiration smoke
detection system with display
Specifications
24VDC, 600mA min, 1.5A max
Power supply
Smoke detector
Resolution
0.005%, range 20%
Light source
50mW 660nm high power laser diode
Expected laser lifetime
10 years
Pipes
Number of inlets
15 (on the side), fully addressable
Tube size
Micro bore 6mm o.d, 4mm i.d , flexible nylon or FEP tubing
Pipe lenght (max.)
50m
0.7 bar rotary vane vacuum pump
Alert, Action, Fire1, Fire2
0.005% - 20.0%
4 alarm relays, 1 fault relay, 1A NO/NC
RS232, RS485, ethernet TCP/IP
Aspirator
Alarm levels
Alarm setting range
Outputs
Communication
Mechanical
Weight
10.7 kg
Dimensions (W x H x D)
490 x 355 x 200mm
Environmental
Humidity
10 - 95 %
Temperature
-10 to 60 °C
IP rating
IP30
Accessories
Ordering Information
332
Part No.
Description
FHSD7215DC
15 Channel Micro bore aspiration smoke detection system with display
FHSD720RL
FHSD735
FHSD761
FHSD762P
FHSD763P
FHSD764
FHSD747
FHSD748
Relay Module 4 Channel for FHSD72x
Mini Remote display unit - 19" rack mount
Micro bore 6mm sampling tube - 30 meter reel
Straight Union - Micro-bore / 6 mm (10 Pack)
T-Union - Micro Bore / 6mm (10 Pack)
Scintered end of line filter for micro bore 6mm tube
Test wire for FHSD748
Wire burn test unit
FHSD721C
4pipe-1area Aspiration smoke detection
system without display
General
The FHSD721C detector is an air-sampling
system with an alarm sensitivity range from
0.001% to 20% obscuration/m. This detector is
classified as a Very Early Warning Smoke
Detector and can reliably detect fire at an early
stage, and low to high concentrations of smoke
over an area of 2000 m2.
The detector is configurable for a variety of
environments, providing an ideal fire detection
solution for power stations, telecommunications
and IT facilities, clean rooms, warehouses, cold
storage, harsh and hazardous areas, historic
buildings and museums.
How it works
The FHSD721C detector draws a combined air
sample into its inlet manifold from a pipe network,
then filters and analyzes the sample in a laser
detection chamber. Alarm states (Alert, Action,
Fire 1 and Fire 2) are communicated to a host fire
alarm control panel or building management
system (BMS) after a preprogrammed time delay.
Programming and Configuration
The four alarm sensitivity thresholds and delays
can be individually programmed. RS232, RS485
and TCP/IP Ethernet communication interfaces
are available to connect to programming devices
and remote displays. The system is locally or
remotely configurable using the configuration
program, a comprehensive programming and
diagnostic software tool.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Early warning applications
Detection with high airflows
Unobtrusive detection
Ideal for large open areas
For inaccessible areas
For dusty and humid environments
For tamperproof installations
Aspiration and Flow Sensing
Accessories
The aspirator is a 2000 Pa high pressure and high
volume fan, which provides superior detection
times over long pipe lengths and reliable
detection in high air flow environments. Airflow in
each pipe is monitored by a dual element thermal
sensing system, with airflow faults indicated on to
the monitoring equipment.
333
FHSD721C
4pipe-1area Aspiration smoke detection
system without display
Specifications
24 VDC, 500 mA min, 1.2 A max
Power supply
Smoke dectector
Resolution
0.005%, range 20%
Light source
50 mW 660nm high power laser diode
Expected laser lifetime
10 years
Pipes
Number of inlets
4 (at the top), 1 area
Pipe size
25mm outside diameter
Pipe length (max.)
100m per pipe
up to 2000m²
2000 Pa centrifugal air pump
Alert, Action, Fire1 & Fire2
0.005% - 20.0%
4 alarm relays, 1 fault relay, 1 A NO/NC
RS232, RS485, ethernet TCP/IP
Area coverage
Aspirator
Alarm levels
Alarm setting range
Outputs
Communication
Mechanical
Weight
10.7kg
Dimensions (W x H x D)
490 x 355 x 200mm
Environmental
Humidity
10 - 95 %
Temperature
-10 to 60 °C
IP rating
IP30
Sampling holes (@ 100m)
Class A
up to 16 holes
Class B
up to 72 holes
Class C
up to 72 holes
Accessories
Ordering Information
334
Part No.
Description
FHSD721C
4pipe-1area Aspiration smoke detection system without display
FHSD720RL
FHSD735
FHSD750
FHSD756
FHSD751
FHSD754
FHSD771P
FHSD772P
FHSD773P
FHSD774P
FHSD775P
FHSD776P
FHSD779P
FHSD778
FHSD784
FHSD791P
FHSD792P
FHSD793P
FHSD794P
FHSD795P
FHSD796P
FHSD797P
FHSD747
FHSD748
FHSD785
Relay Module 4 Channel for FHSD72x
Mini Remote display unit - 19" rack mount
Replacement filter element - fine (10 pack)
Replacement filter element - coarse (10 pack)
Filter+ with filter element - harsh environment
Replacement filter element for the FHSD751
Red Pipe 3m Length - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Straight Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
90 deg. Bend - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
45 deg. Elbow - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
End Cap - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Removable Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
T-union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Flush Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Raised Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 8mm rod (10 Pack)
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 10mm rod (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 30mm channel (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 41mm channel (10 Pack)
Closed Pipe Clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Open Pipe Clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Wall anchor clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Test wire for FHSD748
Wire burn test unit
Pipe Cutter
FHSD721DC
4pipe-1area Aspiration smoke detection
system with display
General
The FHSD721DC detector is an air-sampling
system with an alarm sensitivity range from
0.001% to 20% obscuration/m. This detector is
classified as a Very Early Warning Smoke
Detector and can reliably detect fire at an early
stage, and low to high concentrations of smoke
over an area of 2000 m2.
The detector is configurable for a variety of
environments, providing an ideal fire detection
solution for power stations, telecommunications
and IT facilities, clean rooms, warehouses, cold
storage, harsh and hazardous areas, historic
buildings and museums.
How it works
The FHSD721DC detector draws a combined air
sample into its inlet manifold from a pipe network,
then filters and analyzes the sample in a laser
detection chamber. Alarm states (Alert, Action,
Fire 1 and Fire 2) are shown on the display and
communicated to a host fire alarm control panel
or building management system (BMS) after a
preprogrammed time delay.
Programming and Configuration
The four alarm sensitivity thresholds and delays
can be individually programmed. The
FHSD721DC detector provides a simple and
comprehensive display that includes an LED
array to show the measured smoke level, and an
on-board programmer for local configuration.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Early warning applications
Detection with high airflows
Unobtrusive detection
Ideal for large open areas
For inaccessible areas
For dusty and humid environments
For tamperproof installations
RS232, RS485 and TCP/IP Ethernet
communication interfaces are available to connect
to programming devices and remote displays. The
system is locally or remotely configurable using
the configuration program, a comprehensive
programming and diagnostic software tool.
The aspirator is a 2000 Pa high pressure and high
volume fan, which provides superior detection
times over long pipe lengths and reliable
detection in high air flow environments. Airflow in
each pipe is monitored by a dual element thermal
sensing system, with airflow faults indicated on to
the monitoring equipment.
Accessories
Aspiration and Flow Sensing
335
FHSD721DC
4pipe-1area Aspiration smoke detection
system with display
Specifications
24 VDC, 500 mA min, 1.2 A max
Power supply
Smoke dectector
Resolution
0.005%, range 20%
Light source
50 mW 660nm high power laser diode
Expected laser lifetime
10 years
Pipes
Number of inlets
4 (at the top), 1 area
Pipe size
25mm outside diameter
Pipe length (max.)
100m per pipe
up to 2000m²
2000 Pa centrifugal air pump
Alert, Action, Fire1 & Fire2
0.005% - 20.0%
4 alarm relays, 1 fault relay, 1 A NO/NC
RS232, RS485, ethernet TCP/IP
Area coverage
Aspirator
Alarm levels
Alarm setting range
Outputs
Communication
Mechanical
Weight
10.7kg
Dimensions (W x H x D)
490 x 355 x 200mm
Environmental
Humidity
10 - 95 %
Temperature
-10 to 60 °C
IP rating
IP30
Sampling holes (@ 100m)
Class A
up to 16 holes
Class B
up to 72 holes
Class C
up to 72 holes
Accessories
Ordering Information
336
Part No.
Description
FHSD721DC
4pipe-1area Aspiration smoke detection system with display
FHSD720RL
FHSD735
FHSD750
FHSD756
FHSD751
FHSD754
FHSD771P
FHSD772P
FHSD773P
FHSD774P
FHSD775P
FHSD776P
FHSD779P
FHSD778
FHSD784
FHSD791P
FHSD792P
FHSD793P
FHSD794P
FHSD795P
FHSD796P
FHSD797P
FHSD747
FHSD748
FHSD785
Relay Module 4 Channel for FHSD72x
Mini Remote display unit - 19" rack mount
Replacement filter element - fine (10 pack)
Replacement filter element - coarse (10 pack)
Filter+ with filter element - harsh environment
Replacement filter element for the FHSD751
Red Pipe 3m Length - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Straight Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
90 deg. Bend - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
45 deg. Elbow - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
End Cap - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Removable Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
T-union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Flush Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Raised Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 8mm rod (10 Pack)
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 10mm rod (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 30mm channel (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 41mm channel (10 Pack)
Closed Pipe Clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Open Pipe Clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Wall anchor clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Test wire for FHSD748
Wire burn test unit
Pipe Cutter
FHSD724DC
4pipe-4area Aspiration smoke detection
system with display
General
The FHSD724DC detector is a multi-channel
large bore air-sampling systems with an alarm
sensitivity range from 0.001% to
20%obscuration/m. This detector is classified as a
Very Early Warning Smoke Detector and can
reliably detect fire at an early stage, and low to
high concentrations of smoke.
As a multi-channel system, the FHSD724DC
detector is able to divide a protected space into
sampling sectors, enabling the localization of a
fire for faster incident response. The detector is
configurable for a variety of environments,
providing ideal fire detection solutions for power
stations, telecommunications and IT facilities,
clean rooms, warehouses, cold storage, harsh
and hazardous areas, historic buildings,
museums, prison cells and technical cabinets.
How it works
The FHSD724DC detector draws a combined air
sample from a network of large bore pipes from
all sectors in the protected area, then filters and
analyzes the sample in a laser detection
chamber. When smoke particles are detected and
the smoke level reaches a TRACE alarm
threshold, the system will sequentially scan the
sectors via the rotary valve to identify the sector,
or sectors, with the smoke condition. Alarm states
(Alert, Action, Fire 1 and Fire 2) are shown on the
display and communicated to a host fire alarm
control panel or building management system
(BMS) after a preprogrammed time delay.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Early warning applications
Detection with high airflows
Unobtrusive detection
Ideal for large open areas
For inaccessible areas
For dusty and humid environments
For tamperproof installations
Programming and Configuration
RS232, RS485 and TCP/IP Ethernet
communication interfaces are available to connect
to programming devices and remote displays. The
system is locally or remotely configurable using
the configuration program, a comprehensive
programming and diagnostic software tool.
Accessories
The four alarm sensitivity thresholds and delays
can be individually programmed. The
FHSD724DC detector provides a simple and
comprehensive display that includes an LED
array to show the measured smoke level for the
currently selected pipe, and an on-board
programmer for local configuration.
337
FHSD724DC
4pipe-4area Aspiration smoke detection
system with display
Specifications
24 VDC, 500 mA min, 1.2 A max
Power supply
Smoke dectector
Resolution
0.005%, range 20%
Light source
50 mW 660nm high power laser diode
Expected laser lifetime
10 years
Pipes
Number of inlets
4 (on the side), 4 area
Pipe size
25mm outside diameter
Pipe length (max.)
100m per pipe
up to 2000m²
2000 Pa centrifugal air pump
Alert, Action, Fire1 & Fire2
0.005% - 20.0%
4 alarm relays, 1 fault relay, 1 A NO/NC
RS232, RS485, ethernet TCP/IP
Area coverage
Aspirator
Alarm levels
Alarm setting range
Outputs
Communication
Mechanical
Weight
10.7kg
Dimensions (W x H x D)
490 x 355 x 200mm
Environmental
Humidity
10 - 95 %
Temperature
-10 to 60 °C
IP rating
IP30
Sampling holes (@ 100m)
Class A
up to 20 holes
Class B
up to 48 holes
Class C
up to 72 holes
Accessories
Ordering Information
338
Part No.
Description
FHSD724DC
4pipe-4area Aspiration smoke detection system with display
FHSD720RL
FHSD735
FHSD750
FHSD756
FHSD751
FHSD754
FHSD771P
FHSD772P
FHSD773P
FHSD774P
FHSD775P
FHSD776P
FHSD779P
FHSD778
FHSD784
FHSD791P
FHSD792P
FHSD793P
FHSD794P
FHSD795P
FHSD796P
FHSD797P
FHSD747
FHSD748
FHSD785
Relay Module 4 Channel for FHSD72x
Mini Remote display unit - 19" rack mount
Replacement filter element - fine (10 pack)
Replacement filter element - coarse (10 pack)
Filter+ with filter element - harsh environment
Replacement filter element for the FHSD751
Red Pipe 3m Length - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Straight Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
90 deg. Bend - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
45 deg. Elbow - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
End Cap - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Removable Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
T-union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Flush Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Raised Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 8mm rod (10 Pack)
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 10mm rod (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 30mm channel (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 41mm channel (10 Pack)
Closed Pipe Clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Open Pipe Clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Wall anchor clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Test wire for FHSD748
Wire burn test unit
Pipe Cutter
FHSD726DC
6pipe-6area Aspiration smoke detection
system with display
General
The FHSD726DC detector is a multi-channel
large bore air-sampling systems with an alarm
sensitivity range from 0.001% to
20%obscuration/m. This detector is classified as a
Very Early Warning Smoke Detector and can
reliably detect fire at an early stage, and low to
high concentrations of smoke.
As a multi-channel system, the FHSD726DC
detector is able to divide a protected space into
sampling sectors, enabling the localization of a
fire for faster incident response. The detector is
configurable for a variety of environments,
providing ideal fire detection solutions for power
stations, telecommunications and IT facilities,
clean rooms, warehouses, cold storage, harsh
and hazardous areas, historic buildings,
museums, prison cells and technical cabinets.
How it works
The FHSD726DC detector draws a combined air
sample from a network of large bore pipes from
all sectors in the protected area, then filters and
analyzes the sample in a laser detection
chamber. When smoke particles are detected and
the smoke level reaches a TRACE alarm
threshold, the system will sequentially scan the
sectors via the rotary valve to identify the sector,
or sectors, with the smoke condition. Alarm states
(Alert, Action, Fire 1 and Fire 2) are shown on the
display and communicated to a host fire alarm
control panel or building management system
(BMS) after a preprogrammed time delay.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Early warning applications
Detection with high airflows
Unobtrusive detection
Ideal for large open areas
For inaccessible areas
For dusty and humid environments
For tamperproof installations
Programming and Configuration
RS232, RS485 and TCP/IP Ethernet
communication interfaces are available to connect
to programming devices and remote displays. The
system is locally or remotely configurable using
the configuration program, a comprehensive
programming and diagnostic software tool.
Accessories
The four alarm sensitivity thresholds and delays
can be individually programmed. The
FHSD726DC detector provides a simple and
comprehensive display that includes an LED
array to show the measured smoke level for the
currently selected pipe, and an on-board
programmer for local configuration.
339
FHSD726DC
6pipe-6area Aspiration smoke detection
system with display
Specifications
24 VDC, 500 mA min, 1.2 A max
Power supply
Smoke dectector
Resolution
0.005%, range 20%
Light source
50 mW 660nm high power laser diode
Expected laser lifetime
10 years
Pipes
Number of inlets
6 (on the side), 6 area
Pipe size
25mm outside diameter
Pipe length (max.)
100m per pipe
up to 2000m²
2000 Pa centrifugal air pump
Alert, Action, Fire1 & Fire2
0.005% - 20.0%
4 alarm relays, 1 fault relay, 1 A NO/NC
RS232, RS485, ethernet TCP/IP
Area coverage
Aspirator
Alarm levels
Alarm setting range
Outputs
Communication
Mechanical
Weight
10.7kg
Dimensions (W x H x D)
490 x 355 x 200mm
Environmental
Humidity
10 - 95 %
Temperature
-10 to 60 °C
IP rating
IP30
Sampling holes (@ 100m)
Class A
up to 30 holes
Class B
up to 72 holes
Class C
up to 72 holes
Accessories
Ordering Information
340
Part No.
Description
FHSD726DC
6pipe-6area Aspiration smoke detection system with display
FHSD720RL
FHSD735
FHSD750
FHSD756
FHSD751
FHSD754
FHSD771P
FHSD772P
FHSD773P
FHSD774P
FHSD775P
FHSD776P
FHSD779P
FHSD778
FHSD784
FHSD791P
FHSD792P
FHSD793P
FHSD794P
FHSD795P
FHSD796P
FHSD797P
FHSD747
FHSD748
FHSD785
Relay Module 4 Channel for FHSD72x
Mini Remote display unit - 19" rack mount
Replacement filter element - fine (10 pack)
Replacement filter element - coarse (10 pack)
Filter+ with filter element - harsh environment
Replacement filter element for the FHSD751
Red Pipe 3m Length - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Straight Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
90 deg. Bend - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
45 deg. Elbow - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
End Cap - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Removable Union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
T-union - Large Bore / 25mm (10 Pack)
Flush Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Raised Capillary Sampling Point - complete
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 8mm rod (10 Pack)
Stud clip holding 25mm pipe - for 10mm rod (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 30mm channel (10 Pack)
Channel Clip holding 25mm pipe - for 41mm channel (10 Pack)
Closed Pipe Clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Open Pipe Clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Wall anchor clip holding 25mm pipe (10 Pack)
Test wire for FHSD748
Wire burn test unit
Pipe Cutter
FHSD720RL
Relay Module 4 Channel for
FHSD72x
Accessories
Standard Features
341
FHSD720RL
Relay Module 4 Channel for
FHSD72x
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
342
Part No.
Description
FHSD720RL
Relay Module 4 Channel for FHSD72x
FHSD735
Mini Remote display unit 19” rack mount
The Mini Remote Display Unit (Rack mount RDU)
can be confi gured to monitor any one of the
detectors allowing simple remote monitoring and
control of detectors.
Standard Features
Accessories
E 19" rack mount
343
FHSD735
Mini Remote display unit 19” rack mount
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
344
Part No.
Description
FHSD735
FHSD735B
Mini Remote display unit - 19" rack mount
Blind plate for use with FHSD735
4A5
Intrinsically Safe
& EExd Devices
Datasheets
DP672
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe
Optical Smoke Detector
General
The DP672 is an intrinsically safe, optical smoke
detector and forms part of the 670 series of
intrinsically safe conventional detector line.
The DP672 is regarded as particularly suitable for
smouldering fires and escape routes as its
performance is good in black as well as in white
smoke. The device is designed to reduce the
incidence of false alarms through over-sensitivity
to transient phenomena significantly, and are
therefore recommended for use as general
purpose smoke detectors for early warning of fire
in most areas.
Classification
II 1G Ex ia IIC –40°C < Ta < +40°C (T5)
–40°C < Ta < +60°C (T4)
ATEX—Baseefa 06 ATEX 0007X
IECEx—IECEx BAS 06.0002X
Standard Features
E Elegant slim-line design
E EN54 and BASEEFA approved
E Installer friendly design
Accessories
BASEEFA Certificate number
347
DP672
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe
Optical Smoke Detector
Specifications
Operation
Sampling frequency
Once every 4 s
Electrical
Supply wiring
2 wires, polarity sensitive
Supply voltage
14-28 VDC
Minimum 'detector active' voltage
12 VDC
Minimum voltage to light alarm LED
6 VDC
Minimum holding voltage
5 VDC
Alarm reset voltage
< 1 VDC
Switch-on surge current
105 microA @ 24 VDC
Average quiescent current
85microA @ 24 VDC
Alarm load
325 Ohm in series with a 1.0 V drop
Remote output LED (-) characteristic
4.7 kOhm connected to negative supply
Power-up time
< 20 s
Alarm reset time
1s
Mechanical
Material
Moulded white polycarbonate.
Alarm Indicator
Integral indicator, 360° visibility
Dimensions (dia x h)
100 mm x 42 mm
Weight
75 g
Environmental
Operating and storage temperature*
-40°C to +70°C (no condensation or icing)
Humidity
0% to 98% RH (no condensation)
Wind speed
Unaffected
Atmospheric pressure
Insensitive
IP rating
23D
* Restrictions apply depending on operation class
Accessories
Ordering Information
348
Part No.
Description
DP672
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe Optical Smoke Detector
DB670
AI671
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe TimeSaver Base
Mini disc remote indicator
DP672T
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe
Optical/Heat Multi-Sensor
General
The DP672T is an intrinsically safe, optical/heat
multi-sensor and forms part of the 670 series of
intrinsically safe conventional detector line.
Multi-sensor smoke detectors are recognised as
good detectors for general use but are
additionally more sensitive to fast burning, flaming
fires - including liquid fires - than optical detectors.
They can be readily used instead of optical smoke
detectors but should be used as the detector of
choice for areas where the fire risk is likely to
include heat at an early stage in the development
of the fire.
Multi-Sensor Operation
The DP672T is a thermally enhanced smoke
detector and as such will not give an alarm from
heat alone. It is in essence an improvement on a
standard optical detector since it goes further in
its capabilities of fire detection. The sensitivity of
its optical detector is influenced by a heat sensing
element which makes the detector more
responsive to fast-burning, flaming fires.
Standard Features
E Elegant slim-line design
E EN54 and BASEEFA approved
E Installer friendly design
Classification
II 1G Ex ia IIC –40°C < Ta < +40°C (T5)
–40°C < Ta < +60°C (T4)
BASEEFA Certificate Number
Accessories
ATEX—Baseefa 06 ATEX 0007X
IECEx—IECEx BAS 06.0002X
349
DP672T
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe
Optical/Heat Multi-Sensor
Specifications
Operation
Sampling frequency
Once every 4 s
Electrical
Supply wiring
2 wires, polarity sensitive
Supply voltage
14-28 VDC
Minimum 'detector active' voltage
12 VDC
Minimum voltage to light alarm LED
6 VDC
Minimum holding voltage
5 VDC
Alarm reset voltage
< 1 VDC
Switch-on surge current
105 microA @ 24 VDC
Average quiescent current
85microA @ 24 VDC
Alarm load
325 Ohm in series with a 1.0 V drop
Remote output LED (-) characteristic
4.7 kOhm connected to negative supply
Power-up time
< 20 s
Alarm reset time
1s
Mechanical
Material
Moulded white polycarbonate.
Alarm Indicator
Integral indicator, 360° visibility
Dimensions (dia x h)
100 mm x 42 mm
Weight
80 g
Environmental
Operating and storage temperature*
-40°C to +70°C (no condensation or icing)
Humidity
0% to 98% RH (no condensation)
Wind speed
Unaffected
Atmospheric pressure
Insensitive
IP rating
23D
* Restrictions apply depending on operation class
Accessories
Ordering Information
350
Part No.
Description
DP672T
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe Optical/Heat Multi-Sensor
DB670
AI671
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe TimeSaver Base
Mini disc remote indicator
DT673
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe Heat Detector,
Grade A2S
General
The DT673 is a fixed temperture, intrinsically safe
heat detector with an operating temperature rating
at Grade A2 (up to 50°C) and forms part of the
670 series of intrinsically safe conventional
detector line.
Heat detectors are normally used in applications
where smoke detectors are unsuitable or if there
is a danger of nuisance alarms from smoke
detectors.
Heat Detector Classification
Heat detectors are classified according to the
highest ambient temperature in which they can
safely be used without risk of false alarm. The
classes are identified by the letters A to G. (Class
A is subdivided into A1 and A2.) In addition to the
basic classification, detectors may be identified by
a suffix to show that they are rate-of-rise (suffix R)
or fixed temperature (suffix S) types.
Detector Max. Application Static
Responce
Class
Temperture
Temperture
A1
50°C
54- 65°C
A2
50°C
54- 70°C
B
65°C
69- 85°C
C
80°C
84-100°C
D
95°C
99-115°C
E
110°C
114-130°C
F
125°C
129-145°C
G
140°C
144-160°C
Standard Features
E Elegant slim-line design
E EN54 and BASEEFA approved
E Installer friendly design
All heat detectors in the 630/670 range are tested
as static or rate-of-rise detectors and are
classified as A1R, A1S, A2S, BR, BS, CR and
CS.
Classification
II 1G Ex ia IIC –40°C < Ta < +40°C (T5)
–40°C < Ta < +60°C (T4)
BASEEFA Certificate number
Accessories
ATEX—Baseefa 06 ATEX 0007X
IECEx—IECEx BAS 06.0002X
351
DT673
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe Heat Detector,
Grade A2S
Specifications
Operation
Sampling frequency
Once every 2 s
Electrical
Supply wiring
2 wires, polarity sensitive
Supply voltage
14-28 VDC
Minimum 'detector active' voltage
12 VDC
Minimum voltage to light alarm LED
6 VDC
Minimum holding voltage
5 VDC
Alarm reset voltage
< 1 VDC
Switch-on surge current
105 microA @ 24 VDC
Average quiescent current
80microA @ 24 VDC
Alarm load
325 Ohm in series with a 1.0 V drop
Remote output LED (-) characteristic
4.7 kOhm connected to negative supply
Power-up time
< 20 s
Alarm reset time
1s
Mechanical
Material
Moulded white polycarbonate.
Alarm Indicator
Integral indicator, 360° visibility
Dimensions (dia x h)
100 mm x 42 mm
Weight
70 g
Environmental
Operating and storage temperature*
-40°C to +70°C (no condensation or icing)
Humidity
0% to 98% RH (no condensation)
Wind speed
Unaffected
Atmospheric pressure
Insensitive
IP rating
23D
* Restrictions apply depending on operation class
Accessories
Ordering Information
352
Part No.
Description
DT673
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe Heat Detector, Grade A2S
DB670
AI671
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe TimeSaver Base
Mini disc remote indicator
DT674
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe Heat
Detector, Grade A1R
General
The DT674 is a rate-of-rise, intrinsically safe heat
detector with an operating temperature rating at
Grade A1 (up to 50°C) and forms part of the 670
series of intrinsically safe conventional detector
line.
Heat detectors are normally used in applications
where smoke detectors are unsuitable or if there
is a danger of nuisance alarms from smoke
detectors.
Heat Detector Classification
Heat detectors are classified according to the
highest ambient temperature in which they can
safely be used without risk of false alarm. The
classes are identified by the letters A to G. (Class
A is subdivided into A1 and A2.) In addition to the
basic classification, detectors may be identified by
a suffix to show that they are rate-of-rise (suffix R)
or fixed temperature (suffix S) types.
Detector Max. Application Static
Responce
Class
Temperture
Temperture
A1
50°C
54- 65°C
A2
50°C
54- 70°C
B
65°C
69- 85°C
C
80°C
84-100°C
D
95°C
99-115°C
E
110°C
114-130°C
F
125°C
129-145°C
G
140°C
144-160°C
Standard Features
E Elegant slim-line design
E EN54 and BASEEFA approved
E Installer friendly design
All heat detectors in the 630/670 range are tested
as static or rate-of-rise detectors and are
classified as A1R, A1S, A2S, BR, BS, CR and
CS.
Classification
II 1G Ex ia IIC –40°C < Ta < +40°C (T5)
–40°C < Ta < +60°C (T4)
BASEEFA Certificate number
Accessories
ATEX - Baseefa 06 ATEX 0007X
IECEx - IECEx BAS 06.0002X
353
DT674
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe Heat Detector,
Grade A1R
Specifications
Operation
Sampling frequency
Once every 2 s
Electrical
Supply wiring
2 wires, polarity sensitive
Supply voltage
14-28 VDC
Minimum 'detector active' voltage
12 VDC
Minimum voltage to light alarm LED
6 VDC
Minimum holding voltage
5 VDC
Alarm reset voltage
< 1 VDC
Switch-on surge current
105 microA @ 24 VDC
Average quiescent current
80microA @ 24 VDC
Alarm load
325 Ohm in series with a 1.0 V drop
Remote output LED (-) characteristic
4.7 kOhm connected to negative supply
Power-up time
< 20 s
Alarm reset time
1s
Mechanical
Material
Moulded white polycarbonate.
Alarm Indicator
Integral indicator, 360° visibility
Dimensions (dia x h)
100 mm x 42 mm
Weight
70 g
Environmental
Operating and storage temperature*
-40°C to +70°C (no condensation or icing)
Humidity
0% to 98% RH (no condensation)
Wind speed
Unaffected
Atmospheric pressure
Insensitive
IP rating
23D
* Restrictions apply depending on operation class
Accessories
Ordering Information
354
Part No.
Description
DT674
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe Heat Detector, Grade A1R
DB670
AI671
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe TimeSaver Base
Mini disc remote indicator
DB670
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe
TimeSaver Base
General
The DB670 is part of the 670 series intrinsically
safe detector line. This TimeSaver Base® is a
completely new design that provides an open
working area and single quadrant terminals to
allow for easier installation.
Installing the DB670
The DB670 is designed to make installation fast
and simple. The E-Z fit fixing holes are shaped to
allow a simple three-step mounting procedure:
• Fit two screws to the mounting box or surface
• Place the DB670 IS base over the screws
and slide home
• Tighten the screws
The base offers three fixing centres as well as a
guide on the base interior to indicate the length of
cable to be stripped. Five terminals are provided
for the cables, four of them grouped together for
ease of termination. A remote indicator facility is
provided as standard. If it is required that all
detectors be fitted with their LEDs facing the
same direction, the bases may be fitted to the
ceiling observing the marking on the exterior that
indicates the position of the LED.
Standard Features
E Common base for all detectors in the line
E Elegant slim-line design
E Installer friendly design
Accessories
The terminal screws are captive screws and will
not fall out of the terminals. The DB670 is
supplied with all cable fixing screws unscrewed in
order to avoid unnecessary work for the installer.
355
DB670
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe
TimeSaver Base
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
356
Part No.
Description
DB670
Series 670 Intrinsically Safe TimeSaver Base
Product Data Sheet
ZC6-MCP-IS
Intrinsically safe conventional callpoint
SIRA Certitificated
The ZC6-MPC-IS intrinsically safe callpoint, provides
a manual means of raising an alarm within areas
made hazardous by the presence of explosive
gasses. Complying with EN54 Part11, the unit
carries full SIRA certification to ATEX Directive
94/9/EC.
Analogue or conventional
The callpoint can be used in analogue addressable
systems by interfacing the intrinsically safe spur to
the loop wiring via an A70E-2 addressable interface
and GBX2000 galvanic isolator, or in conventional
installations wired as a zone again via a GBX 2000
isolator. The device is fully compatible with the GE
Security - Ziton D670 range of IS detectors. The unit
is operated either by pressing a resettable element
(EN54 Part 11) or by breaking a frangible glass with
finger pressure. Glass elements have clear vinyl
coatings on the front surface to prevent operator
injury and to inhibit the release of loose fragments as
the glass is broken. Both operating elements are
easily interchangeable.
Push in terminals
ZC6-MCP-IS callpoints are designed for semi
recessed fixing, using a standard single gang socket
box, or can be surface mounted by means of a
Z-CPSB-1 matching plastic back box. Push in
terminals enable the device to be plugged directly
into the detector IS zone wiring, making replacement
simple and reducing internal cable ends to a
minimum. System testing, glass replacement and
reset are carried out by using a special maintenance
tool enabling part of the front moulding, including the
glass, to be lowered allowing the device to operate.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
SIRA certificated
Modern stylish design
Resettable or frangible operating elements
Plug in wiring connection
Single maintenance tool
Optional front cover
Accessories
For locations where malicious operation, or
accidental impact from flying objects may occur,
operation can be restricted by the addition of a clear,
polycarbonate, front cover (Z-MCP-HC), which can
be further protected by a cover seal (Z-MCP-HCS).
In use the seal must be broken, prior to raising the
front cover.
357
ZC6-MCP-IS
Intrinsically safe conventional callpoint
Specifications
ZC6-MCP-IS
EN54 Pt 11
Conventional callpoint
Ex II 1 G EExia IIC T4
All ZC conventional systems via GBX2000 galvanic isolator, all ZP3 systems
via A70E-2 loop interface and GBX2000 isolator
Addition of Z-CPSB-1 back box for surface or single gang socket box for semi
flush fixing
Two wire zone connection to local codes
30Vdc (max)
Micro switch
Indoor installation
IP24D
-30ºC to +70ºC
0% to 95% RH (non condensing)
CE marked (EEC89/336)
Moulded ABS
Recessed - 93mm (H) x 89mm (W) x 27.5mm (D), surface with back box 93mm (H) x 89mm (W) x 59.5mm (D)
Red (Ral 3001)
110g Flush, 160g Surface
PS3046
Model No
Specification
Description
Certification
Compatibility
Mounting
Wiring
Operating voltage
Operating principle
Application
Ingress protection
Temperature range
Humidity range
EMC
Material
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
Accessories
Ordering Information
358
Part No.
Description
ZC6-MCP-IS
Intrinsically safe conventional callpoint
DMN700E-IS
Manual Callpoint, I.S.,Red, 560 ohm, Free
Contact, Outdoor, Surface Mount, Glass
General
The DMN700E-IS is an Intrinsically safe MCP,
designed for applications where an ingress
protection rating up to IP67, is required. It comes
with snap on connections, which ensure ease of
installation and maintenance. Assembly of the
unit is also made easy with a simple snap on fit,
and 4 screws to secure the unit.
Installation
Options and Approvals
Through new standards and legislation, both
glass and re-settable operating elements may be
used. To provide the greatest ‘flex-ability’,
the new MCP range can be configured as either
break glass or re-settable unit by simply changing
from one element to another. No other additional
parts or alternative products are required. Full
compliance with the latest standards is essential
and the new MCP outdoor call point range is
approved to the latest EN54-11 standard
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
Easy to install
With break glass or resettable element
Easy to replace glass
High quality micro switch
IP67 rated
EN54-11 & CPD approved
Accessories
Installation time and ultimately cost, are of
paramount importance. The MCP range directly
reflects this need by providing a unique ‘plug
and play’ concept designed specifically to
reduce installation time. All new MCP products
utilise a special terminal block, where all initial
installation cabling is terminated. This terminal
block is then simply connected to the back of the
MCP. Simple,but effective, with no re-termination
required and no time wasted.
359
DMN700E-IS
Manual Callpoint, I.S.,Red, 560 ohm, Free
Contact, Outdoor, Surface Mount, Glass
Specifications
0.5 - 2.5 mm²
2 A @ 30VDC
560
Cable Termination
Max. contact rating (resistive load)
Series resistor
Mechanical
Material
PC/ABS
Weight
270 g
Dimensions (W x H x D)
98 x 94 x 70 mm
Color
Red ( Ral 3001 )
-30ºC to + 70º C
0-95% RV
IP67
EEx ia IIC T4
Operating temperature
Relative humidity (non-condensing)
IP Rating
IEC marking
Accessories
Ordering Information
360
Part No.
Description
DMN700E-IS
Manual Callpoint, Intrinsically safe, Red, 560 ohm and Free Contact,
Outdoor, Surface Mount with Glass
DM715
DMN782
DMN784
DMN798
DMN800
EN54 Universal MCP Glass (without branding)
Hinged transparent MCP protection cover
Call Point Test Key
Breakable Seal for Manual Call Points
Resettable Element for Manual Call Point
AS372
Fire sounder, intrinsic safe,
multi tone, surface mount
General
The AS372 is an intrinsic safe electronic sounder
for use in intrinsic safe areas, to provide an
audible warning signal in case of fire. It carries
EEx ia IIC T4 rating, and has a ABS flame
retardant housing with IP65 rating.
Intrinsically Safe Area
The AS372 is ATEX approved with ExII 1G and
EEx ia IIC T4 ratings. It is housed in flame
retardant ABS with UL94V0 & 5VA rating, and
offers IP65 ingress protection.
Efficient and versatile
With a choice of 49 different tones (see tones
table in manual), which are switch selectable, the
required tone can be selected during installation.
A second and third tone, is available if extra wires
are installed in the sounder circuit.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
ATEX approved
EEx ia IIC T4 rating
49 Tones user selectable
Automatic syncronisation
Surface mount
E Volume control
E IP65
Accessories
The AS372 provide high sound output at a low
current, thus reducing power requirements and
system cost. The AS372 sounder is supplied with
a volume control as standard, allowing final audio
adjustments to be made during installation.
361
AS372
Fire sounder, intrinsic safe, multi tone,
surface mount
Specifications
Continuous
6 - 28 VDC
Operation
Supply voltage
Current consumption
(see tone table in manual)
25mA typical
Sound output @ 1 metre
(see tone table in manual)
up to 100dB(A)
49
Phased start
Polarised input
ABS flame retardant
IP65
-40°C to +60°C
89 x 99 mm
350g
Red
Number of tones
Automatic synchronisation
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Weight
Color
Accessories
Ordering Information
362
Part No.
Description
AS372
Fire sounder, intrinsic safe, multi tone, surface mount
AS374
Fire sounder, hazardous area, multi tone, horn
FA370
FA370C
FA375
FA375Y
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe, red lens
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe, clear lens
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area, red lens
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area, yellow/amber lens
GBX370
I.S. Galvanic isolator for AS372/FA370 series
FA370
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe,
red lens
General
The FA370 is a LED beacon for use in intrinsic
safe areas, to provide a visual warning signal in
case of fire. It carries EEx ia IIC T4 rating, and
has a ABS flame retardant housing with IP65
rating.
Intrinsically Safe Area
The FA370 is ATEX approved with ExII 1G and
EEx ia IIC T4 ratings. It is housed in flame
retardant ABS with UL94V0 & 5VA rating, and
offers IP65 ingress protection.
Efficient and versatile
The FA370 beacon utilises 6 high intensity
LED’s and a prismatic lens for effective visual
warning and greater spread of light.
Standard Features
ATEX approved
EEx ia IIC T4 rating
IP65
High efficiency LED's
Accessories
E
E
E
E
363
FA370
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe,
red lens
Specifications
Continuous
6 - 28 VDC
25mA
60 or 120 /min.
Polarised input
ABS flame retardant
IP65
-40°C to +60°C
89 x 85 mm
350g
Red
Red
Operation
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Flash rate
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Weight
Color housing
Color lens
Accessories
Ordering Information
364
Part No.
Description
FA370
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe, red lens
AS372
AS374
Fire sounder, intrinsic safe, multi tone, surface mount
Fire sounder, hazardous area, multi tone, horn
FA370C
FA375
FA375Y
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe, clear lens
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area, red lens
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area, yellow/amber lens
GBX370
I.S. Galvanic isolator for AS372/FA370 series
FA370C
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe,
clear lens
General
The FA370C is a LED beacon for use in intrinsic
safe areas, to provide a visual warning signal in
case of fire. It carries EEx ia IIC T4 rating, and
has a ABS flame retardant housing with IP65
rating.
Intrinsically Safe Area
The FA370C is ATEX approved with ExII 1G and
EEx ia IIC T4 ratings. It is housed in flame
retardant ABS with UL94V0 & 5VA rating, and
offers IP65 ingress protection.
Efficient and versatile
The FA370C beacon utilises 6 high intensity
LED’s and a prismatic lens for effective visual
warning and greater spread of light.
Standard Features
ATEX approved
EEx ia IIC T4 rating
IP65
High efficiency LED's
Accessories
E
E
E
E
365
FA370C
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe,
clear lens
Specifications
Continuous
6 - 28 VDC
25mA
60 or 120 /min.
Polarised input
ABS flame retardant
IP65
-40°C to +60°C
89 x 85 mm
350g
Red
Clear
Operation
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Flash rate
Line monitoring input
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Weight
Color housing
Color lens
Accessories
Ordering Information
366
Part No.
Description
FA370C
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe, clear lens
AS372
AS374
Fire sounder, intrinsic safe, multi tone, surface mount
Fire sounder, hazardous area, multi tone, horn
FA370
FA375
FA375Y
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe, red lens
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area, red lens
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area, yellow/amber lens
GBX370
I.S. Galvanic isolator for AS372/FA370 series
GBX370
I.S. Galvanic isolator
for AS372/FA370 series
General
The GBX370 is a galvanic barrier specifically
designed to drive sounders and beacons, which
are located in intrinsic safe areas. It is
recommended to be used in conjunction with the
AS372, FA370 or FA370C.
Application
The GBX370 functions like a "DC to DC
converter" with current limiting, set at 45 mA. The
input and output are galvanically isolated from
each other.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Output EEx ia IIC
EMC acc. to NAMUR NE 21
Up to SIL3 acc. to IEC 61508
45 mA Output
Accessories
It is designed for the connection of audible alarms
and visual indicators, which needs to be located
in an Intrinsically safe area. This makes it ideal for
use with the AS372, when a sounder needs to be
installed in an Intrinsically safe area, or with the
FA370/FA370C when a beacon is required.
367
GBX370
I.S. Galvanic isolator
for AS372/FA370 series
Specifications
Input
Voltage
5 to 35 VDC
Current
7 mA at 18.5 VDC
Power loss
85 mA at 35 VDC
1.3 W
Output
Internal resistor
<= 294 ohm
Open loop voltage
>= 22.8V
Limit
Ie: >=45.3 mA, Ue : 9.1V
Rated current
45 mA
-20°C to +60°C
Ambient temperature
Mechanical specifications
Protection degree
IP20
Weight
± 100 g
Dimensions
20 x 107 x 115 mm
II (1) G D [EEx ia] IIC (-20°C <= Tamb <= 60°C)
Group, category, type of protection
Type of protection [EEx ia]
Explosion group
IIA
External capacitance
2.9 microF
0.82 microF
IIB
IIC
0.107 microF
External inductance
36.02 mH
17.72 mH
4.3 mH
Accessories
Ordering Information
368
Part No.
Description
GBX370
I.S. Galvanic isolator for AS372/FA370 series
GBX2000
I.S. Isolated Barrier for
Conventional Systems
General
The GBX2000 is a galvanic isolation barrier
selected specifically for use between an
Intrinsically safe conventional zone and a
zone-monitor.
Application
Every GBX2000 (4 terminals) functions like a "DC
current isolator" with reverse polarity protection.
The input and output are galvanically isolated
from each other.
Application
• The isolation of power loops for the control of
positioner, I/P converters etc. A current source is
connected to the safe area terminals.
• The isolation of a current signal from fire
detectors or similar sensors. In this case, a
voltage source can be connected to the safe area
terminals. A specific measurement current across
a passive sensor can be measured in the safe
area with a series resistor (min. 50 ¿). When a
voltage supply is used, the measuring resistor can
also provide current limitations.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Approved with the IU2055 zone monitor unit
Output EEx ia IIC
Device installation permissible in zone 2
Polarity reversal protected
Accuracy 1%
EMC acc. to NAMUR NE 21
Up to SIL2 acc. to IEC 61508
Accessories
It is designed for the connection of fire detectors,
smoke detectors, temperature sensors, etc. The
detector's increased current range and the higher
accuracy allow for differentiation between normal
operation, fire alarm, lead breakage and short
circuit currents in the safe area. In many cases
they may also be used for controlling I/P
converters. A separate power supply with
auxiliary power is not required. Due to the input
voltage limiting of 24 V, the maximum voltage
output is 21 V.
369
GBX2000
I.S. Isolated Barrier for
Conventional Systems
Specifications
Inputs/outputs (not intrinsically safe)
Voltage
4 to 35 VDC
Current
0 to 40 mA
Power loss
at 40 mA and Uin < 22 V: 700 mW
at 40 mA and Uin > 22V: 1.2 W
Inputs/outputs (intrinsically safe)
Voltage
for 4 V < Uin < 24 V: >= Uin - (0.37 x current in mA) - 1.0
for Uin > 24 V: = 21 V - (0.36 x current in mA)
at Uin > 24 V: >= 65 mA
Short-circuit current
Transfer current
<= 40 mA
-20°C to +60°C
Ambient temperature
Mechanical specifications
Protection degree
IP20
Weight
± 100 g
Dimensions
20 x 107 x 115 mm
II (1) G D [EEx ia] IIC (-20°C <= Tamb <= 60°C)
Group, category, type of protection
Type of protection [EEx ia]
Explosion group
IIA
External capacitance
2.9 microF
0.82 microF 0.107 microF
IIB
IIC
External inductance
33 mH
18 mH
4.3 mH
Accessories
Ordering Information
370
Part No.
Description
GBX2000
I.S. Isolated Barrier for Conventional Systems
AS374
Fire sounder, hazardous area,
multi tone, horn
General
The AS374 is a hazardous area electronic
sounder for use in hazardous areas, to provide an
audible warning signal in case of fire. It carries
EExd IIC T4 rating, and has a marine grade
aluminium housing with IP67 rating.
Hazardous Area
The AS374 is ATEX approved with ExII 2G and
EExd IIC T4 ratings. It is housed in marine grade
aluminium, and offers IP67 ingress protection.
Efficient and versatile
With a choice of 32 different tones (see tones
table in manual), which are switch selectable, the
required tone can be selected during installation.
A second and third tone, is available if extra wires
are installed in the sounder circuit.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
ATEX approved
EExd IIC T4 rating
32 Tones user selectable
2nd and 3rd stage alarm
IP67
High output
Accessories
The AS374 provide a high sound output level,
which ensures that it can be used indoor and
outdoor. The AS374 sounder is supplied with a
volume control as standard, allowing final audio
adjustments to be made during installation. This
allows of the output level to be reduced, when the
sounder is used indoors.
371
AS374
Fire sounder, hazardous area,
multi tone, horn
Specifications
Continuous
24 VDC
Supply voltage
Current consumption
(see tone table in manual)
250mA typical
Sound output @ 1 metre
(see tone table in manual)
up to 117dB(A)
32
Marine grade LM6 aluminium
IP67
-50°C to +55°C
181 x 262 mm
3.4 Kg
Red
Number of tones
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Weight
Color
Accessories
Ordering Information
372
Part No.
Description
AS374
Fire sounder, hazardous area, multi tone, horn
AS372
Fire sounder, intrinsic safe, multi tone, surface mount
FA370
FA370C
FA375
FA375Y
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe, red lens
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe, clear lens
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area, red lens
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area, yellow/amber lens
FA375
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area,
red lens
General
The FA375 is a 5J Xenon beacon for use in
hazardous areas, to provide a visual warning
signal in case of fire. It carries EExd IIC T6 rating,
and has a marine grade aluminium housing with
IP67 rating.
Hazardous Area
The FA375 is ATEX approved with ExII 2G and
EExd IIC T6 ratings. It is housed in marine grade
aluminium and offers IP67 ingress protection.
Efficient and versatile
The FA375 beacon offers a 5J Xenon output, with
a lens guard fitted as standard. Together with the
marine grade aluminium housing, this beacon
offers a very rugged and strong solution.
Standard Features
ATEX approved
EExd IIC T6 rating
IP67
5J Xenon
Lens guard
Accessories
E
E
E
E
E
373
FA375
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area,
red lens
Specifications
Continuous
24 VDS
270mA
60 /min.
Marine grade LM6 aluminum
IP67
-50°C to +40°C
153 x 246 mm
2.45Kg
Red
Red
Operation
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Flash rate
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Weight
Color housing
Color lens
Accessories
Ordering Information
374
Part No.
Description
FA375
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area, red lens
AS372
AS374
Fire sounder, intrinsic safe, multi tone, surface mount
Fire sounder, hazardous area, multi tone, horn
FA370
FA370C
FA375Y
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe, red lens
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe, clear lens
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area, yellow/amber lens
FA375Y
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area,
yellow/amber lens
General
The FA375Y is a 5J Xenon beacon for use in
hazardous areas, to provide a visual warning
signal in case of fire. It carries EExd IIC T6 rating,
and has a marine grade aluminium housing with
IP67 rating.
Hazardous Area
The FA375Y is ATEX approved with ExII 2G and
EExd IIC T6 ratings. It is housed in marine grade
aluminium and offers IP67 ingress protection.
Efficient and versatile
The FA375Y beacon offers a 5J Xenon output,
with a lens guard fitted as standard. Together with
the marine grade aluminium housing, this beacon
offers a very rugged and strong solution.
Standard Features
ATEX approved
EExd IIC T6 rating
IP67
5J Xenon
Lens guard
Accessories
E
E
E
E
E
375
FA375Y
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area,
yellow/amber lens
Specifications
Continuous
24 VDS
270mA
60 /min.
Marine grade LM6 aluminum
IP67
-50°C to +40°C
153 x 246 mm
2.45Kg
Red
Yellow/Amber
Operation
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Flash rate
Housing
Ingress protection
Operating temperature
Dimensions (Ø x D)
Weight
Color housing
Color lens
Accessories
Ordering Information
376
Part No.
Description
FA375Y
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area, yellow/amber lens
AS372
AS374
Fire sounder, intrinsic safe, multi tone, surface mount
Fire sounder, hazardous area, multi tone, horn
FA370
FA370C
FA375
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe, red lens
Led Beacon, intrinsic safe, clear lens
5J Xenon Beacon, hazardous area, red lens
4A6
Door Holders
Datasheets
FE230
Door holder, surface mount, 400N,
with release button
General
The FE230 is a surface mount door holder, in a
Bayblend housing, which offers a 400N holding
force and a release button. Cable entry is
possible from the back or from the sides, and the
release button can be located at the top, or one of
the sides.
Magnet construction
The magnet is constructed with a pressed coil
and anti-remenance pin, giving it a protection of
IP54. The protection diodes are integrated into
this construction.
Housing
The plastic housing is manufactured from
Bayblend and contains 30% PA6 glass fiber,
which makes it much stronger than standard ABS.
Bayblend offers high heat resistance, high impact
and notched impact strength, and high stiffness
and dimensional stability.
Installer friendly
- For practical ease of installation, the door holder
comes complete with electrical screw terminals.
- The housing is predrilled in a practical, standard
format for rapid mounting.
- The door holder is supplied complete with a
keeper plate, which offer angular adjustment.
- The release button can be position in three
different locations: top, left or right
- Cable entry can be done in four different
locations: back, top, left or right.
Standard Features
E Low power - 1.6 W
E 400 N holding force
E Anti-remnant ejector
E Spark suppression diode and reverse polarity
protection
E Release button
E EN1155 approved
E Keeper plate included
Approvals
Accessories
The FE230 is fully approved according to
EN1155.
379
FE230
Door holder, surface mount, 400N,
with release button
Specifications
24 VDC
1.6 W
400
Supply
Power
Holding force (N)
IP rating
Magnet
IP54
Connection
IP42
Dimensions (mm)
(H x W x D)
110 x 85 x 38
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
100%
Release button
Spark suppression diode
Reverse polarity protection
EN1155
Duty cycle
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
FE230
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, with release button
FE225-150
FE225-300
FE235
FE240
FE245
FE250
Universal bracket wall or floor monting - 150mm
Universal bracket wall or floor monting - 300mm
Door holder, square base, 400N
Door holder, flush mounting, 400N
Door holder, wall mount, 400N, with release button
Door holder, floor mounting, 400N, with release button
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
175mm
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
325mm
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
475mm
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, mains powered
FE260-175
FE260-325
FE260-475
Accessories
FE290
380
FE235
Door holder, square base, 400N
General
The FE235 is a surface mount door holder, with a
Bayblend base, which offers a 400N holding
force.
Magnet construction
The magnet is constructed with a pressed coil
and anti-remenance pin, giving it a protection of
IP54. The protection diodes are integrated into
this construction.
Housing
Installer friendly
- For practical ease of installation, the door holder
comes complete with electrical screw terminals.
- The base is predrilled in a practical, standard
format for rapid mounting.
- The door holder is supplied complete with a
keeper plate, which offer angular adjustment.
Approvals
The FE235 is fully approved according to
EN1155.
Standard Features
E Low power - 1.6 W
E 400 N holding force
E Anti-remnant ejector
E Spark suppression diode and reverse polarity
protection
E EN1155 approved
E Keeper plate included
Accessories
The plastic base is manufactured from Bayblend
and contains 30% PA6 glass fiber, which makes it
much stronger than standard ABS. Bayblend
offers high heat resistance, high impact and
notched impact strength, and high stiffness and
dimensional stability.
381
FE235
Door holder, square base, 400N
Specifications
24 VDC
1.6 W
400
Supply
Power
Holding force (N)
IP rating
Magnet
IP54
Connection
IP42
Dimensions (mm)
(H x W x D)
55 x 55 x 33
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
100%
Release button
Spark suppression diode
Reverse polarity protection
EN1155
Duty cycle
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
FE235
Door holder, square base, 400N
FE230
FE240
FE245
FE250
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, with release button
Door holder, flush mounting, 400N
Door holder, wall mount, 400N, with release button
Door holder, floor mounting, 400N, with release button
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
175mm
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
325mm
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
475mm
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, mains powered
FE260-175
FE260-325
FE260-475
Accessories
FE290
382
FE240
Door holder, flush mounting, 400N
General
The FE240 is a flush mount door holder, with a
Bayblend housing, which offers a 400N holding
force.
Magnet construction
The magnet is constructed with a pressed coil
and anti-remenance pin, giving it a protection of
IP54. The protection diodes are integrated into
this construction.
Housing
Installer friendly
- For practical ease of installation, the door holder
comes complete with electrical screw terminals.
- The housing is predrilled in a practical, standard
format for rapid mounting.
- The door holder is supplied complete with a
keeper plate, which offer angular adjustment.
Approvals
The FE240 is fully approved according to
EN1155.
Standard Features
E Low power - 1.6 W
E 400 N holding force
E Anti-remnant ejector
E Spark suppression diode and reverse polarity
protection
E EN1155 approved
E Keeper plate included
Accessories
The plastic housing is manufactured from
Bayblend and contains 30% PA6 glass fiber,
which makes it much stronger than standard ABS.
Bayblend offers high heat resistance, high impact
and notched impact strength, and high stiffness
and dimensional stability.
383
FE240
Door holder, flush mounting, 400N
Specifications
Supply
24 VDC
Power
Holding force (N)
IP rating
1.6 W
400
Magnet
IP54
Connection
IP42
Dimensions (mm)
(H x W x D)
85 x 85 x 35
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
100%
Release button
Spark suppression diode
Reverse polarity protection
EN1155
Duty cycle
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
FE240
Door holder, flush mounting, 400N
FE230
FE235
FE245
FE250
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, with release button
Door holder, square base, 400N
Door holder, wall mount, 400N, with release button
Door holder, floor mounting, 400N, with release button
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
175mm
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
325mm
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
475mm
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, mains powered
FE260-175
FE260-325
FE260-475
Accessories
FE290
384
FE245
Door holder, wall mount, 400N,
with release button
General
The FE245 is a wall mount door holder, in a
Bayblend housing, which offers a 400N holding
force and a release button.
Magnet construction
The magnet is constructed with a pressed coil
and anti-remenance pin, giving it a protection of
IP54. The protection diodes are integrated into
this construction.
Housing
Installer friendly
- For practical ease of installation, the door holder
comes complete with electrical screw terminals.
- The housing is predrilled in a practical, standard
format for rapid mounting.
- The door holder is supplied complete with a
keeper plate, which offer angular adjustment.
Approvals
The FE245 is fully approved according to
EN1155.
Standard Features
E Low power - 1.6 W
E 400 N holding force
E Anti-remnant ejector
E Spark suppression diode and reverse polarity
protection
E Release button
E EN1155 approved
E Keeper plate included
Accessories
The plastic housing is manufactured from
Bayblend and contains 30% PA6 glass fiber,
which makes it much stronger than standard ABS.
Bayblend offers high heat resistance, high impact
and notched impact strength, and high stiffness
and dimensional stability.
385
FE245
Door holder, wall mount, 400N,
with release button
Specifications
24 VDC
1.6 W
400
Supply
Power
Holding force (N)
IP rating
Magnet
IP54
Connection
IP42
Dimensions (mm)
(H x W x D)
70 x 70 x 65
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
100%
Release button
Spark suppression diode
Reverse polarity protection
EN1155
Duty cycle
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
FE245
Door holder, wall mount, 400N, with release button
FE230
FE235
FE240
FE250
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, with release button
Door holder, square base, 400N
Door holder, flush mounting, 400N
Door holder, floor mounting, 400N, with release button
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
175mm
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
325mm
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
475mm
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, mains powered
FE260-175
FE260-325
FE260-475
Accessories
FE290
386
FE250
Door holder, floor mounting, 400N,
with release button
General
The FE250 is a floor mount door holder, in a
Bayblend housing, which offers a 400N holding
force and a release button. Cable entry is
possible from the back or from the sides, and the
release button can be located at the bottom, or
one of the sides. The metal mounting bracket
offers two mounting options: inside –
anti-vandal mode & standard (as shown).
Magnet construction
The magnet is constructed with a pressed coil
and anti-remenance pin, giving it a protection of
IP54. The protection diodes are integrated into
this construction.
Housing
The plastic housing is manufactured from
Bayblend and contains 30% PA6 glass fiber,
which makes it much stronger than standard ABS.
Bayblend offers high heat resistance, high impact
and notched impact strength, and high stiffness
and dimensional stability.
Installer friendly
- For practical ease of installation, the door holder
comes complete with electrical screw terminals.
- The housing is predrilled in a practical, standard
format for rapid mounting.
- The door holder is supplied complete with a
keeper plate, which offer angular adjustment.
- The release button can be position in three
different locations: bottom, left or right
- Cable entry can be done in four different
locations: back, top, left or right.
- The door holder can be mounted “inside”
of metal bracket – anti-vandal mode, or
standard/outside.
Standard Features
E Low power - 1.6 W
E 400 N holding force
E Anti-remnant ejector
E Spark suppression diode and reverse polarity
protection
E
E
E
E
Release button
EN1155 approved
Metal mounting bracket
Keeper plate included
Approvals
Accessories
The FE250 is fully approved according to
EN1155.
387
FE250
Door holder, floor mounting, 400N,
with release button
Specifications
24 VDC
1.6 W
400
Supply
Power
Holding force (N)
IP rating
Magnet
IP54
Connection
IP42
Dimensions (mm)
(H x W x D)
128 x 95 x 91
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
100%
Release button
Spark suppression diode
Reverse polarity protection
EN1155
Duty cycle
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
FE250
Door holder, floor mounting, 400N, with release button
FE230
FE235
FE240
FE245
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, with release button
Door holder, square base, 400N
Door holder, flush mounting, 400N
Door holder, wall mount, 400N, with release button
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
175mm
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
325mm
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
475mm
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, mains powered
FE260-175
FE260-325
FE260-475
Accessories
FE290
388
FE260-175
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N,
with release button, 175mm
General
The FE260-175 is a floor/wall mount door holder
with a universal adjustable tube with a reach of
175 mm when used in 180° configuration and
150 mm used in 90° configuration. Which offers
a 400N holding force and a release button.
Magnet construction
The magnet is constructed with a pressed coil
and anti-remenance pin, giving it a protection of
IP54. The protection diodes are integrated into
this construction.
Adjustable
The “head” of the FE260-175 allow for two
mounting options. The first being the 180°
configuration, which is normally used when the
door holder is mounted on the wall. In this
configuration, the magnet is located
“on-top” of the tube.
And the second configuration being the 90°
configuration, which is normally used when the
door holder is mounted on the ground. In this
configuration, the magnet is located on the
“side” of the tube, as shown in the picture.
To allow for even more flexibility, the tube can
also be cut shorter to match the exact distance
required.
Installer friendly
Standard Features
E Low power - 1.6 W
E 400 N holding force
E Anti-remnant ejector
E Spark suppression diode and reverse polarity
protection
E
E
E
E
Release button
EN1155 approved
Adjustable
Keeper plate included
- For practical ease of installation, the door holder
comes complete with electrical screw terminals.
- The base is predrilled in a practical, standard
format for rapid mounting.
- The door holder is supplied complete with a
keeper plate, which offer angular adjustment.
Approvals
Accessories
The FE260-175 is fully approved according to
EN1155.
389
FE260-175
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N,
with release button, 175mm
Specifications
24 VDC
1.6 W
400
Supply
Power
Holding force (N)
IP rating
Magnet
IP54
Connection
IP42
Dimensions (mm)
(H x W x D) 90° setup
90 x 80 x 150
(H x W x D) 180° setup
90 x 80 x 175
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
100%
Release button
Spark suppression diode
Reverse polarity protection
EN1155
Duty cycle
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
FE260-175
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
175mm
FE230
FE235
FE240
FE245
FE250
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, with release button
Door holder, square base, 400N
Door holder, flush mounting, 400N
Door holder, wall mount, 400N, with release button
Door holder, floor mounting, 400N, with release button
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
325mm
Door holder, universal adjustable tube, 400N, with release button,
475mm
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, mains powered
FE260-325
FE260-475
Accessories
FE290
390
FE581
Door holder, steel square base,
IP65, VDS magnet
General
The FE581 is an IP65 rated VdS approved door
holder in a steel square base.
A magnet for all occasions
The FE500 series door holding magnets are the
result of years of specialised development. Rated
just 1.5 W @ 24VDC, these powerful magnets
pack a holding power of 490 N. All magnets have
a spring-loaded pin to ensure ejection against
remnant magnetism.
Application friendly
The steel box offer a cost effective solution
without sacrificing performance. The FE581 is
supplied without a keeper plate. This may be
ordered separately depending on the application.
For practical ease of installation, all units are
complete with electrical termination. Protection
diodes prevent electromagnetic pulses, and
reverse polarity protection speeds up installation.
The boxes are predrilled in a practical, standard
format for rapid mounting.
Approvals
All models are VdS approved. Refer to the device
specification.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Wall mount
Low power - 1.5 W
490 N holding power on VDS coils
100% duty cycle
Anti-remnant ejector
Protection diode and reverse polarity protection
VdS Approved (see specification)
Accessories
Installer friendly
391
FE581
Door holder, steel square base,
IP65, VDS magnet
Specifications
24 VDC
1.5 W
62.5
490
65
Yes
Yes
1
Yes
Yes
Supply
Power
Consumption (mA)
Holding force (N)
IP rating
Dimensions (mm)
Release button
Protection diode
Reverse polarity
Cable entry
EN1155
VDS Coil
Accessories
Ordering Information
392
Part No.
Description
FE581
Door holder, steel square base, IP65, VDS magnet
FE527
FE529
Standard Anchorplate for FE500 series magnets
Swivel anchorplate for FE500 series doormagnets
FE590
Door-magnet wallmount ex-proof
General
The FE590 is a surface mount, explosion proof,
door holder, in a cast housing which offers a
588N holding force.
Standard Features
Explosion proof surface mount body
588N holding force
Low power - 3 W
Reverse polarity protection
ATEX approval - EX IIG Eex me II T6
Accessories
E
E
E
E
E
393
FE590
Door-magnet wallmount ex-proof
Specifications
24 VDC
3W
588
EX IIG Eex me II T6
Supply
Power
Holding force (N)
Rating
Dimensions (mm)
(H x W x D)
130 x 117 x106
Yes
Yes
100%
EN1155
VdS approved
Duty cycle
Accessories
Ordering Information
394
Part No.
Description
FE590
Door-magnet wallmount ex-proof
FE527
FE529
Standard Anchorplate for FE500 series magnets
Swivel anchorplate for FE500 series doormagnets
CR255
Electronic delay control for
double-leaf fire doors
General
The CR255 is an electronic delay control unit for
use with double-leaf fire doors. It allows for the
release of the one leaf of the fire door to be
slightly delayed to allow for the two leafs to close
properly and in the correct sequence.
Standard Features
E Easy to install
E May be installed inside the door release magnet
housing
Accessories
E 24 VDC operation
395
CR255
Electronic delay control for
double-leaf fire doors
Specifications
Electrical
Supply voltage
20 to 27 VDC
Current (max)
0.5 A
Environmental
Storage temperature
-20°C to 70°C
Operating temperature
-10°C to 60°C
Relative humidity (noncondensing)
0 - 95%
Physical
Dimensions (W × H × D)
40 × 35 × 12 mm
Weight
24 g
Wire size (cross-sectional area)
1.5 mm²
Operation
Delay time
5s
Accessories
Ordering Information
396
Part No.
Description
CR255
Electronic delay control for double-leaf fire doors
FE225-150
Universal bracket wall or floor monting 150mm
General
The FE225-150 is a universal wall or floor
mounting bracket for use with the FE200 series
door holders, with a lenght of 150mm.
Standard Features
Accessories
E Wall or floor mount selectable
E Supplied with screw kit
397
FE225-150
Universal bracket wall or floor monting 150mm
Specifications
Steel
150 mm
Material
Length
Accessories
Ordering Information
398
Part No.
Description
FE225-150
Universal bracket wall or floor monting - 150mm
FE225-300
FE230
FE290
Universal bracket wall or floor monting - 300mm
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, with release button
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, mains powered
FE225-300
Universal bracket wall or floor monting 300mm
General
The FE225-300 is a universal wall or floor
mounting bracket for use with the FE200 series
door holders, with a lenght of 300mm.
Standard Features
Accessories
E Wall or floor mount selectable
E Supplied with screw kit
399
FE225-300
Universal bracket wall or floor monting 300mm
Specifications
Steel
150 mm
Material
Length
Accessories
Ordering Information
400
Part No.
Description
FE225-300
Universal bracket wall or floor monting - 300mm
FE225-150
FE230
FE290
Universal bracket wall or floor monting - 150mm
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, with release button
Door holder, surface mount, 400N, mains powered
4A7
Extinguishing
System
Datasheets
ZP3-ECU2
Addressable extinguishing control unit
Loop wired
Each Extinguishing Control Unit controls the
discharge of a single gaseous extinguishing system,
via the ZP loop wiring. The ZP fire control panel
provides secure "Co-incidence Connection" control
of the extinguishing control system. It is field
programmable, with cross-mapped inputs being
selected from various ZP line devices or zones.
Functions such as automatic extinguishing agent
release delay, selection of delay/no-delay for manual
extinguishing agent release, and output relay control
are fully configurable.
Key switches are provided for automatic or manual
operation and lock-off for maintenance. Manual
extinguishing agent release, an alarm silence push
button and indicators for automatic, manual,
locked-off, extinguishing agent discharged and reset
status are also featured.
Status display at main fire panel
Outputs are provided for extinguishing agent release
valves or actuators, audible fire alarm sounders,
separate extinguishing agent release sounders,
visual exit signs, door closing and shutter release.
Also provided are facilities for remote manual
release, and remote operation and status functions.
Optional monitoring is provided for low extinguishing
pressure, extinguishing agent release verification,
and locked/ unlocked entry door status of the
protected area.
The status of each extinguishing control unit is
displayed at each fire control panel. A fault signal
indicating the type of fault is raised at the fire panel
for any out-of-normal conditions, which exits at the
extinguishing control unit. Monitoring is provided for
power supply, fuses, and operation. Field wiring is
monitored for extinguishing agent release
valves/actuators, fire sounder, and manual
extinguishing agent release units.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Automatic, auto-manual and manual keyswitches
Integral manual discharge control
First and second stage sounder outputs
Status displayed at main panel
Matching remote status and repeat units
Any number of extinguishing control units may be
used on a ZP fire detection system, with each unit
requiring two system addresses. The unit may be
connected to a single ZP system address line, or it
may optionally be connected to two ZP system
address lines, providing additional security against
an accidental discharge. The casing of all
extinguishing control units must be earthed to
building earth.
Units require a 24V DC supply which may be taken
either from the main system or from an external
PSU.
Accessories
Double address line security option
403
ZP3-ECU2
Addressable extinguishing control unit
Specifications
ZP3-ECU2
Addressable extinguishing control unit
Single loop or two loop connection
1
First stage - fire alarm sounders
Second stage - extinguishing agent pre discharge sounders
22 to29 Volts dc
Operating voltage
Quiescent 80mA, Alarm 150mA, Fault 200mA
Current (unit only)
All system wiring 2 core (to local codes and standards)
Wiring
Auto/manual, lock-off/reset, fire sounders silence, pre-discharge sounders
Controls
silence, manual extinguishing agent release
Extinguishing agent discharged, system automatic, system manual, system
Status indications
locked-off, fire, fault, power on
Low pressure, agent release verification, fuses, power supply
Function monitoring
Auto/manual, system locked off, door locked/unlocked, manual discharge,
Status monitoring
automatic discharge
First stage sounders, pre discharge sounders, actuator/solenoid circuit, manual
Field wiring monitoring
release circuit
Switched outputs (subject to PSU ratings) Extinguishing agent release 5A at 24Vdc, sounders 0.5A at 24Vdc, auxiliary
relay (Volt free C/O) 1A (resistive) at 30Vdc
IP40
EN60529 rating
Sheet steel enclosure
Construction
300mm(W) x 230mm(H) x 100mm(D)
Dimensions
Ash grey
Colour
4Kg
Weight
PS1464
Publication No
Model No
Description
Detection input
Actuator circuits
Sounders
Accessories
Ordering Information
404
Part No.
Description
ZP3-ECU2
Addressable extinguishing control unit
ZP3-ECU2R
Extinguishing control repeater unit
Full system indication
The Ziton ZP3-ECU2R Extinguishing Repeater
Unit is designed to connect to a ZP3-ECU2
Extinguishing Control Unit. The Extinguishing
Control unit in turn connects to a Ziton ZP fire
detection system, and controls the discharge of a
single gaseous extinguishing system.
The Extinguishing Repeater Unit has indicators,
which mimic those on the Extinguishing Control
Unit for automatic, manual, locked-off,
extinguishing agent discharged, and reset status.
Up to 10 units per system
Standard Features
E Repeats all system indications
E Up to 10 units per system
E Matching control and status units
Accessories
Control of the extinguishing system (extinguishing
agent release valves or actuators, audible fire
alarm sounders, extinguishing agent release
sounders, low pressure alarms etc), and door lock
protection, is handled from the Extinguishing
Control Unit.
Up to 10 Extinguishing Status or Repeater Units
may be attached to any one Extinguishing Control
Unit. All Extinguishing Unit casing’s must be
earthed to building earth.
The end of line monitoring is placed on the last
Status/Repeater unit. The locked off input on
405
ZP3-ECU2R
Extinguishing control repeater unit
Specifications
ZP3-ECU2R
Extinguishing control repeater unit
ZP3-ECU2 Extinguishing control unit
10 status and/or repeater units
22 - 29 Volts dc
Quiescent 28mA, Max (extinguishant release) 60mA
All system wiring 2 core (to local codes and standards)
Extinguishant discharged, system automatic, system manual, system locked
off, distcharge pending (lit during hold off), fire, fault, power on
IP40
Sheet steel enclosure
300mm (W) x 230mm (H) x 100mm (D)
Ash grey
3.8Kg
PS1466
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Max.per ECU2 control unit
Operating voltage
Current
Wiring
Indications
EN60529 rating
Construction
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
Accessories
Ordering Information
406
Part No.
Description
ZP3-ECU2R
Extinguishing control repeater unit
ZP3-ECU2S
ZP Extinguishing control status unit
Full system control and indication
The Ziton ZP3-ECU2S Extinguishing Status Unit is
designed to connect to a ZP3-ECU2 Extinguishing
Control Unit. The Extinguishing Control Unit in turn
connects to a Ziton ZP fire detection system and
controls the discharge of a single extinguishing
system.
Key switches are provided to enable remote control
of the extinguishing control unit for automatic or
manual selection, as well as lock-off for
maintenance. Other controls are manual
extinguishing agent release, and an alarm silence
push button. Indicators mimic those on the
extinguishing control unit for automatic, manual,
locked-off, extinguishing agent discharged and reset
status.
Up to 10 units per system
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Repeats system controls and indications
Integral manual discharge
Up to 10 units per system
Matching control and repeat units
Accessories
Actual control of the extinguishing system
(extinguishing release valves or actuators, audible
fire alarm sounders, extinguishing agent release
sounders, low pressure alarms etc), and door lock
protection, is handled from the Extinguishing Control
Unit.
There is end of line monitoring for the delay, locked
off and break glass call point function. The end-ofline links are to be placed on the last
Status/Repeater in the extinguishing control system.
Up to 10 extinguishing status units may be attached
to any one extinguishing control unit. All unit
enclosures must be earthed to building earth.
407
ZP3-ECU2S
ZP Extinguishing control status unit
Specifications
ZP3-ECU2S
Extinguishing control status unit
ZP3-ECU2 Extinguishing control unit
10
22 - 29 Volts dc
Quiescent 28mA, Max (extinguishant release) 60mA
All system wiring 2 core (to local codes and standards)
Auto/manual control, lock-off/reset, fire sounder silence, extinguishing agent
sounder silence, manual release
Extinguishant discharged, system automatic, system manual, system locked
off, discharge pending (lit during hold off), fire, fault, power on
IP40
Sheet steel enclosure
300mm (W) x 230mm (H) x 100mm (D)
Ash grey
4Kg
PS1465
Model No
Description
Compatibility
Max. per ECU2 control unit
Operating Voltage
Current
Wiring
Controls
Status indications
EN60529 rating
Constuction
Dimensions
Colour
Weight
Publication No
Accessories
Ordering Information
408
Part No.
Description
ZP3-ECU2S
ZP Extinguishing control status unit
ZP1-X3-xx
Conventional Fire and Extinguishing Panel with
User Interface - 3 Zone
Overview
ZP1 fire control panels offer state of the art
architecture in configurations that deliver an
uncomplicated solution for small to mid-sized
conventional applications. They feature an attractive
contemporary design that fits with any decor. The
gently curved door front offers a distinctive flair.
Operator controls are inset in a striking blue lexan.
With support for multiple lines of conventional
detectors and accessories, these quick-to-configure
systems offer versatility that benefits building owners
and installation/maintenance companies alike.
The Panel
Options
The panels support 2 types of auxiliary relay boards,
one with 4 standard relays, and one with 4
supervised relays. With these boards the panel
outputs may be expanded with up to 16 additional
outputs.
Approvals & Compliance
The product line carries the following accreditations:
• EN54:2, EN54:4 and CE approved
• CPD certified
• EN12094-1 certified
• WEEE compliant
• RoHS compliant
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
Modern, elegant design
Easy removable parts for quick and easy installation
Normal & head-out supervision support per zone
Three detection zones
zone, double zone or any combination of zones
E Single
configurable for release
Pre-configured relays and 8 supervised inputs for
E 6extinguishing
control
fire routing, sounder, extinguishing, reset
E Configurable
and door monitoring delays
E
E
E
E
E
Configurable "Hold Mode" type-A or type-B
Sounders configurable for pulsing or continuous operation
Extinguishing agent flow confirmation
Continuous or resetable 24 VDC auxiliary supply
Auxiliary standard & supervised relay output support
support for special functions such as:
E Default
- EN54 compliant user access levels
- Basic & Advanced level configuration
- mixed zones
- front panel diagnostics with test & disable control
- one-man walk test
Accessories
The ZP1-X3 is a conventional fire alarm and
extinguishing control panel. It is supplied in local
language with 3 fire zones that support up to 32
devices per zone. These zones may be configured
for extinguishing in single zone or double zone
configuration in any combination of zones. In
addition the panel offers supervised outputs for first
stage notification, second stage notification as well
as optical warning indicators and actuator activation.
Standard relay outputs are provided for EN54
compliance and system status notification, as well as
multiple inputs for system control.
409
ZP1-X3-xx
Conventional Fire and Extinguishing Panel with
User Interface - 3 Zone
Specifications
110 VAC/60 Hz or 240 VAC/50 Hz
+10% / -15%
Input Supply
Tolerance
Current consumption (max)
3.15 A @ 110/1.5 A @ 240 VAC
Cable specification
3 x 1.5 mm² (live, neutral, earth)
2 x 12V 12 Ah (SLA)
4A @ 24 VDC
0.39 A
Batteries
Panel Supply
Quiescent current (no devices)
Alarm current (no devices)
2.78 A
3
22 VDC (18-24 VDC)
Zones
Output voltage
Load (max)
65 mA
Cable resistance (max)
40 ohm
Cable capacitance (max)
500 nF
Devices per zone (max)
32
Supervised Inputs
Use
6
MCP Start, MCP Hold, MCP Abort, Pressure Switch, Gas Flow, Door Monitor
Non Supervised Inputs
Use
2
Auto/Manual mode, Remote Reset
Supervised Outputs
Use
4
Fire Sounders, Extinguishing Sounders, Optical Indications, Actuator
Notification
2 x 500 mA @ 24 VDC
Visual indictors
1 x 500 mA @ 24 VDC
Actuator
1 x 1A @ 24 VDC
4
Hold Mode, Abort Mode, Manual Mode, Release Indication
Non Supervised Outputs
Use
Specification
6 x 2 A @ 30 V
Auxilliary Supply Output
Output voltage
24 VDC (21-28 VDC)
Load (max)
250 mA
Environmental
Storage temperature
-20 to +70°C
Operating temperature
-5 to +50°C
Relative humidity (noncondensing)
10 to 95%
IP Rating
IP30
Mechanical
Size (h x w x d)
480 x 440 x 140 mm
Weight (without batteries)
3.9 kg
Colour
RAL7035
Cable entry (top / bottom / rear)
Ø 20 mm - 20 / 2 / 26
Accessories
Ordering Information
410
Part No.
Description
ZP1-X3-xx
Conventional Fire and Extinguishing Panel with User Interface - 3 Zone
-xx
Replace by the applicable language code (check with your local UTC Fire &
Security equipment supplier)
2010-1-RB
2010-1-SB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory - Relay Board - Unsupervised
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory - Relay Board - Supervised
BS131N
Sealed Lead-Acid Battery - 12V 18Ah - VdS approved
2010-1-SB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory Relay Board - Supervised
Overview
2010-1 fire control panels offer state of the art
architecture in configurations that deliver an
uncomplicated solution for small to mid-sized
conventional applications. They feature an
attractive contemporary design that fits with any
decor. The gently curved door front offers a
distinctive flair. Operator controls are inset in a
striking black lexan.
With support for multiple lines of conventional
detectors and accessories, these
quick-to-configure systems offer versatility that
benefits building owners and
installation/maintenance companies alike.
The Output Board
The 2010-1-SB is a programmable, supervised
relay board. It provides 4 auxiliary outputs for the
2010-1 conventional fire alarm control panel.
These outputs may be allocated to activate on
various alarm statuses of the panel, or to activate
on the status of any, all or combinations of the
individual fire detection zones in the panel. Up to
4* of these modules may be installed on the
2010-1 panel line.
* Quantity depends on the size of the fire panel
cabinet.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
4 Reversed polarity, supervised outputs
Bus type, easy cable free panel installation
Powered from panel bus
"AND" and "OR" programming functionality
Output delay setting per output
Applications
The 2010-1-SB may be used to expand
notification applications and functionality, control
building management or access control
applications in case of a fire event, or simply
where any alarm condition of the panel needs to
be repeated, monitored or indicated on a third
party system. Typical applications are things such
as:
• Notification
Allocating notification devices to zones, or
groups of zones
• Access control
Unlocking emergency escape doors
• Remote reporting and notification
Mimic panels and LED repeaters
Accessories
• Building Management
Fire curtain release
Emergency lighting or indicators
411
2010-1-SB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory Relay Board - Supervised
Specifications
Electrical
Operating voltage
24 VDC
Current (quiescent)
30 mA
Current (active)
1A
Relay rating
Powered from panel
250 mA (max) per output / 300 mA shared for all outputs
Powered externally
250 mA (max) per output
Environmental
Operating temperature
-5°C to +40°C
Storage temperature
-5°C to +70°C
Relative humidity (noncondensing)
10 to 95%
Physical
Number of outputs
4
Dimensions
127 × 76 mm
Weight
48 g
Accessories
Ordering Information
412
Part No.
Description
2010-1-SB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory - Relay Board - Supervised
2010-1-RB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory Relay Board - Unsupervised
Overview
2010-1 fire control panels offer state of the art
architecture in configurations that deliver an
uncomplicated solution for small to mid-sized
conventional applications. They feature an
attractive contemporary design that fits with any
decor. The gently curved door front offers a
distinctive flair. Operator controls are inset in a
striking black lexan.
With support for multiple lines of conventional
detectors and accessories, these
quick-to-configure systems offer versatility that
benefits building owners and
installation/maintenance companies alike.
The Output Board
The 2010-1-RB is a programmable, voltage free
relay board. It provides 4 auxiliary outputs for the
2010-1 conventional fire alarm control panel.
These outputs may be allocated to activate on
various alarm statuses of the panel, or to activate
on the status of any, all or combinations of the
individual fire detection zones in the panel. Up to
4* of these modules may be installed on the
2010-1 panel line.
* Quantity depends on the size of the fire panel
cabinet.
Standard Features
E 4 Potential free, COM-NO-NC, changeover relay
outputs
E
E
E
E
Bus type, easy cable free panel installation
Powered from panel bus
"AND" and "OR" programming functionality
Output delay setting per output
Applications
The 2010-1-RB may be used to control building
management or access control applications in
case of a fire event, or simply where any alarm
condition of the panel needs to be repeated,
monitored or indicated on a third party system.
Typical applications are things such as:
• Building Management
Air conditioning control
Extraction & pressurisation fan control
Fire curtain release
Emergency lighting or indicators
• Remote reporting and notification
Mimic panels and LED repeaters
Accessories
• Access control
Unlocking emergency escape doors
Door holder and fire door release
413
2010-1-RB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory Relay Board - Unsupervised
Specifications
Electrical
Operating voltage
24 VDC
Current (quiescent)
30 mA
Current (active)
1A
2 A @ 30 VDC
Relay contact rating
Environmental
Operating temperature
-5°C to +40°C
Storage temperature
-5°C to +70°C
Relative humidity (noncondensing)
10 to 95%
Physical
Number of outputs
4
Dimensions
127 × 76 mm
Weight
46 g
Accessories
Ordering Information
414
Part No.
Description
2010-1-RB
Conventional Fire Panel Accessory - Relay Board - Unsupervised
DM865
MCP RED, Manual Fire Alarm, 100 ohm
General
The DM865 is a Type B / Dual action manual call
point for surface mount applications, with burning
house functional marking. It is specifically
designed for use with the FEC403EN
gas-extinguishing panel, and to complement the
DM861, DM862 and DM863 manual call points.
Construction
The rugged aluminum housing, combined with a
fade resistant coating guarantees a long lasting
high quality product. The revolving door, with an
opening angle of 180°, contains an
interchangeable break glass. The revolving door
also contains a special clip, which features as a
failsafe, to prevent the door from being closed
while the unit is still triggered.
The DM865 is defined as a type B /dual action
manual call point, due to the fact that two actions
are required to trigger the manual call point. First
the break glass must be broken, and secondly the
button must be pushed.
Standard Features
E Robust aluminium housing
E Type B / Dual action
E Surface mount
Accessories
Dual action
415
DM865
MCP RED, Manual Fire Alarm, 100 ohm
Specifications
100 ohm
Aluminum
125 x 125 x 34 mm
400g
Red
-20°C to +60°C
IP43
Series resistor
Housing
Dimensions
Weight
Color
Operating Temperature
IP Rating
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
DM865
MCP RED, Manual Fire Alarm, 100 ohm
DM966
Replacement CLEAR Windows for Push-button-activated Manual Call
Points
MCP YELLOW, Gas Manual Release, 100 ohm, English, Dutch &
French
MCP BLUE, Gas Extinguishing Hold, 100 ohm, English, Dutch & French
MCP WHITE, Gas Extinguishing Abort, 100 ohm, English, Dutch &
French
MCP YELLOW, Gas Manual Release, 100 ohm, Spanish, Portuguese &
Italian
MCP BLUE, Gas Extinguishing Hold, 100 ohm, Spanish, Portuguese &
Italian
MCP WHITE, Gas Extinguishing Abort, 100 ohm, Spanish, Portuguese
& Italian
DM861-0
DM862-0
DM863-0
DM861-4
DM862-4
Accessories
DM863-4
416
DM861-0
MCP YELLOW, Gas Manual Release,
100 ohm, English, Dutch & French
General
The DM861-0 is a Type B / Dual action manual
call point for surface mount applications. It is
specifically designed for use with the FEC403EN
gas extinguishing panel, and includes language
inserts for English, Dutch & French.
Construction
The rugged aluminum housing, combined with a
fade resistant coating guarantees a long lasting
high quality product. The revolving door, with an
opening angle of 180°, contains an
interchangeable break glass. The revolving door
also contains a special clip, which features as a
failsafe, to prevent the door from being closed
while the unit is still triggered.
The DM861-0 is defined as a type B /dual action
manual call point, due to the fact that two actions
are required to trigger the manual call point. First
the break glass must be broken, and secondly the
button must be pushed.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
EN12094-3 approved
Robust aluminium housing
Type B / Dual action
Surface mount
Accessories
Dual action
417
DM861-0
MCP YELLOW, Gas Manual Release,
100 ohm, English, Dutch & French
Specifications
100 ohm
Aluminum
125 x 125 x 34 mm
400g
Yellow
-20°C to +60°C
IP43
Series resistor
Housing
Dimensions
Weight
Color
Operating Temperature
IP Rating
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
DM861-0
MCP YELLOW, Gas Manual Release, 100 ohm, English, Dutch &
French
DM966
Replacement CLEAR Windows for Push-button-activated Manual Call
Points
MCP BLUE, Gas Extinguishing Hold, 100 ohm, English, Dutch & French
MCP WHITE, Gas Extinguishing Abort, 100 ohm, English, Dutch &
French
MCP YELLOW, Gas Manual Release, 100 ohm, Spanish, Portuguese &
Italian
MCP BLUE, Gas Extinguishing Hold, 100 ohm, Spanish, Portuguese &
Italian
MCP WHITE, Gas Extinguishing Abort, 100 ohm, Spanish, Portuguese
& Italian
MCP RED, Manual Fire Alarm, 100 ohm
DM862-0
DM863-0
DM861-4
DM862-4
DM863-4
Accessories
DM865
418
DM862-0
MCP BLUE, Gas Extinguishing Hold,
100 ohm, English, Dutch & French
General
The DM862-0 is a Type B / Dual action manual
call point for surface mount applications. It is
specifically designed for use with the FEC403EN
gas extinguishing panel, and includes language
inserts for English, Dutch & French.
Construction
The rugged aluminum housing, combined with a
fade resistant coating guarantees a long lasting
high quality product. The revolving door, with an
opening angle of 180°, contains an
interchangeable break glass. The revolving door
also contains a special clip, which features as a
failsafe, to prevent the door from being closed
while the unit is still triggered.
The DM862-0 is defined as a type B /dual action
manual call point, due to the fact that two actions
are required to trigger the manual call point. First
the break glass must be broken, and secondly the
button must be pushed.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
EN12094-3 approved
Robust aluminium housing
Type B / Dual action
Surface mount
Accessories
Dual action
419
DM862-0
MCP BLUE, Gas Extinguishing Hold,
100 ohm, English, Dutch & French
Specifications
100 ohm
Aluminum
125 x 125 x 34 mm
400g
Blue
-20°C to +60°C
IP43
Series resistor
Housing
Dimensions
Weight
Color
Operating Temperature
IP Rating
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
DM862-0
MCP BLUE, Gas Extinguishing Hold, 100 ohm, English, Dutch & French
DM966
Replacement CLEAR Windows for Push-button-activated Manual Call
Points
MCP YELLOW, Gas Manual Release, 100 ohm, English, Dutch &
French
MCP WHITE, Gas Extinguishing Abort, 100 ohm, English, Dutch &
French
MCP YELLOW, Gas Manual Release, 100 ohm, Spanish, Portuguese &
Italian
MCP BLUE, Gas Extinguishing Hold, 100 ohm, Spanish, Portuguese &
Italian
MCP WHITE, Gas Extinguishing Abort, 100 ohm, Spanish, Portuguese
& Italian
MCP RED, Manual Fire Alarm, 100 ohm
DM861-0
DM863-0
DM861-4
DM862-4
DM863-4
Accessories
DM865
420
DM863-0
MCP WHITE, Gas Extinguishing Abort,
100 ohm, English, Dutch & French
General
The DM863-0 is a Type B / Dual action manual
call point for surface mount applications. It is
specifically designed for use with the FEC403EN
gas extinguishing panel, and includes language
inserts for English, Dutch & French.
Construction
The rugged aluminum housing, combined with a
fade resistant coating guarantees a long lasting
high quality product. The revolving door, with an
opening angle of 180°, contains an
interchangeable break glass. The revolving door
also contains a special clip, which features as a
failsafe, to prevent the door from being closed
while the unit is still triggered.
The DM863-0 is defined as a type B /dual action
manual call point, due to the fact that two actions
are required to trigger the manual call point. First
the break glass must be broken, and secondly the
button must be pushed.
Standard Features
E Robust aluminium housing
E Type B / Dual action
E Surface mount
Accessories
Dual action
421
DM863-0
MCP WHITE, Gas Extinguishing Abort,
100 ohm, English, Dutch & French
Specifications
100 ohm
Aluminum
125 x 125 x 34 mm
400g
White
-20°C to +60°C
IP43
Series resistor
Housing
Dimensions
Weight
Color
Operating Temperature
IP Rating
Ordering Information
Part No.
Description
DM863-0
MCP WHITE, Gas Extinguishing Abort, 100 ohm, English, Dutch &
French
DM966
Replacement CLEAR Windows for Push-button-activated Manual Call
Points
MCP YELLOW, Gas Manual Release, 100 ohm, English, Dutch &
French
MCP BLUE, Gas Extinguishing Hold, 100 ohm, English, Dutch & French
MCP YELLOW, Gas Manual Release, 100 ohm, Spanish, Portuguese &
Italian
MCP BLUE, Gas Extinguishing Hold, 100 ohm, Spanish, Portuguese &
Italian
MCP WHITE, Gas Extinguishing Abort, 100 ohm, Spanish, Portuguese
& Italian
MCP RED, Manual Fire Alarm, 100 ohm
DM861-0
DM862-0
DM861-4
DM862-4
DM863-4
Accessories
DM865
422
BS131N
Sealed Lead-Acid Battery - 12V 18Ah
Standard Features
Maintenance free
Lead-Calcium grid for extended life
Wide operating temperature range
Usable and rechangeable in any position
Low self-discharge and long service life
Leakproof construction
High discharge rate capacity
Accessories
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
423
BS131N
Sealed Lead-Acid Battery - 12V 18Ah
Specifications
12 VDC
18 Ah, 20 h rate
13.8 VDC
5.4 A
90 A
10 mohm
Power supply
Nominal capacity
Max. charge voltage at +20°C
Max. charge current
Max. discharge current
Internal approx. resistance
Temperature
Charge
0 to 40°C
Discharge
-15 to +50°C
Storage
-15 to +40°C
MS bolt & nuts
ABS
6.283 kg
181 x 76 x 167 mm
G101081
Terminal type
Material housing
Fire retardant
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
VdS approval
Accessories
Ordering Information
424
Part No.
Description
BS131NS3
BS131N
Sealed Lead-Acid Battery - 12 V 18 Ah - V0 Flame Retardant Case
Sealed Lead-Acid Battery - 12V 18Ah - VdS approved
4A8
Duct Detection
Datasheets
FDD710
Duct detector, single pipe universal
Unique design
The FDD710 single pipe duct detector has been
developed to detect smoke in ventilation ducts
and combines a smoke detector and an adaptor
system where both venturi pipe and housing are
specially designed for optimum airflow through
the smoke detector. The system fulfils all the
requirements for safe fire detection with airflow
speeds from 0,2 m/s to 20 m/s.
The FDD710 has been designed to accommodate
almost all types of point detectors. Provision is
made to fit the required detector base (not
provided) into the duct detector.
Installer friendly
The unit is easily installed on ventilation ducts.
The unique one pipe design ensures correct
operation for air inflow and outflow. The unit is
supplied standard with a 600mm sampling pipe.
The FDD710LP 1.5m extra-long sampling pipe
can be used in larger ducts if needed. These
pipes can be cut to the correct length if required.
The rugged ABS plastic design ensures that the
system is fully sealed for the correct air sampling,
and operates over a wide temperature range. A
special mounting bracket, the FDD710MB, can be
used to mount the unit on irregular shaped or
circular ducts.
A terminal block allows easy connection of the
detector cables.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
One-pipe air sampling system
Conventional or analogue addressable detectors
Test hole on cover
Simple installation
Sensitive flow indication
E Simple service and maintenance
E Installer-friendly connection of cables
E Foolproof installation of sampling tube
E Specially designed venturi pipe to ensure optimum
performance
Maintenance friendly
Accessories
The detector inside the FDD710 is easily tested
without having to remove the cover by using the
test hole. A sensitive flow indicator shows that
the correct amount of air is flowing through the
detector. Depending on the detector used, a
clean-me signal can be obtained, or the fire panel
can issue a maintenance warning.
427
FDD710
Duct detector, single pipe universal
Specifications
Sampling pipe length
Airflow speed
Protection
Housing
Operating temperature
Dimensions
Colour
600 mm
0.2 m/s - 20 m/s
IP54
ABS
-20°C to +50°C
180x 235x183 mm
Grey
Accessories
Ordering Information
428
Part No.
Description
FDD710
FDD710LP
FDD710MB
Duct detector, single pipe universal
Extension pipe for FDD710, 1.5m
Mounting bracket for FDD710, irregular duct shapes
FDD710LP
Extension pipe for FDD710, 1.5m
The 1.5m extra-long sampling pipe is used with
the FDD710 duct detector. It allows sampling in
ducts that are too large for the 600mm sampling
pipe normally supplied. The pipe may be cut to
get an exact fit into the duct.
Standard Features
Used with FDD710 duct detector
Extra long for large ducts
Unique one-pipe sampling system
Easy installation
Accessories
E
E
E
E
429
FDD710LP
Extension pipe for FDD710, 1.5m
Specifications
1.5 m
FDD710
Pipe length
Compatible system
Accessories
Ordering Information
430
Part No.
Description
FDD710LP
Extension pipe for FDD710, 1.5m
FDD710MB
Mounting bracket for FDD710, irregular
duct shapes
The FDD710MB allows the FDD710 duct detector
to be mounted on irregular shaped or circular
ducts. Four tabs are easily bent to adapt to the
shape of the duct. The FDD710 then mounts on
the flat surface.
Standard Features
Accessories
E Four tabs adapt to the shape of the duct
431
FDD710MB
Mounting bracket for FDD710, irregular duct
shapes
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
432
Part No.
Description
FDD710MB
Mounting bracket for FDD710, irregular duct shapes
4A9
Power Supply
Datasheets
PM702C
EN 54-4 approved, 24 V 2 A + 0.8 A
Intelligent Power Supply
The Product
The PM702C is a fully featured EN54-4 approved
power supply ideal for use in fire system
applications. It features intelligent battery
charging, monitoring and signaling. Regulated
27.6 VDC output will source up to 2 A into the
load as well as providing up to 0.8 A for charging
the standby batteries.
The load output features full electronic short
circuit protection under both mains and standby
battery operation. Maximum battery life is assured
through continuous active battery monitoring and
3 different charge levels: bulk (fast charge),
absorption and temperature compensated float.
Deep discharge protection prevents premature
battery failure when operating from standby for
extended periods.
Inside the unit, a diagnostic led with various flash
patterns, ensure accurate diagnostics when the
unit is in fault.
Installer friendly
A PM702C power supply is supplied in a
self-contained, wall mounting box that can also
house 17 Ah batteries (not included). The battery
charging circuit is energised only when a battery
is correctly connected and the battery voltage is
greater than 14 V.
A green and a red LED that is visible when the
box is closed, indicates mains present and faults.
A red diagnostics LED inside the unit, distinguish
between various faults by way of various flash
patterns.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Approved to EN54-4 & VdS certified
Self contained box houses 17 Ah batteries
Electronic overload protection
Deep battery discharge protection
Mains & Fault LED indicators
Fault diagnostics led, inside of unit
2 x Relay outputs: Fault & Mains Fault
Temperature compensated charging
Wide input voltage range
Start-up from batteries
A potential-free contact is used to signal faults
due to output failure, battery fault, charger fault or
internal fault. A second potential-free contact
signals the loss of mains power.
Accessories
The unit start-up automatically under battery i.e.
connect battery and unit runs. There is no need
for mains to be present and is very useful for
commissioning on new build installations.
435
PM702C
EN 54-4 approved, 24 V 2 A + 0.8 A
Intelligent Power Supply
Specifications
Input
Rated range
100 - 230 VAC, 50Hz - 60Hz
Operating range
93VAC to 264 VAC, 45Hz - 65Hz
Current
1.25 A maximum for full 2 A load and 0.8 A charging
Output
Voltage
26 - 28 VDC with mains
Load Current
18 - 26 VDC on standby
0-2A
Ripple
100 mV max
Overload
Electronic shutdown at 4.5 A
Standby battery
Battery capacity (in housing)
2 x 17Ah series connected
Battery charging
Constant current 0.8 A charge to 80% in 24H
Deep discharge protection
Float charging to 100% in 48H
Battery disconnect at 21 V
Low battery threshold
23 V nominal
Local indicators
On the front of the unit
Green LED - power
Red LED - fault
Inside the unit
Red LED - fault diagnostics
Signalling output
Fault relay
100 mA @ 60 VDC N/C contacts
Mains fault relay
100 mA @ 60 VDC N/C contacts
Mechanical
Size
400 x 420 x 80 mm
Weight
6.2 kg (excluding batteries)
Temperature
-10 to +40°C (operating)
Humidity
-20 to +80°C (storage)
95% RH non-condensing
Accessories
Ordering Information
436
Part No.
Description
PM702C
EN 54-4 approved, 24 V 2 A + 0.8 A Intelligent Power Supply
PM705C
EN 54-4 approved, 24 V 5 A + 1.6 A Intelligent Power Supply
PM705C
EN 54-4 approved, 24 V 5 A + 1.6 A
Intelligent Power Supply
The Product
The PM705C is a fully featured EN54-4 approved
power supply ideal for use in fire system
applications. It features intelligent battery
charging, monitoring and signaling. Regulated
27.6 VDC output will source up to 5 A into the
load as well as providing up to 1.6 A for charging
the standby batteries.
The load output features full electronic short
circuit protection under both mains and standby
battery operation. Maximum battery life is assured
through continuous active battery monitoring and
3 different charge levels: bulk (fast charge),
absorption and temperature compensated float.
Deep discharge protection prevents premature
battery failure when operating from standby for
extended periods.
Inside the unit, a diagnostic led with various flash
patterns, ensure accurate diagnostics when the
unit is in fault.
Installer friendly
A PM705C power supply is supplied in a
self-contained, wall mounting box that can also
house 17 Ah batteries (not included). The battery
charging circuit is energised only when a battery
is correctly connected and the battery voltage is
greater than 14 V.
A green and a red LED that is visible when the
box is closed, indicates mains present and faults.
A red diagnostics LED inside the unit, distinguish
between various faults by way of various flash
patterns.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Approved to EN54-4 & VdS certified
Self contained box houses 17 Ah batteries
Optional battery box houses 38 Ah batteries
Electronic overload protection
Deep discharge protection
Mains & Fault LED indicators
Fault diagnostics LED, inside of the unit
2 x Relay outputs: Fault & Mains Fault
Temperature compensated charging
Wide input voltage range
Start-up from batteries
A potential-free contact is used to signal faults
due to output failure, battery fault, charger fault or
internal fault. A second potential-free contact
signals the loss of mains power.
Accessories
The unit start-up automatically under battery i.e.
connect battery and unit runs. There is no need
for mains to be present and is very useful for
commissioning on new build installations.
437
PM705C
EN 54-4 approved, 24 V 5 A + 1.6 A
Intelligent Power Supply
Specifications
Input
Rated range
100 - 230 VAC, 50Hz - 60Hz
Operating range
93VAC to 264 VAC, 45Hz - 65Hz
Current
2.5 A maximum for full 5 A load and 1.6 A charging
Output
Voltage
26 - 28 VDC with mains
Load Current
18 - 26 VDC on standby
0-5A
Ripple
100 mV max
Overload
Electronic shutdown at 8 A
Standby battery
Battery capacity (in housing)
2 x 17Ah series connected
Battery capacity (with PM700BAT)
2 x 38Ah series connected
Battery charging
Constant current 1.6 A charge to 80% in 24H
Deep discharge protection
Float charging to 100% in 48H
Battery disconnect at 21 V
Low battery threshold
23 V nominal
Local indicators
On the front of the unit
Green LED - power
Red LED - fault
Inside the unit
Red LED - fault diagnostics
Signalling output
Fault relay
100 mA @ 60 VDC N/C contacts
Mains fault relay
100 mA @ 60 VDC N/C contacts
Mechanical
Size
400 x 420 x 80 mm
Weight
6.2 kg (excluding batteries)
Temperature
-10 to +40°C (operating)
Humidity
-20 to +80°C (storage)
95% RH non-condensing
Accessories
Ordering Information
438
Part No.
Description
PM705C
EN 54-4 approved, 24 V 5 A + 1.6 A Intelligent Power Supply
PM700BAT
PM700BC
External battery box for use with PM705C
Battery extension lead for PM705C
PM702C
EN 54-4 approved, 24 V 2 A + 0.8 A Intelligent Power Supply
PM700BAT
External battery box for use with PM705C
The Product
This optional battery box, to be used with the
PM705C, accommodate 2 x 38Ah batteries. And
ensure long standby times can be achieved, when
required. The unit comes complete with battery
connection cable, to be connected to the PM705C
Standard Features
Accessories
E Approved to EN54-4 & VdS certified
E Support for 38 Ah batteries
E Temperature compensated charging
439
PM700BAT
External battery box for use with PM705C
Specifications
Mechanical
Size
420 x 420 x 280 mm
Weight
7.8 kg (excluding batteries)
Temperature
-10 to +40°C (operating)
Humidity
-20 to +80°C (storage)
95% RH non-condensing
Length of battery cable
3m
Accessories
Ordering Information
440
Part No.
Description
PM700BAT
External battery box for use with PM705C
PM705C
PM700BC
EN 54-4 approved, 24 V 5 A + 1.6 A Intelligent Power Supply
Battery extension lead for PM705C
PM700BC
Battery extension lead for PM705C
The Product
Cable to be used together with PM705C, when
batteries larger than 17Ah are required and will be
placed in a 3rd party cabinet. Or as a replacement
cable, when the cable which was supplied with
the PM700BAT, is damaged.
Standard Features
Accessories
E Temperature compensated
441
PM700BC
Battery extension lead for PM705C
Specifications
3m
Cable length
Accessories
Ordering Information
442
Part No.
Description
PM700BC
Battery extension lead for PM705C
PM705C
PM700BAT
EN 54-4 approved, 24 V 5 A + 1.6 A Intelligent Power Supply
External battery box for use with PM705C
4A10
Test Service
Equipment
Datasheets
SC008
Aerosol test Spray for Smoke Detectors
General
The SC008 is a clean synthetic aerosol delivering
particles which replicate those found in real
smoke. This aerosol test spray has been
especially developed to provide maximum testing
efficiency with the least impact on the smoke
detector and the environment. The SC008 test
spray has optimum performance when used with
the TR010 touch-sensitive dispenser.
Standard Features
E
E
E
E
E
Oil-free formulation
Fast testing and clearing times
Non-flammable
UL Listed
No lasting residue
E Minimum impact to health, safety and environment CFC free
No damage to detector plastics and components
Fast response time
Suitable for both photoelectric and ionisation detectors
Suitable for most makes of detectors
Designed for TR010 touch sensitive dispenser
Accessories
E
E
E
E
E
445
SC008
Aerosol test Spray for Smoke Detectors
Specifications
According to material safety data sheet
Accessories
Ordering Information
446
Part No.
Description
SC008
Aerosol test Spray for Smoke detectors
SC008CO
Carbon monoxide test spray for CO fire detectors
TR010
Touch sensitive transparent dispenser cup on swing frame
TS808
Smoke test kit for 4m
ET010
ET011
Fibreglass telescopic pole 1.26 m - 4.5 m
Fibreglass extension tube 1.2 m (maximum 3 per ET010)
SC008CO
Carbon monoxide test spray
for CO fire detectors
The SC008CO CO (carbon monoxide) test spray
is designed to provide the correct level of gas to
test a CO fire detector. The test gas cannister is
engineered to be used with the TR010
touch-sensitive test gas dispenser. This prevents
dissipation of the CO during the test and ensures
that the minimum CO gas is used. The CO
contained in the SC008CO canister is at a level
which poses no threat to the user when used
correctly.
Standard Features
No damage to detector plastics and components
Faster response time
Faster clearing time and detector reset time
Minimum impact to health, safety and environment
CFC free
Non flammable
Suitable for most makes of CO fire detectors
Designed for TR010 touch sensitive dispenser
Accessories
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
447
SC008CO
Carbon monoxide test spray
for CO fire detectors
Specifications
According to the material safety data sheet
5 litres CO
0.5 - 1 sec (approx)
Gas content
Dispense time
Accessories
Ordering Information
448
Part No.
Description
SC008CO
Carbon monoxide test spray for CO fire detectors
SC008
Aerosol test Spray for Smoke detectors
TR010
Touch sensitive transparent dispenser cup on swing frame
TS808
Smoke test kit for 4m
ET010
ET011
Fibreglass telescopic pole 1.26 m - 4.5 m
Fibreglass extension tube 1.2 m (maximum 3 per ET010)
SC009
Detector Duster
General
The SC009 is a detector duster (compressed
clean air in a canister) and is ideal to assist with
the cleaning of detectors from debris that can
collect on detector surfaces and in detection
chambers.
Operation
Debris is one of the causes of detector drift in
sensitivity and can possibly lead to detector false
alarms, or in worse cases, a failure to alarm in a
case of fire.
To clean the detector, simply remove the detector
head at any height up to 9m / 30ft with the Solo
200 Removal Tool and blow the debris using Solo
Detector Duster.
Standard Features
Accessories
E For cleaning of detectors
E Non-flammable
449
SC009
Detector Duster
Specifications
According to material safety data sheet
Accessories
Ordering Information
450
Part No.
Description
SC009
Detector Duster
TM008SM
Replacement smoke capsule for use
with TM010
General
The TM008SM is a replacement “smoke”
capsule for use with the TM010 – Universal
smoke and heat detector tester.
Environmental friendly
Smoke and heat stimuli are created in a single
test unit, and delivered individually or
simultaneously - in whatever combination an
effective and efficient test requires. TM010 does
this without using pressurized cans of gas or
hazardous media and stimuli are generated only
as required through energizing replaceable
benign capsules. These capsules do not require
any special hazardous shipping, due to it’s
benign nature.
The TM010 was designed with focus on keeping
test time to a minimum. This is achieved with the
combination of smoke and heat testing in one
unit. This avoids the need to have two separate
units, one for smoke and one for heat, and
switching between them. The focus is further
extended with the fact that the replaceable
capsules, contain multiple times the amount of
“smoke” when compared with an aerosol
can. The TM010 also has a cleaning phase,
during which time clear air is blown through the
camber of the detector. This ensures that residual
smoke which is left in the chamber after the test,
is removed and does not cause the detector to
incorrectly report a fire again. All of these features
added together, ensure a shorter test time per
detector, which in turn result in cost saving.
Standard Features
E Smoke capsule save time and cost –
no pressurised aerosol canisters
E User friendly
E Non toxic, non-corrosive & non-flammable
Accessories
Faster test cycle
451
TM008SM
Replacement smoke capsule for use
with TM010
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
452
Part No.
Description
TM008SM
Replacement smoke capsule for use with TM010
CB001
Canvas carrying bag for the test
and service equipment
General
The Edwards range of detector test and service
equipment allows the user to rapidly and easily
remove or test practically all smoke and heat
detectors. Lightweight and rugged materials
ensure long life and allow servicing up to heights
of 9 m. The tools have an integrated design
providing a complete solution with the minimum
number of components.
Composition
All the test and removal tools fit to lightweight,
strengthened, fibreglass poles. The poles are non
conductive for safe operation. The telescopic pole
extends from 1.3 m to 4.5 m in four sections, and
up to three 1.2 m extension poles can be added
for maximum reach. A stylish canvas carry bag is
available to hold and protect all the equipment.
Smoke testing (TR010 and SC008)
The touch sensitive aerosol dispenser is also on a
swing frame. The robust, injection-moulded
design allows it to withstand the rigours of
everyday use. It allows the test gas canister to be
pre-pressed so that only a small upward pressure
is needed to release the gas. The transparent cup
allows the user to see the illuminated LED of the
activated detector. The dispenser and patented
diaphragm conserves the aerosol, and detector
testing is efficient and fast using a minimum
amount of test gas.
Standard Features
E Canvas carry bag
-easy transport of the equipment
The test aerosol is the result of an extensive two
year research programme providing the most
efficient and safest way to test both ion and photo
smoke detectors. With a minimum impact to
health, safety and the environment, the non-toxic,
non-flammable particles allow fast response and
clearing times and leaves smallest amount of
residue. No damage to the detector plastic and
components is also ensured.
The TH010 is a 230 VAC, mains operated heat
detector test tool on a swing frame with
transparent cup. This tester may be used to test
temperature detectors after installation, during
commissioning and maintenance.
Accessories
Heat testing (TH010)
453
CB001
Canvas carrying bag for the test
and service equipment
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
454
Part No.
Description
CB001
Canvas carrying bag for the test and service equipment
ET010
Fibreglass telescopic pole 1.26 m - 4.5 m
General
The ET010 is a telescopic pole that is extremely
lightweight and quick and easy to extend to any
height. It is used as an extension to the detector
test equipment offered by GE Security. This
durable telescopic pole reach heights of up to
4.5m, and may be extended using extension
poles (ET011) to reach op to 9 meters.
Safety
These poles are subjected to rigours conductivity
testing to ensure the integrity of the insulating
materials. Equipment in contact with live electrical
components makes it vital for the insulating
materials to be of the highest standard. The
ET010 will stand up to the rigours of everyday use
- testing and isolate the user from danger.
Standard Features
E Lightweight telescopic poles
Accessories
-fibreglass
-non conductive
-use with tools up to 9m
455
ET010
Fibreglass telescopic pole 1.26 m - 4.5 m
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
456
Part No.
Description
ET010
Fibreglass telescopic pole 1.26 m - 4.5 m
ET011
Fibreglass extension tube 1.2 m (maximum 3 per ET010)
ET011
Fibreglass extension tube 1.2 m
(maximum 3 per ET010)
General
The ET010 is a telescopic pole that is extremely
lightweight and quick and easy to extend to any
height. It is used as an extension to the detector
test equipment offered by GE Security. This
durable telescopic pole reach heights of up to
4.5m, and may be extended using extension
poles (ET011) to reach op to 9 meters.
Safety
These poles are subjected to rigours conductivity
testing to ensure the integrity of the insulating
materials. Equipment in contact with live electrical
components makes it vital for the insulating
materials to be of the highest standard. The
ET010 will stand up to the rigours of everyday use
- testing and isolate the user from danger.
Standard Features
Accessories
E Light weight
E Extends the telescopic pole a further 3.6 m (3 sections)
457
ET011
Fibreglass extension tube 1.2 m
(maximum 3 per ET010)
Specifications
1.2m
Section length
Accessories
Ordering Information
458
Part No.
Description
ET011
Fibreglass extension tube 1.2 m (maximum 3 per ET010)
FG010
Universal detector removal tool
on a swing frame
General
The GE Security range of detector test and
service equipment allows the user to rapidly and
easily remove or test practically all smoke and
heat detectors. Lightweight and rugged materials
ensure long life and allow servicing up to heights
of 9 m. The tools have an integrated design
providing a complete solution with the minimum
number of components.
Composition
Removal
The universal removal tool on a swing frame can
remove detectors from 65 mm up to 110 mm in
diameter. Colour coded cams are simply turned
and snapped into place. The swing frame allows
access to detectors that cannot be reached from
directly underneath. A universal joint ensures that
the detector remains parallel to the ceiling during
extraction and replacement.
Standard Features
E Quick & easy removal of detectors
E Size adjustable to fit most detectors
Accessories
All the test and removal tools fit to the lightweight
strengthened fibreglass poles. The poles are non
conductive for safest operation. The telescopic
pole extends from 1.3 m to 4.5 m in four sections,
and up to three 1.2 m extension poles can be
added for maximum reach. A stylish canvas carry
bag is available to hold and protect all the
equipment.
459
FG010
Universal detector removal tool
on a swing frame
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
460
Part No.
Description
FG010
Universal detector removal tool on a swing frame
ET010
ET011
Fibreglass telescopic pole 1.26 m - 4.5 m
Fibreglass extension tube 1.2 m (maximum 3 per ET010)
CB001
Canvas carrying bag for the test and service equipment
TH010
Mains operated heat detector test tool
on swing frame
General
The Edwards range of detector test and service
equipment allows the user to rapidly and easily
remove or test practically all smoke and heat
detectors. Lightweight and rugged materials
ensure long life and allow servicing up to heights
of 9 m. The tools have an integrated design
providing a complete solution with the minimum
number of components.
Composition
All the test and removal tools fit to lightweight,
strengthened, fibreglass poles. The poles are non
conductive for safe operation. The telescopic pole
extends from 1.3 m to 4.5 m in four sections, and
up to three 1.2 m extension poles can be added
for maximum reach. A stylish canvas carry bag is
available to hold and protect all the equipment.
Smoke testing (TR010 and SC008)
The touch sensitive aerosol dispenser is also on a
swing frame. The robust, injection-moulded
design allows it to withstand the rigours of
everyday use. It allows the test gas canister to be
pre-pressed so that only a small upward pressure
is needed to release the gas. The transparent cup
allows the user to see the illuminated LED of the
activated detector. The dispenser and patented
diaphragm conserves the aerosol, and detector
testing is efficient and fast using a minimum
amount of test gas.
Standard Features
E Heat detector tester
-230V mains version
The test aerosol is the result of an extensive two
year research programme providing the most
efficient and safest way to test both ion and photo
smoke detectors. With a minimum impact to
health, safety and the environment, the non-toxic,
non-flammable particles allow fast response and
clearing times and leaves smallest amount of
residue. No damage to the detector plastic and
components is also ensured.
The TH010 is a 230 VAC, mains operated heat
detector test tool on a swing frame with
transparent cup. This tester may be used to test
temperature detectors after installation, during
commissioning and maintenance.
Accessories
Heat testing (TH010)
461
TH010
Mains operated heat detector test tool
on swing frame
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
462
Part No.
Description
TH010
Mains operated heat detector test tool on swing frame with transparent
cup
ET010
ET011
Fibreglass telescopic pole 1.26 m - 4.5 m
Fibreglass extension tube 1.2 m (maximum 3 per ET010)
CB001
Canvas carrying bag for the test and service equipment
TH012
Cordless, battery operated, heat detector
on swing frame
General
The TH012 is a cordless heat detector tester. This
state-of-the-art heat detector utilises cross-flow
technology for fast, efficient heat detector testing.
It is supplied with 2 battery batons that fit inside
the test poles and a charger that may be used in
either a mains socket or in-car.
Technology
Using CAT – Cross Air Technology – air is
heated and blown across the cup, which means
the heat source is directed at the detector sensor,
not the plastic components or casing. For battery
conversion, the tool does not begin to operate
until the detector breaks the infra-red beam in the
cup.
Standard Features
Safe - no cables to trip over whilst testing
Battery operated tool
Heat is directly horizontally at the sensor
Fast detector activation
No flame
Supplied with 2 Battery Batons and a fast charger
Accessories
E
E
E
E
E
E
463
TH012
Cordless, battery operated, heat detector
on swing frame
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
464
Part No.
Description
TH012
Cordless, battery operated, heat detector on swing frame
ET010
ET011
Fibreglass telescopic pole 1.26 m - 4.5 m
Fibreglass extension tube 1.2 m (maximum 3 per ET010)
CB001
Canvas carrying bag for the test and service equipment
TH012BB
Battery baton for use with TH012, TM010 & TS806-03
TM010
Universal smoke and heat detector tester
General
The TM010 is a multi-stimulus detector tester for
smoke and heat detectors, all in one unit. The unit
offers a choice of only heat, only smoke or smoke
and heat simultaneously, which is required for
multi-sensor type detectors.
Environmental friendly
Smoke and heat stimuli are created in a single
test unit, and delivered individually or
simultaneously - in whatever combination an
effective and efficient test requires. TM010 does
this without using pressurized cans of gas or
hazardous media and stimuli are generated only
as required through energizing replaceable
benign capsules. These capsules do not require
any special hazardous shipping, due to it’s
benign nature.
The TM010 was designed with focus on keeping
test time to a minimum. This is achieved with the
combination of smoke and heat testing in one
unit. This avoids the need to have two separate
units, one for smoke and one for heat, and
switching between them. The focus is further
extended with the fact that the replaceable
capsules, contain multiple times the amount of
“smoke” when compared with an aerosol
can. The TM010 also has a cleaning phase,
during which time clear air is blown through the
camber of the detector. This ensures that residual
smoke which is left in the chamber after the test,
is removed and does not cause the detector to
incorrectly report a fire again. All of these features
added together, ensure a shorter test time per
detector, which in turn result in cost saving.
Standard Features
E Simultaneous or consecutive stimulus testing
E Compatible with multi-sensor detectors
E Smoke and Heat in one unit
E Smoke capsule save time and cost –
no pressurised aerosol canisters
E User friendly
Accessories
Faster test cycle
465
TM010
Universal smoke and heat detector tester
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
466
Part No.
Description
TM010
Universal smoke and heat detector tester
TM008SM
Replacement smoke capsule for use with TM010
ET010
ET011
Fibreglass telescopic pole 1.26 m - 4.5 m
Fibreglass extension tube 1.2 m (maximum 3 per ET010)
CB001
Canvas carrying bag for the test and service equipment
TH012BB
Battery baton for use with TH012, TM010 & TS806-03
TR010
Touch sensitive transparent dispenser cup
on swing frame
General
The Edwards range of detector test and service
equipment allows the user to rapidly and easily
remove or test practically all smoke and heat
detectors. Lightweight and rugged materials
ensure long life and allow servicing up to heights
of 9 m. The tools have an integrated design
providing a complete solution with the minimum
number of components.
Composition
All the test and removal tools fit to lightweight,
strengthened, fibreglass poles. The poles are non
conductive for safe operation. The telescopic pole
extends from 1.3 m to 4.5 m in four sections, and
up to three 1.2 m extension poles can be added
for maximum reach. A stylish canvas carry bag is
available to hold and protect all the equipment.
Smoke testing (TR010 and SC008)
The touch sensitive aerosol dispenser is also on a
swing frame. The robust, injection-moulded
design allows it to withstand the rigours of
everyday use. It allows the test gas canister to be
pre-pressed so that only a small upward pressure
is needed to release the gas. The transparent cup
allows the user to see the illuminated LED of the
activated detector. The dispenser and patented
diaphragm conserves the aerosol, and detector
testing is efficient and fast using a minimum
amount of test gas.
Standard Features
E Robust – to withstand the rigours of everyday use
E Dispenser – conserves aerosol and accurate
dispersion of aerosol particles
E Spring-loaded mechanism – for effective, economic
aerosol delivery
E Touch sensitive – ideal for suspended ceilings
E Clear cup – allows view of detector LED
E Strength and durability of modern plastics technology
– for long life and minimal weight
The test aerosol is the result of an extensive two
year research programme providing the most
efficient and safest way to test both ion and photo
smoke detectors. With a minimum impact to
health, safety and the environment, the non-toxic,
non-flammable particles allow fast response and
clearing times and leaves smallest amount of
residue. No damage to the detector plastic and
components is also ensured.
The TH010 is a 230 VAC, mains operated heat
detector test tool on a swing frame with
transparent cup. This tester may be used to test
temperature detectors after installation, during
commissioning and maintenance.
Accessories
Heat testing (TH010)
467
TR010
Touch sensitive transparent dispenser cup
on swing frame
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
468
Part No.
Description
TR010
Touch sensitive transparent dispenser cup on swing frame
SC008
SC008CO
Aerosol test Spray for Smoke detectors
Carbon monoxide test spray for CO fire detectors
ET010
ET011
Fibreglass telescopic pole 1.26 m - 4.5 m
Fibreglass extension tube 1.2 m (maximum 3 per ET010)
CB001
Canvas carrying bag for the test and service equipment
TS808
Smoke test kit for 4m
General
The TS808 is an economical kit with testing tools
in a convenient kit format. The kit contains a
fibre-glass telescopic pole of 2.5 m, as well as a
touch sensitive dispenser cup on a swing frame
(TR010).
Installer friendly
The TS808 test and service equipment allows the
user to rapidly and easily test practically all smoke
detectors. Lightweight and rugged materials
ensure long life and allow servicing up to heights
of 9 m, using extension elements. The tools have
an integrated design providing a complete
solution with the minimum number of
components.
Equipment
The test tool (FG010) fit into the lightweight
strengthened fibreglass pole provided. The poles
are non conductive for safest operation. The
telescopic pole extends from 1.3 m to 2.5 m in
two sections, and up to three 1.2 m extension
poles (ET011) can be added for maximum reach.
An optional, stylish canvas carry bag is available
to hold and protect all the equipment.
Standard Features
E Complete smoke detector test kit containing:
Fibre-glass telescopic pole 2.5m
Touch sensitive dispenser cup on swing frame
Smoke testing
The test aerosol is the result of an extensive two
year research programme providing the most
efficient and safest way to test both ion and photo
smoke detectors. With a minimum impact to
health, safety and the environment, the non-toxic,
non-flammable particles allow fast response and
clearing times and leaves smallest amount of
residue. No damage to the detector plastic and
components is also ensured.
Accessories
Included in teh TS808 is a touch sensitive aerosol
dispenser (TR010) which is on a swing frame.
The robust, injection-moulded design allows it to
withstand the rigours of everyday use. It allows
the test gas canister (SC008 or SC008CO)to be
pre-pressed so that only a small upward pressure
is needed to release the gas. The transparent cup
allows the user to see the illuminated LED of the
activated detector. The dispenser and patented
diaphragm conserves the aerosol, and detector
testing is efficient and fast using a minimum
amount of test gas.
469
TS808
Smoke test kit for 4m
Specifications
Accessories
Ordering Information
470
Part No.
Description
TS808
Smoke test kit for 4m
SC008
SC008CO
Aerosol test Spray for Smoke detectors
Carbon monoxide test spray for CO fire detectors
ET010
ET011
Fibreglass telescopic pole 1.26 m - 4.5 m
Fibreglass extension tube 1.2 m (maximum 3 per ET010)
TS806-03
Smoke & cordless heat detector test
set 6.0m
General
The TS806-03 is an economical kit with testing
tools in a convenient kit format.
The kit contains:
- a fibre-glass telescopic pole of 4.5 m
- universal detector removal tool
- aerosol smoke dispenser
- cordless heat detector heat unit
- 2 x battery batons
- fast charger
- protective carrying / storage bag
Installer friendly
The TS806-03 test and service equipment allows
the user to rapidly and easily test practically all
smoke detectors. Lightweight and rugged
materials ensure long life and allow servicing up
to heights of 6 m, using extension elements. The
tools have an integrated design providing a
complete solution with the minimum number of
components.
Standard Features
E Complete smoke and heat detector test kit
Smoke testing
Included in teh TS806-03 is a touch sensitive
aerosol dispenser which is on a swing frame. The
robust, injection-moulded design allows it to
withstand the rigours of everyday use. It allows
the test gas canister (SC008 or SC008CO)to be
pre-pressed so that only a small upward pressure
is needed to release the gas. The transparent cup
allows the user to see the illuminated LED of the
activated detector. The dispenser and patented
diaphragm conserves the aerosol, and detector
testing is efficient and fast using a minimum
amount of test gas.
Accessories
The test aerosol is the result of an extensive two
year research programme providing the most
efficient and safest way to test both ion and photo
smoke detectors. With a minimum impact to
health, safety and the environment, the non-toxic,
non-flammable particles allow fast response and
clearing times and leaves smallest amount of
residue. No damage to the detector plastic and
components is also ensured.
471
TS806-03
Smoke & cordless heat detector test
set 6.0m
Specifications
6m
Max. reach height
Accessories
Ordering Information
472
Part No.
Description
TS806-03
SC008
TH012BB
TM010
TM008SM
Smoke & cordless heat detector test set 6.0m
Aerosol test Spray for Smoke detectors
Battery baton for use with TH012, TM010 & TS806-03
Universal smoke and heat detector tester
Replacement smoke capsule for use with TM010
473
474
475
476
Index
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement